Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout5480Contract Number: Vendor: Subject: Department: File Class: Begin Date: End Date: Review Date: Vault Date: 5480 MICHELS CORPORATION 2015 Sewer Rehabilitation Engineering LEG 12-1 5/8/2015 8/31/2015 9/1/2015 2016 Comments : ���� ��� AGENDA BILL CITY OF BREMERTQN CITY COUNCIL SUBJECT: Award for Construction Contract to Michels Corporation for 2015 Sewer Rehabilitatian Study Session Date: COUNCIL MEETING Date: Department: Presenter: Phone: /, April 22, 2015 May 6, 2015 PWBU Tom Knuckey (360) 473-2376 SUMMAitY: The wo�lc to be completed inGudes rehabilitating approximately 6400 lineal feet of sanitary sewer and 450 lineal feet of storm sewer using the cure-in-place-pipe (CIPP) rehabilitation method and reinstating approximately 66 side sewers. There were three bids. Michels Corporation of Salem, Oregon was the lowest responsible, responsive bidder in the amount of $479,353.43 (which includes sales tax). ATTACHMENTS: 1. Council Summary; 2. Agreement; and 3. Bid Tabulation. FISCAL IMPACTS (Include Budgeted Amount): This project is inGuded in the 2015 Budget and is fully funded. Lining of the sanitary mains is funded by wastewater rates and budgeted for $525,000. Lining of stormwater mains along Kitsap Way is funded by the Kitsap Way Culverts project ($450,000 budget). Lining of the stormwater main on Washington Avenue is funded by the Stormwater Drainage Replacement Program ($250,000 budget). STUDY SESSION AGENDA: � No Presentation O Full Presentation STUDY SESSION ACT10N: O Consent Agenda � General Business O Public Hearing RECOMMENDED MO'610N: Move to award the construction bid for 2015 Sewer Rehabilitation to Michels Corporation of Salem Oregon in the amount of $479,353.43 (which includes sales tax) and authorize the Mayor to finalize and execute the agreement with substantially the same terms and conditions as presented. COUNCIL ACTIAN: [�Approve ❑ Deny ❑ Table ❑ Continue ❑ No Action Fo►m Updated 01/07/15 , � T CITY OF BREMERTON ADDENDUM NO. 1 TO CONTRACT DOCUMENTS for 2015 SEWER REHABILITATION Issued April 2, 2015 11 revisions total: 3 specification revisions 8 plan sheet revisions The following shall modify the Contract Documents and the work shall be accomplished in accordance with such modifications. It is requested that this addendum be stapled to the Bid Documents. IMPORTANT: THIS ADDENDUM SHOULD BE ACKNOWLEDGED IN YOUR BID FORMS WHEN YOUR BID IS SUBMITTED. FAILURE TO ACKNOWLEDGE THE ADDENDUM MAY CONSTITUTE GROUNDS FOR REJECTION OF THE BID. Contents: This addendum contains revisions to the Specifications and/or the Contract Drawings. Revisions to the Specifications are made by reissuing entire sections, reissuing specific pages of sections, OR by directing a change in writing, herein. When a paragraph or sentence is modified, additions are indicated with bold text and deletions are indicated with strikethrough text. Revisions to the Drawings are made by re-issuing a drawing, issuing a revision to a specific detail from a drawing, OR by directing a change in writing, herein. Bidders are cautioned to check the addendum contents carefully for the presence of all listed revisions. Distribution: This addendum is distributed to all planholders of record. I_ntearation: The following changes, additions, deletions and attachment are hereby made a part of the Contract Documents for 2015 Sewer Rehabilitation as fully and completely as if the same were set forth therein. ZI►� \ , Ciry of B�emeRon Page 1 of 3 April 20f 5 2015 SewerRehabilitation Addendum #1 Item #1: Section titled `Notice Inviting Bids Under the heading titled `Description of Work', delete the number 82 side sewers and replace with 66 side sewers. Item #2: Section titled `Notice Inviting Bids Under the heading titled `Availability of Pipe Inspection Videos and Pipe Documentation, add the following text. A copy of the plan (3 pages) is attached to this addendum: Bypass Pumping Options Plans have also been included online. These are marked-up maps showing possible bypass pumping options that the Contractor may consider. Item #3: Section 00300 — Bid Forms Delete and replace the 2-page form titled `Bid Schedule' with the attached form. Item #4: Sheet G2 Sheet G2 is reissued and replaced with the attached Sheet G2. Item #5: Sheet C2 Add the following note to Sheet C2: 1. Cleanout ports are located in the front of the 14-unit condominium and the Medical Offices. Provide pumps and piping/hose to pump from the cleanout ports to the downstream MH #R12-3038 as needed to bypass flow. Approximately 200 feet from condominium and downstream MH and 20 feet from Medical Offices to downstream MH. Item #6: Sheet C5 Add the following note to Sheet C5: 3. A MH approximately 300 feet downstream of MH #R02-4028 could be used for discharging � bypass flow if necessary. Item #7: Sheet C6 City of Bremerton Page 2 of 3 April 2015 2015 Sewer Rehabilitation Addendum #1 Add the following note to Sheet C6: 1. MH #R11-1029 is located in a fenced private yard. The City is in the process of obtaining permission from the Owner to allow access through a gate in the fence. Item #8: Sheet C7 Change the name of the MH at Station 3+31 to MH #R12-1012 Item #9: Sheet C7 Add the following note to Sheet C7 to the left panel (Callahan Drive Easement): 1. MH #R12-1013 and MH #R12-1012 both are located in private yards with no vehicle access. The City is in the process of obtaining permission from the respective owners to allow access to the MHs. 2. MH #R12-1012 is surrounded by a hedge. The Contractor may trim the hedge only if necessary to obtain access to the MH. Item #10: Sheet C8 On Sheet C8 for Culvert #3, change the pipe length from 113' to 98'. Item #11: Sheet C8 Add the following notes: 1. The east end of Culvert #1 is located on private property. 2. Culvert #2 has some cementitious protrusions observed at the joints (see videos online). These shall be removed as part of the contract work prior to cleaning. 3. Culvert #3 is partially crushed with an estimated 12% ovality in the eastern section of the main. The Contractor shall clean and video the main and make a determination of whether the main is able to be successfully lined with a structural liner. The Contractor shall verify the ovality of the pipe in making the determination. City of 8remerton Page 3 of 3 April 2015 2015 SewerRehabilitation Addendum #1 �ID SCHEDULE 2015 Sewer Rehabilitation Form Instructions: In the following schedules, write out the unit price and extension in dollars and cents using numerals. In oi•der to not exceed the overall budget on this project, the City reserves the right to reduce the Total Bid Price by deleting individual pipe sections from the project after bid opening but prior to bid award. SCHEDULE A - SANITARY SEWER NOTE: Tax Rule 170 applies to Scheduie A. Do not include sales tax in the individual bid items. 6id Sheet # or Item Description Est. Unit Unit Price ($) Total ($) Item Reference A.1 1-09.6 Force Account -- LS 30,000.00 30,000.00 A.2 1-09.7 Mobilization -- LS 1t� � °� � aJ . 6, °o A.3 SP 7.21 Side Sewer Reinstatement 66 EA q � oS � �� A.4 C1 llth St: Wilbert Ave to Ford Ave - 16-inch Dia. 649 LF C�-� '�, �3 Z -j'] � A.5 C1 11th St: Ford Ave to N. Lafayette Ave -16-inch Dia. 200 LF �� 5 % I Gl ��d� , Cam bell Wa Clare Ave to Wheaton Wa 8-inch A.6 C2 p Y � y Dia. 650 LF y' .?� Z � 3 � A.7 C3 Homer Jones Drive - 8-inch Dia. 9�3 LF y�,?5 3� - 7 •�� A.8 C4 Almira Drive to 4220 Wheaton Way - 8-inch Dia. 932 LF 1� ��% ? C1� t t �� A.9 C5 Hanford Ave Easement - 10-inch Dia. 560 LF („� �°bi ZJ� ' 7�� °O � A.10 C6 Lewis Ave Easement to Yew St - 8-inch Dia. 610 LF L.11 �5� ZS -�. 50 A.11 C7 Callahan Drive Easement - 8-inch Dia. 496 LF �` �si ZQ �O$ .°� A.12 C7 Ryan Easement - 8-inch Dia. 465 LF � 1�5 I 1 3 �S City of Bremerton February 2015 2015 Sewei Relia�ilita(ion BF-7 A.13 C7 Stewart Easement - 8-inch Dia. 466 LF y 1 75 y � S . S�� A.14 C7 Crane Easement- 8-inch Dia. 466 LF y� �j IC1 �S� � SCHEDULE A SUBTOTAL ? S^� 1 ESTIMATED SALES TAX @ 8.7% 31 � c�-7S �g/ SCHEDULE A TOTAL 399 � �� � • �°/ SCHEDULE B - STORM SEWER NOTE: Tax Rule 171 applies to Schedule B. Include sales tax in the individual bid items. Bid Sheet # or Item Description Est. Unit Unit Price ($) Total ($) Item Reference B.1 1-09.6 Force Account -- LS 15,000.00 1�� bpp , p° � B.2 1-09.7 Mobilization -- LS ` -j31 .�- 1-� 31 �.� B.3 C8 Kitsap Way Culvert #1- 18-inch Dia. 109 LF \.r , Zj 3-� � B.4 C8 Kitsap Way Culvert #2 - 18-inch Dia. 124 LF �� ZS g�3� �� B.5 C8 Kitsap Way Culvert #3 - 18-inch Dia. 98 LF l S� -�/ � y 72u •�� B.6 C8 Washington Avenue Storm - 15-inch Dia. 115 LF `� �i '? 3�� - SCHEDULE B TOTAL � �03 _ 7 j TOTAL BID PRICE (SUM OF SCHEDULE A TOTAL AIVD SCHEDULE B TOTAL) I$ ( J-7p� �� z y� — 111 J City of Bremerton February 2015 2015 Sewer Rehabditation BF-8 2015 SEWER REHABI LITATION - PI PE SUMMARY TABLE No. of �timated # Liner Design bepth structures Bid Plan Pipe Diam Estimated Pipe Type of of Side Item General Location Description Sheet# (in) Length (ft) Material Utility Thickness forLiner (including Sewersto (mm) Thickness (ft) starting and be restored ending MH) A.4 Slth St : Wilbert Ave to Ford Ave C3 16 649 Conc Sanitary 12 N/A 2 1 A.5 lith St: Ford Ave to N. Lafayette Ave Cl 16 200 Conc Sanitary 12 N/A 2 0 A.6 Campbell Way: Clare Ave to Wheaton Way C2 8 650 Clay Sanitary CTD 20 4 8 A.7 HomerJones Drive C3 8 913 Conc Sanitary CTD 20 6 1 A.8 Almira Drive to 4220 Wheaton Way C4 8 932 Conc Sanitary CTD 12 5 0 A.9 Hanford Ave Easement C5 10 560 Conc Sanitary CTD 25 5 4 A.10 Lewis Ave Easement to Yew St C6 8 610 Conc Sanitary CTD 12 4 9 A.11 Callahan Drive Easement C7 8 496 Conc/Clay Sanitary CTD 30 3 7 n A.12 Ryan Ave Ease ment - E 31st to E30th C7 8 465 Conc Sanitary CTD 10 2 12 A.13 Stewart Ave Easement - E 31st to E 30th r "� � C7 8 466 Conc Sanitary CTD 10 2 12 A.14 Crane Ave Easement - E 31st to E 30th C7 8 466 Conc Sanitary CTD 10 2 1� 8.3 Kitsap Way Culvert ttl (by mobile home park) CS 18 109 Conc Storm CTD 15 1 0 B.4 Kitsap Way Culvert #2 (by Crewford Drive) C8 18 12a Conc Storm CTD 10 2 0 B.5 Kitsap Way Culvert#3(by Baymont Hotel) C8 18 98 Conc Storm 12 N/A 2 0 B.6 llth and Washington Avenue CS 15 115 CMP Storm CTD 12 2 0 Material: Conc = Concrete; Clay = Clay; CMP = Corrugated Metal Pipe; CTO = Contrador to Design m a _ w � � � w � a a U � � u� � w J � H U w � O � a H � � �. - . ]OgN �� v i °* * ; ��'~ , � Vv' / ,, �, ... �;�: �IZI'� � •..:...- ! CITY OF BREMERTON 2015 SEWER REHABILITATION MARCH 2O15 BYPASS PU M PI NG OPTION PLANS (ISSUED VIA ADDENDUM #1) CITY OF BREMERTON - 2015 SEWER REHABILITATION PRE-BID MEETING APRIL 1, 2015 ATTENDANCE LIST . � ., . � Kemp Garcia Bravo Environmental 206-255-6550 Ron Smisek Michels Pipe Services 503-508-3274 Cory Wagner Insituform 707-330-3467 Montee Geister City of Bremerton 360-473-5324 Ned Lever City of Bremerton 360-473-2398 ! 1 � 1 ' ' 1 1 i 1 1 i 1 ' � , �: � � ;� �� ClT Y OF BREMER TON 2015 SEWER REHAB/L/ TA TION 0 ,� r March 2015 Bid Opening: Pre-Bid Conference: Contact Person: , , April 8, 2015 @ 2:00 P.M. City Clerk's Office City Hall, 345 6` Street Bremerton, WA 98337 April 1, 2015 @ 9:00 A.M. 3027 Olympus Drive Bremerton, WA 98310 2" floor of building. Bill Davis 3027 Olympus Drive Bremerton, WA 98310 .� Tel (360) 473-2312 Fax (360) 473-5398 , THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK . �:� _ - : _ _ f CER'�IFICATION BY ENGINEER The technical material and data contained in these Specifications for the City of Bremerton project titled 2015 Sewer Rehabiiitation, were prepared 'under the supervision and direction of the undersigned, whose seal, as a professional engineer licensed to practice as such, is af�xed below. i Vv / / :S� } Prepared by: William J. Davis P.E. City of Bremerton , �, � � e THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK � r r � �� a: ❑ e t � N �� r e ��, ' r � 1 �l ' � ' l� � � � , � � NOTICE INVITING BIDS for 2015 Sewer Rehabiliation RECEIPT OF BIDS: Sealed Bids will be received at the office of the City Clerk of the City oFBremerton, located at 345 6th Street, Bremerton, Washington 98337 until 2:00 p.m. PST as shown on the wall clock inside the City Clerk's office on April 8, 2015 for the project 2015 Sewer Rehabilitation. Bids received after the specified time and date will not be considered. OPENING OF BIDS: The bids will be publicly opened and read after 2:00 p.m. on April 8, 2015 in the office of the City Clerk at 345 6th Street, Bremerton, Washington 98337. COMPLETIOIV OF WORK: The WORK must be completed within 110 calendar davs after the commencement date stated in the Notice to Proceed. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: The WORK to be completed includes rehabilitating approximately 63301ineal feet of sanitary sewer and 460 lineal feet of storm sewer using the cure-in-place-pipe (CIPP) method, reinstating approximately 82 side sewers, and all other work as identified in the Contract Documents. PREVIEWING CONTRACT DOCUMEIVTS: Contract Documents may be previewed at the ARC Document Solutions website (www.e-arc.com). Go to http://www.e- arc.com f wa/seattle, then click on the link `Enter Public Planroom'. Scroll down or search to find the project. PURCHASING CONTRACT DOCUMEIVTS: The Contract Documents may be ordered and purchased from ARC Document Solutions. Payment is typically cost of reproduction (non-refundable). Contact Bid Services at ARC in Seattle, WA: (206) 622- 6000 or (206) 343-1561; FAX (206) 622-6712; E-mail: seattle.planwell.department@e- arc.com. AVAILABILITY OF PIPE INSPECTION VIDEOS AND PIPE DOCUMENTATION: The City has performed video inspections of some of the piping scheduled for rehabilitation. These videos are being made available on the City of Bremerton website. To review or download these videos, go to the City website at www.ci.bremerton.wa.us. On the left hand hand side of the City homepage, click on the banner box `Projects'. Click on the link for `2015 Sewer Rehabilitation' and look for the link to the pipe inspection videos and additional documentation. The videos and additional documentation are not part of the contract, are for informational purposes only and intended to provide Bidders with an understanding of the pipe conditions to assist in bidding the project. The City does not guarantee the accuracy or quality of the videos. In addition to the videos, some archival plan sheets showing side sewer locations are being made available. ' PROPOSALS: All bid proposals must be made on the blank forms furnished in the Contract Documents. Sealed envelopes containing bids shall be entitled: 2015 Sewer Rehabilitation ' 1 BID SECURITY: Each bid proposal shall be accompanied by a bid proposal deposit in cash, certified check, cashier's check, or surery bond in an amount equal to five percent (S%) of the amount of such bid proposal. The failure to furnish a bid deposit of a minimum of 5 percent shall make the bid nonresponsive and shall cause the bid to be rejected by the Contracting Agency. PERFORMANCE BOND: The successful bidder will also be required to provide a Performance Bond for 100 percent of the Contract Price. Should the successful bidder fail to enter into such contract and furnish satisfactory performance bond within the time stated in the specifications, the bid proposal deposit shall be forfeited to the City of Bremerton. PRE-BID COIVFERE11iCE: A pre-bid conference will be conducted by the City. The objective of the pre-bid conference is to acquaint prospective bidders with the work and answer any questions. The pre-bid conference is scheduled for Wednesday, April 1 at 9 a.m. 2015 at 3027 Olympus Drive, Bremerton, WA 98310. Proceed to the second �loor of the building where the Engineering Division offices are located. If the front door is locked, enter through the back door of the building. PROJECT COMMUIVICATION: All communications related to the project shall be directed to the City prior to opening of Bids: Communication bv nhone/fax/e-mail: Bill Davis Telephone: (360) 473-2312 Fax: (360) 473-5398 E-mail: William.davis@ci.bremerton.wa.us Communication bv mail: Department of Public Works and Utilities ATTN: Bill Davis 3027 Olympus Drive Bremerton, WA 98310 CITY'S RIGHTS RESERVED: The City of Bremerton reserves the right to reject any and all bids on any or all schedules or alternates or to waive any informalities in the bidding and shall determine which bid or bidders is the most satisfactory and responsible bidder and shall be the sole judge thereof. No plea of mistake in the bid shall be available to the bidder for the recovery of his/her deposit or as a defense to any action based upon the neglect or refusal to execute a contract. � The City of Bremerton hereby notifies all bidders that it will affirmatively ensure that in any contract entered into pursuant to this advertisement, disadvantaged business enterprises will be afforded full opportunity to submit bids in response to this invitation and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color, sex, sexual orientation or national origin in consideration for an award. END OF NOTICE INVITING BIDS �� � � i � 2015 SEWER REHABILITATION TABLE OF CONTENTS IIVTRODUCTION Certification by Engineer Notice Inviting Bids Table of Contents PART I- BIDDIIVG REQUIREMENTS AND CONTRACT FORMS ' Bidder Checklist ...................................................................................................................... ...._� �I - i to I-ii Bid Forms ..BF 1 to BF -16' Contract ........................................................................................................................ � - 1 to CF - 12 PART II - AMENDMENTS TO THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS PART III - SPECIAL PROVISIONS Division 1 - General Requirements ................................. Division 7- Drainage Structures, Storm Sewers, Sanitary Sewers, Water Mains, and Conduits ............... APPENDICES Appendix A- Kitsap County Prevailing Wage Rates Appendix B - Construction Forms Appendix C - Construction Drawings SP-4 SP-46 ' � � jI U THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK � , �� � � � �� C�'� � � r-, J � �. L� �� PART I BIDDING REQUIREMENTS AND CONTRACT FORMS THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK ' � BIDDER CHECKLIST � ' This section lists the contract forms required for this project. The bidder's attention is especially directed to the bid forms that must be executed in full as required and submitted with the bid ' BID FORMS Bid forms have been printed on blue sheets and shall be submitted with the bid. All forms in this section must be executed and submitted to the City with your bid, not later than the designated bid ' closing date and time. Bids that do not include all of the forms, properly completed, may be declared unresponsive. � a. Acknowledgement of Bid and Addenda b. Bid Certificate ' c. Bid Schedule d. Bid Bond This form to be executed by the bidder and the surety company unless bid is accompanied by a certified ' check The amount of this check or bond shall be not less than S% (five percent) of the total amount bid and may be shown in dollars or on a percentage basis.) � e. List of Subcontractors � f. [nformation Required of Bidder � g. Non-Collusion Affidavit h. Certification by Proposed Contractor Regarding Equal Employment Opportunities ' i. Certification of Non-Segregated Facilities j. Certification of Federal Non-Debarment and Suspension _� � ' DOCUMENTS TO BE EXECUTED BY THE SUCCESSFUL BIDDER The fol(owing forms are to be executed and submitted to the City after the contract is awarded by the Bremerton City Council. These forms follow the contract forms in Part 1. Unless noted otherwise, these must be submitted within thirty (30) calendar days after the date of Notice of Award of Contract. � a. Contract b. Contractor Certificate c. Performance Bond for 100% of the Contract Amount � d. Payment Bond for 100% of the Contract Amount e. [nsurance Certificates � City of Bremerton I- r' � 2015 Sewer Rehabilitation February 2015 DOCUMENTS TO BE EXECUTED PRIOR TO FIRST PAYMENT a. Statement of Intent to Pay Prevailing Wages - Note: Certified Payroll sha/l be submitted weekly to document wages paid DOCUMENTS TO BE EXECUTED PRIOR TO FINAL PAYMENT AND RELEASE OF RETAINAGE a. Acceptance of Compensation and Release of All Claims (See Appendix B) b. Affidavit of Wages Paid c. Submit written warranty (see SP 7-21.1(2),I) , City of Bremerton I- ri 2015 Sewer Rehabilitation February 2015 � � ' ACKNOWLEDGEWgE1VT OF ��D ANI3 ADDENDA , BID T0: CITY OF BREMERTON, PUBLIC WORKS AND UTILITIES ENGINEERING DIVISION 1. The undersigned Bidder proposes and agrees, if this Bid is accepted, to enter into an ' Agreement with the OWNER in the form included in the Contract Documents to perform the WORK as specified or indicated in said Contract Documents entitled "2015 Sewer Rehabilitatioax." ' 2. Bidder accepts all of the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, including without limitation those in the Notice Inviting Bids and Instruction to Bidders, dealing with tlie disposition of Bid Security. � 3. This Bid will remain open for the period stated in the "Notice Inviting Bids" unless otherwise required by law. Bidder will enter into an Agreement within the time and in the manner ' required in the "Notice Inviting Bids" and the "Instructions to Bidders," and will furnish the insurance certificates, Payment Bond, and Performance Bond required by the Contract Documents. , 4. Bidder has examined copies of all the Contract Documents including the following addenda (receipt of all of which is hereby acknowledged). Failure to acknowledge addenda shall render the bid non-responsive and shall be cause for its rejection. �_J a �g� �O�/IS , 5. Bidder has familiarized itself with the nature and extent of the Contract Documents, WORK, site, locality where the WORK is to be performed, the legal requirements (federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations), and the conditions affecting cost, progress or ' performance of the WORK and has made such independent investigations as Bidder deems necessary. , ' 1 ' ' � To all the foregoing, and including all Bid Forms contained in this Bid, said Bidder further agrees to complete the WORK required under the Contract Documents within the Contract Time stipulated in said Contract Documents, and to accept in full payment therefore the Contract Price based on the Total Bid Price(s) named in the aforementioned Bid Forms. Dated: y l� ( � 5 � . . : Addenda Number: � Date: `� `Z'�� (Signature) City of Bremerton 2015 Sewer Rehabilitation Bidder: IA�.��'�,�,5 l.vwpc�c�-�i.c� (Company Name) .kk`�'.kS �.r^?�(f�� `�.., /�� - �� `�.,�, Title � . 9. :''�'` f' �'` �,' °°<° ' `',��'' m �. 4s � 's`, mL�—� �',�e .,�",, ,C, e ti; � ,� `{'' '•:� i_r` � � �� ,`, � j `� a � � ,� `� , � r . C ' ; ° • • ° , � �B1! E€a'r�to` ° ta.�eS4�2.� l�e�turt� V�9 ✓L._ February 2015 BF-1 1 ' BID CEhtTHFICATE faf Cor�ora�ion�, ' l� ' 1 1 C _J 1 ' ' ' ' 1 ' , ' ' STATE OF OtQC w� COUNTY OF ��ucn� ) ) SS: ) I HEREBY CERTIFY that a meeting of the Board of Directors of the �l.«�e�S C ov�oa�-r� � a corporation existing under the laws of the State of ��' . held on � Prv� Z , 2015, the �e�le�g resolution was duly passed and adopted: A���Q that sident of the Corporation, be a ' ereby authorized to execute the Bid dated t remerton by this corporation and that his execution thereo by the of the Corporation, and with the Cor a ixed, shall be the official act and c�e o is Corporation:' I further certify that said resolution is now in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the official seal of the corporation this � . day of �� 2015. �\ `.�°,�;,�J �' i f"�r'. ° - r' � il ";. � ( / � �" ..� �.+..�G � �,��,, '�� - -�y� Secretary .� ���.. �. � : ;� � (SEAL) '�' ; ;�'••• .. '' e ��� .,� f°'i, ,1 r' V' � 1 � ..••'��' `,`a ,B `��dl3�;r��eq1 12 ` ,i as City of Bremerton February 2015 ' 2015 Sewer Rehabilitation BF_2 BID CER'I'1FICA'I'E (,iff Partriershf� STATE OF COUNTY OF ) ) SS: ) � I HEREBY CERTIFY that a meeting of the Partriers of the a partr�ership existing under the laws of the State of . held on . 2015, the following resolution was duly passed and adopted: "RESOLVED, that 2015. of the Partnership, be and is hereby authorized to execute the Bid dated . 2015, to the City of Bremerton by this partnership and that his/her execution thereof, attested by the shall be the official act and deed of this Parmership:' I further certify that said resolution is now in full force and effect. as IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this . day of Parhler (SEAL) City of Bremerton February 2015 2015 Sewer Rehabilitation BF-3 �d�D CER"g"IF�CA'1'E (af Aoint Venture� STATE OF COUNTY OF ) ) SS: ) � I HEREBY CERTIFY that a meeting of the Principals of the a joint venture existing under the laws of the State of . held on . 2015, the following resolution was duly passed and adopted: "RESOLVED, that , as of the Joint Venture, be and is hereby authorized to execute the Bid dated 2015, to the City of Bremerton by this joint venture and that his/her execudon thereof, attested by the shall be the official act and deed of this Joint Venture:' I further certify that said resolution is now in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this . day of 2015. ' ' ' ' � ' Managing Parmer (SEAL) City of Bremerton 2015 Sewer Rehabilitation February 2015 BF-4 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � B�D CER�'IFgCAT� �if Y�ianited Liabala , Com�y� STATE OF ) ) SS: � COUNTY OF ) I HEREBY CERTIFY that a meeting of the Members of the a limited liability company existing under the ]aws of the State of , held on . 2015, the foll�wing resolution was duly passed and adopted: "RESOLVED, that and as members of the Limited Liability Company, be and are hereby authorized to execute the Agreement dated 2015, to the City of Bremerton by this limited liability company and that their execurion thereof shall be the official act and deed of this Limited Liability Company." I further certify that said resolution is now in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this 2015. (SEAL) City of Bremerton 2015 Sewer Rehabilitation day of A Limited Liability Company By: Member � Member February 2015 BF-5 , ' ' 1 , ' City of Bremerton 2015 Sewer Rehabilitation THIS PAG� d.�F1' �1V'II'�N'f'�ONA�,LY �L�l1VII� February 2015 BF-6 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ' BID SCHEDULE 2015 Sewer Rehabilitation Form Instructions: In the following schedules, write out the unit price and extension in dollars and cents using numerals. In order to not exceed the overall budget on this project, the City reserves the right to reduce the Total Bid Price by deleting individual pipe sections from the project after bid opening but prior to bid award. SCHEDULE A - SANITARY SEWER NOTE: Tax Rule 170 applies to Schedule A. Do not include sales tax in the individual bid items. Bid Sheet # or Item Description Est. Unit Unit Price ($) Total ($) Item Reference Q , A.1 1-09.6 Force Account -- LS 30,000.00 30,000.00 A.2 1-09.7 Mobilization -- LS A.3 SP 7.21 Side Sewer Reinstatement 65 EA A.4 C1 11th St: Wilbert Ave to Ford Ave - 16-inch Dia. 649 LF A.5 C1 11th St: Ford Ave to N. Lafayette Ave - 16-inch Dia. 199 LF A.6 C2 Campbell Way: Clare Ave to Wheaton Way - 8-inch 650 LF Dia. A.7 C3 Homer Jones Drive - 8-inch Dia. 913 LF A.8 C4 Almira Drive to 4220 Wheaton Way - 8-inch Dia. 932 LF A.9 C5 Hanford Ave Easement -10-inch Dia. 559 LF A.10 - C6 Lewis Ave Easement to Yew St - 8-inch Dia. 609 LF A.11 C7 Callahan Drive Easement - 8-inch Dia. 496 LF A.12 C7 Ryan Easement - 8-inch Dia. 475 LF City of Bremerton February 2015 2015 Sewer Rehabilitation BF_7 A.13 C7 Stewart Easement - 8-inch Dia. 475 LF A.14 C7 Crane Easement - 8-inch Dia. 475 LF SCHEDULE A SUBTOTAL ESTIMATED SALES TAX @ 8.7% SCHEDULE A TOTAL SCHEDULE B - S'Q'ORM SEWER NOTE: Tax Rule 171 applies to Schedule B. Include sales tax in the individual bid items. Bid Sheet # or Item Description Est. Unit Unit Price ($) Total ($) Item Reference Qt . B.1 1-09.6 Force Account -- LS 15,000.00 B.2 1-09.7 Mobilization -- LS �.3 C8 Kitsap Way Culvert #1 - 1$-inch Dia. 109 LF B.4 C8 Kitsap Way Culvert #2 -18-inch Dia. 124 LF B.5 C8 Kitsap Way Culvert #3 - 18-inch Dia. 113 LF B.6 C8 Washington Avenue Storm -15-inch Dia. 115 LF SCHEDU]LE B 'TOTAL TOTAL BID PRICE (SUM OF SCHEDULE A TOTAL AND SCHEDUH.E B'9'O'fAL) I$ City of Bremerton February 2015 2015 Sewer Rehabilitation BF-8 � � _ _ - � � � � � � _ � � _ � � � � i 1 , 1 � , � , ' , �J � s� � � , . BID BOND KNOW ALL Af6N BY THESE PRESENTS, � That Michels Corporation as Principal, and Continental Casualty Company held and firxnly bound unto City of Bremerton hereinafter called "OWNER," in the sum of Five percent of bid amount (5%) (not less than 5 percent of the total amount of the Bid) dollars, for the payment of which sum, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrato+s, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, said Principal has submitted a Bid to said OWNER to perform the WORK required under the hidding schedule(s) of the OWNER's Contract Documents entitied 2015 SewerRehabilitation. If ti�e Principal Es awarded the Bid and, within 10 calendar days after receipt of the Contract Document forms from the �WNER, fails to provide the OWIVER with the duly executed Agreement; the duly executed Certificates oF Insurance, the duly executed Performance Bond and the cluly executed Payment Bond, all as specified in the Contract Documents, then the Surety shall, without condition atzd within 30 catendar days from written demand from the OWNER, pay to the OWNER in U.S. funds, by certified or cashiers check, t1�e fuli amount of this Bid Bond. This Bond shall be irrevocable for 90 days after the bid opening, as defined in the Contract Documents. The Surety stiputates and agrees that the obligation of said Surety shall in no 4vay be impaired or affected by an extension of the time within which the OWNER may accept such bid and Surety further waives notice of any snch extension. In the event suit is brought apon this bond by said OWNBR and OWIVER prevails, said Principai and Surety shafl pay all costs incurred by said OWNER in such suit, including attorney's fees and costs to be fixed by the court SIGNED AND SEALED, this day of April8th , 20 15 � Michels Corporation (SEAL) Continental Casualty Company , „ � (�rincipai} ( �) (SEAL) ` ' Sure . •,.j . _;�� ���� • Y� , - '' � ""��� - ,.�: ; �� e�,� : .�'.., �..� �EAL A� `� � ('"° ` ` � , _ s '; ��?�'"!`` ' cr , - ;.�J . .;.A`� : �,�' , ti; •�'v. ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF SURETYj , �,., .:� : j F"+ C-. F 3 �.�o '''�<sr �, 'J �c��{re'ss of Surety to which all notices shall be sent . c.�:aaat ,' 333 S. Wabash Ave., 41st Flr, Chicago, IL 60604 _ Address for Service of Process {must be a physical address) ', 333 S. Wabash Ave., 41st Flr, Chicago, IL 60604 �� > City of Bremerton 2Q95 Sewer Rehabilitation � � -- BY•' �� {Signature) Christine Eitel Attorney-In-Fact February 2015 BF-9 as Surety, are ' � � 1 L� ' , , ' , ' ' 1 ' � ' ' , � STATE OF ILLINOIS COUNTY OF DuPaae I, Kimberly R. Holmes Notary Public of Will Countv, in the State of Illinois , do hereby certify that Christine Eitel Attorney-in-Fact, of the Continental Casualtv Company who is personally known to me to be the same person whose name is subscribed to the foregoing instrument, appeared before me this day in person, and acknowledged that she signed, sealed and delivered said instrument, for and on behalf of the Continental Casualtv Compan�for the used and purposes therein set forth. Given under my hand and notarial seal at my office in the City of Lisle in said County, this 8th day of April A.D., 2015. � (Notary Public) Ki erly R. Holmes , My Commission expires: 2/11/2018 Notary Seal: ,��F�9C�A� � n �.�� ��8����dB ` i�e 4-��� � , ��V�}��� ���R 0aao �� >4�� �F 9�.LAP ��7Y C�Ct�dGfae��i�6y EXi�I'�9�5 �1�1l2439� � ' POWElt OF A'f'B'ORNEY APPOINTING INIDIV�iJAL ATTOItN��'-IN-F'ACT Know All Men By These Presents, That Continental Casualty Company, an Illinois insurance company, National Fire Insurance Company of Hartford, an Illinois insurance company, and American Casualty Company of Reading, Pennsylvania, a Pennsylvania insurance company (herein called , "the C1VA Companies"), are c:uly organized and existing insurance companies having their principa] offices in the City of Chicago, and State of IIlinois, and that they do by virtue of the signatures and seals herein affixed hereby make, constitute and appoint ' LJ ' ' '. ' 1 , Karen A Ryan, William P Weible, William Cahill, Deborah A Campbell, Leigh Ann Francis, Kimberly It I�olmes, Melissa Newman, Kimberly Sawicki, Ann Marfle Waters, Christine Eitel, Individually of Lisle, IL, their true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact with full power and authority hereby conferred to sign, seal and execute for and on their behalf bonds, undertakings and other obligatory instruments of similar nature - In LJnlimited Amounts - and to bind them thereby as fully and to the .same extent as if such instruments were signed by a duly authorized ofFcer of their insurance companies and all the acts of said Attorney, pursuant to the authority hereby given is hereby ratified and confirmed. This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the By-Law and Resolutions, printed on the reverse hereof, duly adopted, as indicated, by the Boards of Directors of the insurance companies. In Witness Whereof, the CNA Companies have caused these presents to be signed by their Vice President and their corporate seals to be hereto affixed on this 6th day of February, 2015. �r � r � �pRPORATg . SEAL ���� $ ,p�ORPppqT�,D ':.L � �u�r �i, isoz * • � Continental Casualty Company National Fire Insurance Company of Hartford American Cas alty Company of Reading, Pennsylvania /. Paul T. Bruflat Vice President 1 State of South Dakota, County of Minnehaha, ss: On this 6th day of February, 2015, before me personally came Paul T. Bruflat to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say: tha� he resides in the City of Sioux Falls, State of South Dakota; that he is a Vice President of Continental Casualty Company, an Illinois insurance company, IVational Fire Insurance Company of Hariford, an Illinois insurance company, and American Casualty Company of Reading, Pennsylvania, a ' Pennsylvania insurance company described in and which executed the above instrument; that he knows the seals of said insurance companies; that the seals affixed to the said instrument are such corporate seals; that they were so affixed pursuant to authority given by the Boards of Directors of said insurance companies and that he signed his name thereto pursuant to like authority, and acknowledges same to be the act and deed of said insurance companies. ' ' ' t ' l.J ' J. MOHR � NoraRV Pua��c � g � SOUTH QAKOTp SE�4L My Commission Expires June 23, 2015 m J. Mohr Notary Public CE�tT�'ICA�E I, D. Bult, Assistant Secretary of Continental Casualty Company, an Illinois insurance company, National Fire Insurance Company of Hartford, an Illinois insurance company, and American Casualty Company of Reading, Pennsylvania, a Pennsylvania insurance company do hereby certify that the Power of Attorney herein above set forth is still in force, and further certify that the By-Law and Resolution of the Board of Directors of the insurance companies printed on the revers�hereof is still in force. In testimony whereof I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed the seal of the said insurance companies this day of � r , `,�O /� . z���� �� CONPOI4A7F H o � °� S� � 7897 Form F6853-4/2012 ��,,.�� Continental Casualty Company ,�a National Fire Insurance Company of Hartford ���°RPOt�TF� American Casualty Company of Reading, Pennsylvania a� JULY 71. � � isu �.� (� • �� D. Bult Assistant Secretary Authorizing By-I.aws and I2esolu�ons ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF CON'['II�IENTAL CASUALTY COMPANY: This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following resolution duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company at a meeting held on May 12, 1995: "RESOLVED: That any Senior or Group Vice President may authorize an officer to sign specific documents, agreements and instruments on behalf of the Company prov�ded that the name of such authorized officer and a description of the documents, agreements or instruments that such officer may sign will be provided in writing by the Senior or Group Vice President to the Secretary of the Company prior to such execution becoming effective." Th�s Power of Attorney is signed by Paul T. Bruflat, Vice President, who has been authorized pursuant to the above resolution to execute power of attomeys on behalf of Continental Casualty Company. This Power of Attomey is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by the authority of the following Resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company by unanimous written consent dated the 25` day of April, 2012: "Whereas, the bylaws of the Company or specific resolution of the Board of D'uectors has authorized various officers (the "Authorized Officers") to execute various pol�cies, bonds, undertakings and other obligatory instruments of like nature; and Whereas, from time to time, the signature of the Authorized Officers, in addition to being provided in original, hard copy format, may be provided via facsimile or otherwise in an electronic format (collectively, "Electronic Signatures"); Now therefore be it resolved: that the Electronic Signature of any Authorized Officer shall be valid and binding on the Company." ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF NATiONAL F1RE INSURANCE COMPANY OF HARTFORD: This Power of Attorney �s made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the follo�ving resolution duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company by unanimous written consent dated May 10 1995: "RESOLVED: That any Senior or Group Vice President may authorize an officer to sign specific documents, agreements and insiruments on behalf of �he Company provided that the name of such authorized officer and a description of the documents, agreements or instruments that such officer may sign a�ill be provided in writing by the Senior or Group Vice President to the Secretary of the Company prior to such execution becoming effective." This Power of Attorney is signed by Paul T. Bruflat, Vice President, who has been authorized pursuant to the above resolution to execute power of attorneys on behalf of National fire Insurance Company of Hartford. This Power of Attorney is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by the authority of the following Resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company by unarumous written consent dated the 25` day of April, 2012: "Whereas, the bylaws of the Company or specific resolution of the Board of Directors has authorized various officers (the "Authorized Officers") to execute various policies, bonds, undertakings and other obligatory instruments of like nature; and Whereas, from time to time, the signature of the Authorized Officers, in addition to being provided in original, hazd copy format, may be provided via facsimile or otherwise in an electronic format (collectively, "Electronic Signatures"); Now therefore be it resolved: that the Electronic Signature of any Authonzed Officer shall be valid and binding on the Company." ADOP'TED BY'TI� BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF AMERICAN CASUALTY COMPANY OF READING, PENNSYLVANIA: Ttus Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following resolution duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company by unanimous written consent dated May 10, 1995: "RESOLVED: That any Senior or Group Vice President may authorize an officer to sign specific documents, agreements and instruments on behalf of the Company provided that the name of such authorized officer and a description of the documents, agreements or instruments that such officer may sign will be provided in writing by the Senior or Group Vice President to the Secretary of the Company prior to such execution becoming effectivc." Ttus Power of Attorney is signed by Paul T. Bruflat, Vice President, who has been authorized pursuant to the above resolution to execute power of attorneys on behalf of American Casualty Company of Reading, Pennsylvania. This Power of Attomcy is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by the authority of the following Resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company by unanimous written consent dated the 25` day of April, 2012: "Whereas, the bylaws of the Company or specific resolution of the Board of Directors has authorized various officers (the "Authorized Officers") to execute vanous policies, bonds, undertakings and othcr obligatory instruments of like nature; and Whereas, from time to time, the signature of the Authorized Officers, in addition to being provided in original, hard copy format, may be provided via facsimile or otherwise in an electronic format (collectively, "Elec[ronic Signatures"); Now therefore be it resolved: that the Electronic Signature of any Authorized Officer shall be valid and binding on the Company." LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS The Bidder shall provide the following information for each Subcontractor who will perform work or labor or render service to the CONTRACTOR in or about the construction of the work or improvement, or a Subcontractor who, under subcontract to the CONTRACTOR, specially fabricates and installs a portion of the work or improvement according to detailed drawings contained in the plans and specifications, in an amount in excess of 10 percent of the CONTRACTOR's total bid. The CONTRACTOR shall list only one Subcontractor for each portion of the WORK as is defined by the CONTRACTOR in its bid. If no Subcontractor is listed the bidder acknowledges that it does not intend to use any subcontractor whose work on the CONTRACT will exceed 10 percent of the bid price. The Bidder's attention is directed to the provisions of Article 6.06 of the Standard General Conditions which stipulates the percent of the WORK to be performed with the Bidder's own forces. Attach additional sheets if reyuired. 1 1 1 t 1 1 SUBCONTRACTOR #1 Company Name: � E� v � �f O Y1rM�2� Q,` � Subcontractor License #: � � `' ' Work to be performed �t e- C,\ QA,n CG �I ; T ��n,s �ec it, ' Address/Phone # : 6 a-J �y tln T i la la�► 425 Z4 ° 00� ;._ � Bid Amount and % of Total Bid: Ol ., `� SUBCONTRACTOR #2 - Company Name: Subcontractor License #: Work to be performed: Address/Phone #: Bid Aanount and % of Total Bid: SUBCONTIiACTOR #3 Company Name: Subcontractor License #: Work to be performed: Address/Phone #: Bid Amount and % of Total Bid: SUBCOIVTRACTOR #4 ' Company Name: Subcontractor License #: Work to be perfmrmed: Address/Phone #: Bid Amount and % of 1'otal �id: Ciry of Bremerton February 2015 2015 Sewer Rehabilitation BF-10 � r ' ' i ' i ' ' , II 1 LJ ' lJ LJ � ' 1 ' IIVFORIVIA'1'gO1V REQLJdRED O� �IIDD1Eht PAGE 1 of 2 The Bidder shall furnish the following information. Additional sheets shall be attached as required. Failure to complete these items will cause the Bid to be non-responsive and may cause its rejection. In any event, no award will be made until all of the Bidder's General Information is delivered to the OWNER. Name of Contractor: 1����5 �,Pcwtc`rcM- Primary Classification: __� (9e�4►etco.Q Address�"Z t� � la 5.�' SL 5��, 0�2 ��3o z Telephone: 5 d 3- 3Co�-- ll� S Fax number: r- vv 3- 3°I l-�S31 ? E-mail address: 5°C�C�,� � t�,(�c,�e�S .uS Name and contact information for proposed Project Manager: �� T�o�p S or� SD3 �-(2is - 2 b 09 Employer's identification number (employer SSN, not personal SSN): �5' —�i'70 3/( Employment Security Department Number (4 5 � 2-� �1 �OS Washington Industrial Insurance 1Vumber � 3 2 � ��S - U O Washington State Tax Registration (UBI) Number �� l O�O � a� � Washington State Contractor's Registration Number/expiration Date WI�C�t6C �1'c�9r9 �� ` City of Bremerton Business License number Z ���� * i�'not available. miast be obtained prior to ►nobilization Name, address, and telephone number of surety company and agent who will provide the reyuired bonds this contract: ��art,u.�-a� (�asu4.�.'� �o ' 333 5 .��s� _��o ,,� � C,o�o� ��� _ ��.� -e�,ll _ �.,� �l�zs �3�—Z�s—��z� City of Bremerton February 2015 , 2015 Sewer Rehabilitation , BF-11 � �- J INFORNdA1'�ON �tEQiJ8I2ED 0� ��DD��t PAGE 2 of 2 To be considered for award, the CONTRACTOR shall have completed at least three projects of ' sirnilar type, complexity, and comparable value to that WORK described in Notice Inviting Bids. ATTACH TO THIS BID a list of 3 projects minimum, completed by the CONTRACTOR, that are ' similar to this project in nature, value, and complexity of work. The 3 projects must have been completed under the bidder's name as the prime (general) contractor within the last 5 years. The � list sha11 include the following information as a minimum: o Names, address, and telephone number of owner. o Name of project. o Location of project. o Brief description of the work involved. m Contract amount. 0 Date of completion of contract. o IVame, address, and telephone number of architect or engineer. O IVame of owner's project engineer. 0 List of major equipment used. m Years in business under current name. o Contracts now in hand, gross amount, and percent complete. City of Bremerton February 2015 2015 Sewer Rehabilitation BF-12 ' 1 , ' , ' � , ' , ' ' ' 1 1 ' �J ' 1 '�' � _ �.._ CORPORATION Michels Corporation: 55 Years in Business under current name PROJECTNAME & LOCATION: 2014 Wastewater Rehabilitation Project, Eugene, Oregon PUBLIC AGENCY NAME: City of Eugene, 99 E Broadway, Suite 400 Eugene, Oregon 97401 PUBLIC AGENCY CONTACT AND PHONE: David Starns, (541) 682-5291, Mazk Schoening, City Engineer DESCRIPTION OF WORK: 27,812 LF of 6" — 36" Cured In Place Pipe Lining CONTRACTAMOUN'T: $902,493 COMPLETION DATE: February, 2015 PROJECTNAME & LOCATION: 2014 Sanitary Sewer CIPP Lining, The Dalles, Oregon PUBLIC AGENCY NAME: City of The Dalles, 1215 West First Street, The Dalles, Oregon 97058 PUBLIC AGENCY CONTACT AND PHONE: Dale McCabe, City Engineer (541) 296-5401 x 2021 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: 5,366 LF of 8" — 18" Cured In Place Pipe Lining CONTRACT AMOLTNT: $170,901 C O M P L E T I O N D A T E: J u 1 y, 2 014 PROJECT NAME & LOCATION: 2013 CIPP Wastewater Rehabilitation Project, Baker City, Oregon PUBLIC AGENCY NAME: City of Baker City, 1655 First Street, Baker City, Oregon 97814 PUBLIC AGENCY CONTACT AND PHONE: Joyce Bornstedt (541) 524-2046, Doug Schwin, City Engineer DESCRIPTION OF WORK: 3,942 LF of 6" — 12" Cured In Place Pipe Lining CONTRACT AMOUNT: $109,986 C O M P L E T I O N D A T E: 2/ 15 / 14 � ' � , 1 , ' " �% � '�. �,.. . - _ _ ��_ �. ,` ��' �� , ,. �r," � :�o���a� �������o�--� 17`I5 SE 164h Sfreet SE o Salem, OR 97302 503/364-1199 o Fax 503/364-g317 www.vnichels-usa.com 6�i o����� G°'o�� ��rr�o��� ��a�r�c��9 �� p��c�� �u�c� ��a�o�r���ut� L�u�� Ca�ge�o�o Rush `I� Mifli�n B i l� �oiler w/ f�la�Forr� Ari�s TV Tr�ac� C��'i�l �0��/Jc�i i her�o lai�g Trac�or �rail�rs F350 Cre�nj T�rucE:s F150 Pickup Trucks (3ube) Applied Felts - Suppliers (Resin) Interplastic Corporation - Suppliers ��ea�u � � � � � 1 `l 1 i��ch�Is �o���oratio� ��a.s � �vx�as�et�� ��et�uc �aca➢��y �ocated �.t 1715 �6�h ��r�ei S� Sal�g�n, �R 37302, ���eir� ��e ����a�rcg��a�:e �h� �g�� �bes. � I E! E�OMfU1UfVICATIOiVS � GAS PIPELIiV� � 71R�CTfOfJAL DRILLIh1G � ELE� i RICAL � AGGR�GATE MATCRIaLS SEWE�R, 1hlRTER �: i U�!tVELING o CO`vCRETE � ENGINEERING � DESIGN/BUlLD 6ROWNSVILLE, �.NI o SEATTLE, WA � MILWAU�LE, l/VI c HARRISPURG, PA � NEENAH, �NI o I OPEY.A, {:S o PFORIA, AZ o GREEN BAY, �NI o CALGARY, AB 'Alli E�URL OPPOR7"UfV! i l' �MPLOYER" � , � L� � � , 1 , , ' ' � , ' , , Client Gross Dollar Percent Amount Completed Wildish, ODOT Region 2 $ 29,107.00 Not Yet Begun Granite, Caltrans 05-OQ5904, sub $ 38,469.00 Not Yet Begun City of Salem, OR $ 45,000.00 Not Yet Begun Cal Trenchless, EBMUD, sub $ 144,931.00 Not Yet Begun KJ Woods, San Carlos, CA, sub $ 45,529.00 Not Yet Begun City of Sacramento, CA $ 465,529.00 Not Yet Begun No Star, Sac County, CA, sub $ 172,282.00 Not Yet Begun Faber, Bellingham, WA, sub $ 264,953.00 Not Yet Begun Bateson, Rogue V St Pk, sub $ 28,475.00 Not Yet Begun Tullis, Caltrans 02-4E4304, sub $ 52,706.00 Not Yet Begun Groundworks, 10A1699, sub $ 95,298.00 Not Yet Begun American Pacific, 10A1700, sub $ 49,177.00 Not Yet Begun Big River, Shoreline SD, OR, sub $ 54,612.00 Not Yet Begun City of Fresno, CA $ 501,633.00 Not Yet Begun McGuire & Hester, Woodland, sub $ 36,968.00 Not Yet Begun NorCal, Ross Valley SD, CA, sub $ 61,500.00 Not Yet Begun Clackamas County, OR $ 210,156.00 Not Yet Begun Scout Lk, College Pi, WA, sub $ 45,124.00 Not Yet Begun Teichert, Tulare 06-332204, sub $ 37,931.00 Not Yet Begun Bateson, Honeyman St Pk, sub $ 12,425.00 Not Yet Begun Cherokee Const, Lacey, WA, sub $ 13,360.00 Not Yet Begun City of Los Altos, CA $ 194,952.00 Not Yet Begun Moore Exc, PDX-Sellwood, sub $ 472,053.00 Not Yet Begun Green Sanitary District, OR $ 459,855.00 Not Yet Begun K&E Exc, Keizer, OR, sub $ 66,837.00 Not Yet Begun City of Dallas, OR $ 599,548.00 15% City of Sheridan, OR $ 59,738.00 90% SAK, Monterey, CA, sub $ 53,600.00 95% City of West Linn, OR $ 1,008,811.00 5% Teichert, Marysville 03-OA5804, sub $ 45,698.00 10% $ 5,366,257.00 � , I� � STATE OF O�2EC�uU COUNTY OF �Vl�'�-�- 1VON-CO�.H.USIOIV AFF�DAVI'd' ) ) ss. ) �'� �'���— . being first duly sworn, deposes and says that he or she is of the party making the foregoing bid that the bid is not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization, or corporation; that the bid is genuine and not collusive or sham; that the bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other bidder to put in a false or sham bid, and has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed with any bidder or anyone else to put in a sham bid, or that anyone shall refrain from bidding; that the bidder has not in any manner, directIy or indirectly, sought by agreement, communication, or conference with anyone to fix the bid price of the bidder or any other bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of the bid price, or of that of any other bidder, or to secure any advantage against the public body awarding the contract of anyone interested in the proposed contract; that all statements contained in the bid are true; and further, that the bidder has not, directly or indirectly, submitted his or her bid price or any breakdown thereof, or the contents thereof, or diwlged information or data relative thereto, or paid, and will bi � "osit"�'x`�;a�,, not pay, any fee to any corporation, partnership, company association, organization, �� ' or to any member or agent thereof to effectuate a collusive or sham bid. *'` �� •••""""'•• :�;;.•'�°°• @<•' (� .� � �r �' /�"`.,' •� ' � :. R �i .,''��I � �g� . 3�; ��e� � � •�� '"'y : � Signed: � r '''• :• ° ��� - •-� �/i.�� i�/IG ` i •is..�; `���� V • �l • qa� Subscribed and sworn to before me � � � :`z �°�,',; ;; this a day of�, 2015 � Notary Public in and for the County of Wl4�Lccn�. State of �(st � (SEAL) OFFICIAL STAMP ; DAVOD R PHELPS `w,. NOTARY PUBUC-OREGON COAAMISSION NO. 922071 MY COMMISSION EXPIRES NOVEMBER 11, 2017 City of Bremerton February 2015 ' 2015 Sewer Rehabilitation BF-13 1 � , � CE�t'B'IFICATION �Y PROPOSED CONTIiAC�'O�t REGARDING �Oi1AL EMPLOXMEN�' In accordance with Chapter 56, Laws of 1975 1st, Extraordinary Session, Certification regarding Equal Opportunity is required of bidders or prospective contractors and their proposed subcontractors prior to the award of contracts or subcontracts. Name of Prime Contractor ��c.�e.�S l��c.,�oKac�vv`_ , Address (`t l le�' �.'�' S G S�wl ��'i l 3� 2 l ' Internai Revenue Service Employer ldentification No. ��— �S`To 3� � � , ' � ' , � � � a. Contractor has participated in a previous contract or subcontract subject to the Equal Opportunity Clause. b. Compliance reports were required to be filed in connection with such contract/subcontract. c. Contractor has filed all compliance reports required by Executive Orders 10925, 11114, 11246 or by regulations of the Equal Opportunity Commission issued pursuant to Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964. Yes�No_ Yes� No Yes 7� No d. If answer to item 'c' is "no", please explain in detail in the space below. ��IZ'I'��ICA'Y'gON: I, the undersigned, certify that the information above is true and complete to the best of my knowledge and belief. W1.�clti�,S lv�c..�Aouls�..T�vv` Company Name IJP�{ /�l/��Q.I.StAil � (�2S�e�.u���w.aQ �✓L ' Name and Title o�Signer (please rype or print clearly) ' 1 J q �x9?'� 168 P3.•°?47 fr. / yS+' � *.. , ;�. �.. ». �., - ;, - Signature .`"� '`- �: ,:. � t� `y �`� , 1 ��� , , -. City of Bremerton ' 2015 Sewer Rehabilitation >;�; �c(�(�� Date February 2015 BF-14 CERTIFICA'd'ION OF lVON-SEGREGATED FACILI'TIES (Applicable to federally assisted construction contracts and related subcontracts exceeding $10,000 which are not exempt from the Equal Opportunity clause.) The federally assisted construction contractor certifies that he does not maintain or provide for his employees any segregated facilities at any of his establishments, and that he does not permit his employees to perform their services at any location, under his control, where segregated facilities are maintained. The federally assisted construction contractor certified, further that he will not maintain or provide for his employees any segregated facilities at any of his establishments, and that he will not permit his employees to perform their services at any location, under his control, where segregated facilities are maintained. The federally assisted construction contractor agrees that a breach of this certification is a violation of the Equal Opportunity clause in this contract. As used in this certification, the term "segregated facilities" means any waiting rooms, work area, rest rooms and wash rooms, restaurants and other eating areas, time clocks, locker rooms and other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transportation, and housing facilities provided for employees which are segregated by explicit directive or area, in fact, segregated on the basis of race, creed, color, or national origin, because of habit, loca] custom, or otherwise. The federally assisted construction contractor agrees that (except where he has obtained identical certifications from proposed contractors for specific time periods) he will obtain identical certifications from proposed subcontractors prior to the award of subcontracts exceeding $10,000 which are not exempt from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity clause, and that he will retain such, certification in this file. CE�tTgFICA'9'ION: I, the undersigned, certify that the information above is true and complete to the best of my knowledge and belief. (�l�\G�t,.�S l.c��� Company Name �ArT �v�c�l.'LScn� c��2sF�k l�e �uk� '2 Name and Title of Signer (please type or print clearly ' Signature ���.� ; ��ana 3lSt!pr� ; . , �,�t'°` �:: � , �. ��, " � d`.. ° �" � ` %Y 1 p � ; . �^,.�, A' r 'r ` � '� -:'v( �a.. { � FL � � � ' _ _ i`r • �:J..•,�....' . City of Brernerton 2015 Sewer Rehabilitation ���<<5 Date February 2015 BF-15 1 � ' � 1 1 CER'd'�FgCA'B'ION 0� FEDERA�. NO1V-�EBARIV��N'g' AND S6lSPENS�OIV INS1'RHJC'I'�O1VS'TO �ID��RS: '�'��S FOlftlVi S�ALL �E EXECU'6'ED �X'fl'�� CON'fl'�tACTOR ANID SUBMITT�D WI'd'H-� 'I'I�E BI�. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE COPIES AND DISTRIBUTE THIS FORM TO ALL SUBCONTRACTORS. SUBCONTRACTORS MUST SUBMIT THIS FORM TO THE CITY PRIOR TO PERFORMING ANY WORK ON THE PROJECT. As a prospective contractor for the City of Bremerton and as a requirement of your submittal, you are required to provide debarment/suspension certification indicating that you are in compliance with the below Federal Executive Order. �ebarment: Fedea Executave Order (E.O.) 12549 "Debaa��aent and Suspension" requires , tfl�a� all con�ractors receiving inslivndual awards or using federal ff�nrnds, aaad all saab- recnpieaets certify that the organization �and its prancapals are not ciebarred, suspended, gsroposed �o� debartnen�, declared 'arne�ignb�e, oa� voluntarflly excluded �y any Fec�eral ' depaa or agency froan doing busnness wath the Federal Governanent or froan receiving �'ede�ally-assisted contracts. Your signature certifies that neither you nor your principal is presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction by any federal department or agency. If, at any time during the term of the contract, such condition occurs the Contractor will notify the City without delay. CEd�TIFdCATlO1V: I, the undersigned, certify that the information above is true and complete to the best of my knowledge and belief. vl�•c�.�C.s �p�pot�Qnuti. Company Name �" � t�t►�e�.�Swl t�)-e �� � � I t/�t � �g ✓L Name and Title of Signer (please type or print ;3a��s�� :a.s.� //^`\ ; a�' 6 �� � j ;�, j � ',. t .. \ . �4��6 e.. .,i4j . � P '�. . �`t/ • Signature ° ='� j;_ ��." °� � y — _' J O - ���L�S Date 1 1 �ND�O�� 16ID ��RIV�S City of Bremerton February 2015 ' 2015 Sewer Rehabditation BF-16 1 ' CONTRACT (page 1 of 3) ' 1 THIS AGREEMENT is dated the �� day of � in the year 2015 by ' ' 1 � � and between City of Bremerton (hereinafter called CITY) and N�,IG��S 1 �wDo�ar�W`, (hereinafter called CONTRACTOR). CITY and CONTRACTOR, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, agree as follows: ARTICLE 1. WORK. CONTRACTOR shall complete the WORK as specified or indicated in the CITY's Contract Documents entitled 2015 Sewer Rehabilitation ARTICLE 2. CONTRACT TIMES. The WORK shall obtain Substantial Completion within 110 calendar days from the commencement date stated in the Notice to Proceed. Time is of the essence as to each and every deadline set forth in this agreement. This provision has been specifically negotiated. ARTICLE 3. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES. ' CITY and the CONTRACTOR recognize that time is of the essence for this Agreement and that the CITY will suffer financial loss if the WORK is not completed within the time specified in Article 2 herein, plus any extensiocis ther•eof allowed in accordance with Section 1-08.8 of the Standard Specifications ' which may be modified by the Special Provisions. They also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties involved in proving in a legal proceeding the actual loss suffered by the CITY if the WORK is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, the CONTRACTOR shall , pay the CITY liquidated damages in the amount of $500 per daXafter the date of Substantial Completion. ART[CLE 4. CONTRACT PRICE. CITY shall pay CONTRACTOR for completion of the WORK in accordance with the Contract Documents in the amount set forth in the Bid Proposal, which shall include sales tax as provided in Section 1-07.2(2) of the Special Provisions. ARTICLE 5. PAYMENT PROCEDURES. CONTRACTOR shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Section 1-09.9 of the Standard Specifications which may be modified by the Special Provisions. Applications for Payment will be processed by ENGINEER as provided in the Special Provisions �� Contractor Initials Cin� of Br'emer•ton Fehruan� �70/S , Z01� Seive�• Rehabiluution CF-I COIVTRACT (page 2 of 3) ARTICLE 6. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. The Contract Documents which comprise the entire agreement between CITY and CONTRACTOR concerning the WORK consist of this Contract and the following which are either attached or incorporated herein by reference: - Notice Inviting Bids, � � - Bidders Checklist, - Bid Proposal including the Proposal Forms, Information Required of Bidder, Bid Bond, and all required certificates and affidavits, - Performance Bond, - Payment Bond, � - Standard Specifications, - Amendinents to the Standard Specifications, - Appendices, - Special Provisions, - Contract Plans, - Addenda numbers � to �. inclusive. - Change Orders which may be delivered or issued after Effective Date of the Agreement and are not attached hereto. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed in this Article 6. The Contract Documents may only be amended by Change Order as provided in Section 1-04.4 of the Standard Specifications which may be modified by the Special Provisions. ARTICLE 7. INDEMNIFICATION. The CONTRACTOR and CITY acknowledge and agree that they have negotiated the following in accordance with the requirements of RCW 4.24.115 and the CONTRACTOR specifically waives his immunity under industrial insurance under Title 51 RCW. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, the CONTRACTOR shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the CITY, ENGINEER, their consultants, subconsultants, and the of�cers, directors, employees, and agents of each and any of them, against and from any and all claims, injuries, damages, losses or suits, including all legal costs and attorney fees, all claims and liability arising under, by reason of, related, or incidental to the Contract Documents or any performance of the WORK, but not from the sole negligence or willful misconduct of the CITY and/or the ENGINEER as further defined in the Contract Documents. The provisions of this section shall survive the termination of the contract. `� Contractor Initials Crn� of Bremertoii Nehn�ary ZOIS J(115 Semer Xehabrh�atron Ch'-2 1 � :� COIVTRACT (page 3 of 3) ARTICLE 8. ASSIGNMENT � No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in the Contract Documents will be binding on another party hereto without the written consent of the party sought to be bound; and specifically but without limitation monies that may become due and monies that are due may not be � assigned without such consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment, no assignment will release or discharge the assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract � Documents. The CITY, in its sole discretion, may refuse to allow the CONTRACTOR to assign any or all of its duties, rights and/or responsibilities under the Agreement, except with regards to an assignment of funds for security purposes. In the case of an assignment for security purposes the � ClTY may condition its approval to the extent it deems necessary to assure that there will be adequate funds to complete the WORK and to pay a subcontractors and suppliers. CITY and CONTRACTOR each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives to the other party hereto, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives in respect of all covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. � IN WITNESS WHEREOF, CITY and COIVTRACTOR have caused this Agreement to be executed the day � and year first above written. r U ��, � : • - � �, i _� � �i : i�. � �. 1� �.. �� Attest Address for giving notices � ` ��=' ��- � oD � I-�n o (� , U��i✓ ` � 533�1 .� � Appro d s t, Form: (Signa ur ) �1 � ^ (Title) � i � � CONTRACTOR : Attest Address for giving notices i��nninr►,,, , �� R�a�'�.,, ,, �`�.� : � ' ; SE,qL `n o = �- ; � ,. . ��.. .... � �,, ",�� `�,. ,,,,� , ��`` � v�'A �� �� �c�� sT sc 5r�e.u�t, O�. a� 3� 2 License No. �ZC�ECC � 9`�q �8 Agent for service of process: �el�' Cdy ojl3rentei•ron F�ebnrun� 10/5 � ?0/S .Se�rer Rehubilrtuna7 CF�-3 CONTRACT CERTIFICATE (if Corporation) STATE OF O Qc (,o w COUNTY OF U�C�Q�u�. ) ) SS: ) I HEREBY CERTIFY that a meeting of the Board of Directors of the W� �,u�S lID�utasi�M.. a corporation existing under the laws of the State of C� i SC.oKs rN , held on S�c1� 2 . 2015, the following resolution was duly passed and adopted: "RESOLVED, th t �'� �Cv�O�,sw�- as �t�x ec� avi� °r���� of the Corporation, be and ►s hereby authorized to execute the CONTRACT dated S$� 2015, by and between this Corporation and City of Bremerton and that his/her execution thereof, attested by the Secretary of the Corporation, and with the Corporate Seal affixed, shall be the official act and deed of this Corporation." [.further certify that said resolution is now in full force and effect. IN WITNESS V1`HEREOF, I 1 corporation this $ . day of (SEAL) C�ty nf Bremer�o�r ?01 S SE��•er Rehubili�ulion hereunto set my hand and affixed the official seal of the `��,�,��E�,�;��,,,,, 2015. �� �,y\��� /���' ��' � G'�',�;�'o'�-; ��. �,� �: _ � C��� � < `� �retar'Y 1 Ikss.T. ''�.��'S jN • ...... : �O; ��```. '' � � i . , r r n n u � � u � � ``� �` Fehn�nn' 10/.i CF�-�3 � ,� ;' � � � � � � RESOLVED: that the following employees of Michels Pipe Services, a Division of Michels Corporation, shall have the following authority vested in it by the Board of Directors through this Consent Board Resolution for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2015, or until their respective successors have been elected and qualified: Carey A. Preston, Contracts 8� Administration Manager (Midwest), shall be appointed an Assistant Secretary with the specific and limited authority to sign pay requests, associated lien waivers and attest to official documentation of Michels Pipe Services. David R. Phetps, Contracts & Administration Manager (West Coast), shall be appointed as an Assistant Secretary with the specific and limited authority to sign pay requests, associated � lien waivers and attest to official documentation of Michels Pipe Services. David Rosenberg, Senior Manager Business Development and Water Rehabilitation � Services, on behalf of Michels Pipe Services, shall be granted the limited authority to execute subcontracts of $200,000 or less both when Michels is a subcontractor and when Michels subcontracts work. � r Loren Brace, Division Contracts and Administration Manager, on behalf of Michels Pipe Services shall have the ability to legally negotiate and execute contracts and agreements. Pat Anderson, Western Regional Manager, on behalf of Michels Pipe Services, shall have the ability to legally negotiate and execute contracts and agreements. Paul Mallory, Regional Operations Manager in Hawaii, on behalf of Michels Pipe Services, � shall have the ability to legally negotiate and execute contracts and agreements of $250,000 or less for the Hawaii region. � � ... l � CONSENT RESOLUTION OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF MICHELS CORPORATION JANUARY 2, 2015 �- The undersigned, being the Board of Directors of MICHELS CORPORATION, a Wisconsin corporation, pursuant to Section 180.0821 of the Wisconsin Statutes, do hereby consent to the following acts taken without a meeting: Dated this 2nd day of January, 2015. �1 ' � r ,� � , � .� , , �� : - �'� Ruth L. Mic Is, Director Patrick D. Michels, Director � �': -. , 'E� . . .� �:�`I� . � - ..- � ' � . v... i ...,....'.� . _ . .. ...... . . . . � , . � THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLAIVK , . y . , � ' . . � . . 'S � , . .. . . . i . . .. .. . . . . ! . . _ � ,. � � . . +� � . . .. . _ ._.. - . ' - .: ' .. . .�_ ...�. ..�.... . , . .. . �;'ij1;i�..i .. --. � ... . . .,. . . . ; •- .. � ,'!i� ;r�. . ��! -'.;'+�`�; -.. - i°: : 4j�i , ,' . ; • . ..., ,. . ;. , ,,,. , .;, . ; :.. . . . . . , :�. . ..._ . . - • -- .. _._.._... . . - - �y ,. . . . ., ., . ,... , -.._ . , _ -- , - . . - - � - - .�......_ ..... ._.... -•-. .•--.. .._.. . . . ....��, .._ .._... : : . 1i' :.1;��- . :�1: �ii . . , .. � ., . ' ' . . '; f'. . ��,. . _ ... ,.... ._ . . ...... .. . .,..., ,._ .._ _. .. _ . .. ........... __....___.... . .. _ %' �:. J: _ .:!t', i�'�r�� °� 'rti..:,.,. r � .,_'� _ _ � 4 "1:�.�.: f d:i � ..t � ,"t . � _ � i1 f5�_:il: •,l �: �'�i:, i. `44 ;�: ,�� � -- . , 7i � , -- ` T e ` Y � , ' q �::.r :;�g; . ;-• .: �' ',.{.�;,, r � . � . , . i�.... . ... ,.. , .�_ .. , ... ..�.1�.! E.3 ._;(i'f' .. ���.�1:�.� i k�l'r-��.�� . _ L .., �,.., � . � 7�1 ,.�:' .:.., .a.. �'. !: 7 'S: . a...�i.. . ;i;_.i ��� :2 . - �:. � �,. , y. �.�... :i li'` i.`.� . .�. ,�.'i':1�'ii� '�i .:�3 ti:.:� :�i .nf��: �.i . 1�;.:!':�.'•? ... . . ��"r;i�J '':i.!'i;iJ�'aci2�'T[3a . . . , � ..' .1 .;i� �:e' _ ' . ' . " ., � _._ � . ' r .. ' .. . '1"i . . .. _.'jJ �.:��i.ti`.:1'!'�1:`•V . , . . . .., . . •'I i !CY . . .. . . . . . .. - • ." . • . '� f ... �.. ' ' - ' .:.l�kJ:e r � . i . ' � � . � f � . . . � . �]�i _ . CrN of Bremerton � v. � Febnrary 1015 .• 2015 Sewer�Rehabilitanon ,. ..•' CF-8 = . CCC#�29614569 I,MiCn013127237 PERFORMAIYCE QOND (page 1 of 2) KiVOW ALL MEN BYTHESE PRESENTS, Th�t Michels Corporation _____ �s CONTRACTOR, ar�d �-��nlinenlal (;asually Company & Liberty Mutual Insurance Cornpany as Surety, are held and fir►nly bound unto Ciry of Bremerton l�ereinafter called "OWNER," in tlie sum of Four Hundred Seventy Nine Thousanci T11ree Hundred Fifty 1'hree and 43/100------------- ------ ----------------------------------- -------------------------- -------------- doliai•s, for the paymerlc of which sum, well and truly to be made, we birid oui•selves, our tieirs, executors, adininistrators, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, firmIy by these presents. THG CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION ARE SUCH, that said CONTRACTOR tias been awarded and is abnut to enter into the annexed Agreement with said OWNGR to perforrn thc WORK as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents entitled "City of Bremerton, Department of Public Works and Utiiities, Bremertan, Washington, 2015 Sewer �tehabiiitation"; now, therefore, ln the event CONTE2ACTUR fails to ti�nely or properIy perform any of �he requirements of the Contract Uocuments at the times and in the manner contained therein, the Surety shall be tiable'under this bond up Co the amount of the bond for the full amotint of the OWNI:RS's expenses to construct or repair all work as well as all ioss, cost, expense or damage suffered by tl�e �WNER in excess of the Contract amount due to the CONTRACTOR'S failure to comply wit11 any contract or permit conditions or othcr applicable laws and regulations. ' The Surety agrees that within 30 calendar days of receiving notice that ihe OWNER has declared a CONTRACTOR default and formally terminated the CONTRACTOR'S right to complete the Contract pursuant to its terms and conditions and that the CONTRA,CTOR has defaulted on all or part of the terms �iaranteed by this bond, the Surety shall either: 1. Notify the 4WNER in writing of its inteiit to cure the default itself within a reasonable period of time acceptable to the OWNER. The OWNl:R agrees to pay the balance of the Contract price to the Surety in accordance with the tei•ms of tlie Contract, or 2. Tender to the OWNER the demanded sum, up to tlie amount of the bond. Hawever, if the amount necessary for the OW[�ER to cure the default is Iess than d�e amotint tenclered, the OWNER will return, without interest, any overpayment to tt�e Surery. , PROVIDED, that any aIterations in the WORK to be done or the materials to be furnished, or changes in the time of completion, which may be made pursuant to the terms of said Contract Documerits, shall not in any way release said CONTRACTOR or said Surety hereunder, nor shall any extensions of ' time granted under the provisions of said Contract Documents, release either said CONTRACTOR or said Surety, and notice of such alterations or extensions of the Agreement is hereby waived by said Surety. 1 , City of Bremerton February 20I5 2015 SewerRehabrlitarion CF-9 1 YL•'17EURMANCE BOND (na�e 2 of 21 The obligation of the Surety shall include reimbursing the City for all costs and expenses, (including, but not 1'imited to fees and charges of engineers, architects, attarneys, and other professionals, and court cosls iE litigation is commenced) incurred by t11e OWNCR in enforcing the provisions of this Bond. . The CONTRACTOR hereby agrees that the CONTRAC'1'OR'S obligation to perform the required work is not limited to the amount of funds held by the Surety. This bond is irrevocable and cannot be canceled by thc Surery or• the CONTRACTOR. This bond shall r•emain in full force and effec� for a period of one (1) �ear following final acceptance of the project by the City, and until the bond is rcleased in wriring by the OWIVER at the written request of the Surery or CONTRACTOR. IN WITNESS VVHE,REOF, we have hereunder set our hands and seals this 8 th day of Ma ` �� < <n msiN��� �`��� � � T q �, •T!p �''� (SEAL) Continencal Casually (:ompany & (SEAL.) ;.�' G: •''��� ; . � 1`V�1'ch'�KC�>rporation Liberty Mulual Insurance Company �u�o P�, ' ( ONT CTOR} .(Surety) = v v �������( . . '� "��- .'� � �`� By' �., �'••.,,. .. '�- ��� (Signature an SEAL) • (Signature nd SEAL} �� V�ISG�.``�� Kimberly R. Holmes Attorney-In-Fact ''''' ���� r � r �� �S�'�t�. E1ND NOTARIAL /1CKI�fOWLEDGEMEN'l' OF SURET� Address of Surety to whicii all notices shall Ue sent: 333 S. Wabash Avenue, Chicago, Illinois 60604 & 5600 New King Street, Troy, Michigan 48098 Address of Surety for se�vice of process: (must be a physical address) 333 S. Wa Avenue, Chicago, Illinois 60604 & 5600 New ICing Street, Troy, Michigan 48098 C.rq� oJl3re�nerlon �OIS Se�ver Rehabili�anon Februoi7� 101 � CF- l0 CCC#929C 14569 LNIiC�013127237 PAYMCNT BOND (page 1 of 2) KNOW t1Ll. i�IEN BY THESE PRESEN'I'S, Michels Coc-poration as CONTRACTOR, '1'hat ����� Continental Casualty Companv & I ibert�� Mutual InsurancF C'nn,r r,T as Surety, are heid and firmly bouncl unto City of Bremerton hereinafter called "OWNER," in the su►n of Four Hundred Seventy Nine Thousand Three Hundred Fift�Three and 43/111�------------- ----------------------------------------------------- dollars, for the pay►nent of �vhich suzn, well and truly to be n�ade, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. '1'Hf�: COI�DITIONS OF TEIIS OBLIGATION ARE SUCH, that said CON'I'I�'1CTOR lias t�een awarded and is about to enter into the annexed CONTRI�CT with said O�VNER to perforrn tlie WORK as specified or indicated in the Contract llocuments entitled "City of Bremerton, Department of Public Works and Utilities, Bremerton, Washington, 2015 Sewer Rehabilitation"; now, therefore, If'said CONTRACTOR, or subcontractor, fails to pay for any materiais, equipment, or other supplies, oi ' for r•ental of san�e, used in connection with the performaiue of woc�k contracted to be done, or for' amounts due under applicable State law for any cvork or labot• thereo►i, said Su► will pay for the same in an amounC not exceeding the sutn specified aUove, and, in the event suit is brought upon this ' bond, reasonahle attoi•ney's fees to be fixed Uy the court. This bond shall inurc to lhe benefit o.f any persons, companies, or corporations entitled to file claims under applicable State law so as to give a right of action to them or their assigris in any suit brought upon this bond. ' PROVIDED, that any alteratio��s in the WO4tK to be done or the.�i�<�terials to bc furnished, or changes in tlie time of completion, which may be inade pursuant to the terms of said Coi�tract Documents, • shall not in any way release said CON'CRACTOR or said Surety thereunder, nor shall any extensions of ' time granted under the provisions of said Contract �ocuments reiease eit}ier said CONTRACTOR oi said Surety, and notice of such alterations o►• e:ctensio►ts of the CONTRACT is hereby waived by said Surety. 1 �J 1 �J ' '1'he obligation of the Surety shall include reimbursing the City of all costs and expenses, (including, but not limited to fee and charges ofengineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals, and court costs if litigation is commenced) incurred by the OWNER in enforcing the provisions of this Bond. 1 Ciry� of BremertOn 2015 Sewer Reha6ilitatton February 10l S CF-i 1 ' YAYMGNT BOND (page 2 of 2) IN WITNESS WHEREOF, �ve have hereunder set our hands and seals this 8th day of May .2015. - Continental Casualty Company & Liberty Michels Corporation Mutual�Insur•ance Company (CO TRACTOR) ` (Surety) ` ���.o�►�' ' ►►,�, By: �,•`�� �,�..••r•. � (Signatur ai�d SEA3.) (Sig►iature � d SEAL) ;.�` � ��i�'<. Kimberly R. Holmes Attorney-In-Fact ; ���`Q�� '•.C.. .. � _ z O (S6AL AN� N.OTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF SURE'1'Y) _ � :� 5���� : _ ;��. � Address of S�irety i:o which all notices shall be seFlt: % � ';e� �^ �� ��'�•.,. .,.••� . �.• �� ........• �,: �. '������� �i; � i s i � �� ��``'. Address of Surety Eor service of process: {must be a physical address) 333 South Wabash Avenue, Chicago, IL 60604 & 5600 New King�Street, Troy, MI 48098 333 South Wabash Avenue, Chicago, IL 60604 & 5600 New King Street, Troy, MI 48098 P t END OF CONTRACT FORMS Cifp o jBrenterlai I'ebr�,a�y ?O15 20/S Seiver Xehubifrin�ion �'�'' � Z � � � ' 1 ' � � 1 ' ' ' 1 ' t , 1 ' STATE OF ILLINOIS COUNTY OF DuPAGE I, Christine Eitel Notary Public of DuPaqe County, in the State of Illinois , do hereby certify that Kimberly R. Holmes Attorney-in-Fact, of the Continental Casualty Company who is personally known to me to be the same person whose name is subscribed to the foregoing instrument, appeared before me this day in person, and acknowledged that she signed, sealed and delivered said instrument, for and on behalf of the Continental Casualtv Companv for the used and purposes therein set forth. Given under my hand and notarial seal at my office in the City of Lisle in said County, this 8th day of M�_A.D., 2015. ���=��`� �� (Notary Public) Christine Eitel My Commission expires: 5/26/2016 Notary Seal: "OFFIClAL SEAL" � CHRISTINE EITEL NOTARY PUBLIC - STATE OF ILLINOIS , MY COMMISSION EXPIRES MAY 26, 2016 . N _r�..�r�e�.n�.w��M�e�..s�w�I�l' 1 POWER OF ATTORNEY APPOINTING INDIVIDUAL ATTORNEY-IN-FACT Know All Men By These Presents, That Continental Casualty Company, an Illinois insurance company, National Fire Insurancc Company of Hartford, an illinois insurance company, and American Casualty Company of Reading, Pennsylvania, a Pennsylvania insurance company (hercin called "[he CNA Companies"), are duly organized and existing insurance companies having their principal offices in thc City of Chicago, and State of Illinois, and that they do by virtue of the signatures and seals herein affixed hereby make, constitutc and appoint ' Karen A Ryan, William P Weible, William Cahill, Deborah A Campbell, Leigh Ann Francis, Kimberly R Holmes, Melissa Newman, Kimberly Sawicki, Ann Marie Waters, Christine Eitel, Individually of Lisle, IL, their true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact with full power and authority hereby conferred to sign, seal and execute for and on their behalf bonds, undertakings and other obligatory instruments of similar naturc - In Unlimited Amounts - and to bind them thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such instruments were signed by a duly authorized officer of their insurance companics and all [he acts of said Attorney, pursuunt to the authority hcreby givcn is hcrcby ratificd and conlirmed. This Power of Attorney is made and executcd pursuant to and by authority of the By-Law and Rcsolutions, printed on the rcverse hereof, duly adopted, as indicated, by the Boards of Directors of the insurance companies. In Witness Whereof, the CNA Companies have caused thcse presents to be signed by thcir Vicc President and their corporatc seals to be hereto affixed on this 6th day of February, 2015. �r° • � . , pORPORATF . SEAL � �89, i �,� o< � � �NG��4T� �� � �u�r �i. isoz �.s Continental Casualty Company National Fire Insurance Company of Hartford American Cas alty Company of Reading, Pennsylvania r. Paul T. Bruflat Vice President 1 State of South Dakota, County of Minnehaha, ss: On this 6th day of February, 2015, bcforc me personally came Paul T. Brutla[ to me hnown, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say: thal he resides in the City of Sioux Falls, Statc of South Dakota; that he is a Vice President of Continental Casualty Company, an Illinois insurance company, National Fire Insurance Company of Hartford, an lllinois insurance company, and American Casualty Company of Reading, Pennsylvania, a ' Pcnnsylvania insurance company described in and which cxccutcd the above instrument; that he knows the seals of said insurancc companies; that the scals aftixed to the said ins[rument are such corporate seals; that thcy wcre so aftixed pursuant to authority given by the Boards of Dircctors of said insurance companies and that he signed his name thereto pursuant to like authority, and acknowledges same to be the act and deed of said insurance companies. �w�v►,+ J. MOHR � No�rnar auauc p SOUiH DAKOTA S L •----------- ----- ---� My Commission Expires June 23, 2015 — �� %i �� J. Mohr Notary Public CERTIFICATE I, D. Bult, Assistant Secrctary of Continental Casualty Company, an Illinois insurance company, National Fire Insurance Company of Hartford, an ❑linois insurance company, and American Casualty Company of Reading, Pennsylvania, a Pennsylvania insurance company do hereby certify [hat the Power of Attorney herein above se[ forth is still in force, and further certify that the By-Law and Resolulion of [he Board of Directors of the insurance companies printed on the revers ereof is still in force. ,I� whcreof I have hereunto • bscribed my name and affixed the seal of the said insurance companics this � day of /"/�'L1 , 2� ��. �r� • r � C ppPORq� $EAL � 1897 � � �MSUqq�, � oe� � �a' ,pcaavoaar � � � ; � JULY 11, � � �� � I � �� NAN� �. Continental Casualty Company National Fire Insurance Company of Hartford Amcrican Casualty Company of Reading, Pennsylvania � D. Bult Assistant Secretary Form F6853-4/2012 Authorizing By-Laws and Itesolutions ADOP'TED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF CONTINENTAL CASUALTY COMPAIVY: This Power of Attomey is made and cxccuted pursuant to and by authonty of the following resolution duly adopted by the Board of Dircctors of thc Company at a meetmg held on May 12, 1995: "RESOLVED: That any Senior or Group Vice President may authorize an officer to sign specific doc:uments, agreements and instruments on behalf of the Comp�ny provided that the name of such authorized officer and a description of the documents, agreements or instruments that such officer may sign will be provided in writing by the Senior or Group Vice President to the Secretary of the Comp�ny pnor to such execution becoming effective." This Power of Attorney is signed by Paul T. BruFlat, Vice President, who has been authorired pursuant to the �bovc resolution to execute power of attorneys on behalf of Continental Casualty Company. This Power of Attomey is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by the authority of the following Resolution adopted by the Bo�rd of Directors of the Company by unanimous writtcn conscnt dated the 25` day of April, 2012: "Whereas, the bylaws of the Company or specific resolution of the Board of Directors has authonzed various officers (the "Authorized Officers") to execute various policies, bonds, undertakings and other obligatory instrumcnts of like nature; and Whereas, from timc to time, the signature of thc Authorized Ofticcrs, in addition to being provided in origina�, h�rd copy format, may bc provided via facsimile or otherwise in an electronic format (collectively, "Electronic Signatures"); Now therefore be it resolved: that the Electronic Signature of any Authorized Ofticer shall be valid and binding on the Company." ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF 1�(ATIONAL FIRE INSURAIVCE COMPANY OF HARTFORD: This Power of� Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following resolution duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company by unanimous written consent dated May 10, 1995: "RESOLVED: That any Senior or Group Vice President may authorize an officer to sign specific documents, agreements and instruments on behalf of the Company provided that the name of such authorired officer and a description of the documents, agreements or instruments that such officer may sign ' will be provided in writing by the Senior or Group Vice President to the Secretary of the Company prior to such execution becoming effective." This Power of Attorney is signed by Paul T. Brutlat, Vice President, who has been authorized pursuant to the above resolution to cxecute power of attorneys on behall� of National fire Insurancc Comp�ny of Hartford. 1 This Powcr of A[torney is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by the authority of the fr>Ilowing Resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of thc Company by unanimous written conscnt dated the 25' day of April, 2012: "Whereas, the bylaws of the Company or specitic resolution of the Board of Directors has authorized various of�ficers (the "Authorized Ofticers") to � execute various policies, bonds, undertakings and other obligatory instruments of like nature; and Whereas, from time to time, the signature of the Authorized Officers, in addition to being provided in onginal, hard copy format, may be provided via ' facsimile or otherwise in an electronic format (collectively, "Electronic Signatures"); Now therefore be it resolved: that the Electronic Signature of any Authorir.cd Officcr shall bc valid and binding on the Company." ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF AMERICAN CASUALTY COMPAIVY OF READING, PE[VNSYLVANIA: , This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following resolution duly adopted by the Board of Directors of thc Company by unanimous written consent dated May 10, 1995: "RESOLVED: That any Senior or Group Vice President may authorire an officer to sign specific documents, agreements and instruments on behalf of 1 the Company provided that the name of such authorized officer and a description of the documents, agrecments or instruments that such officer may sign will be prov�ded in writing by the Senior or Group Vice President to the Secretary of the Company prior to such execution becoming effective." This Power of Attorney is signed by Paul T. Bruflat, Vice President, who has been authonzed pursuant to the abovc resolution to executc powcr of attomeys on bchalf of Amcrican Casualty Company of Reading, Pennsylvania. This Power of Attorney is signed and sealcd by facsimile under �nd by thc authority of the following Resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company by unanimous writtcn consent datcd the 25` day of April, 2012: "Whercas, the bylaws of the Company or specilic resolution of the Board of Directors has authorized vanous officers (the "Authorized Officers") to execute various policies, bonds, undenakings and other obligatory instruments of like nature; and Whereas, from time to time, the s�gnature of the Authorized Oflicers, in addition to being provided in original, hard copy format, may be E�rovided via facsimile or otherwise in an clectronic format (collectively, "Electronic Signatures"); Now therefore be it resolved: that the Electronic Signature of any Authorized Ofticer shall be valid und binding on the Company." 1 ' C� � C� 1 1 ' 1 ' ' ' ' 1 ' STATE OF ILLINOIS COUNTY OF DuPAGE I, Christine Eitel Notary Public of DuPaqe County, in the State of Illinois , do hereby certify that Kimberlv R. Holmes Attorney-in-Fact, of the Libertv Mutual Insurance Company who is personally known to me to be the same person whose name is subscribed to the foregoing instrument, appeared before me this day in person, and acknowledged that she signed, sealed and delivered said instrument, for and on behalf of the Liberty Mutual Insurance Company for the used and purposes therein set forth. Given under my hand and notarial seal at my office in the City of Lisle in said County, this 8th day of M�_A.D., 2015. ���� (Notary Public) Chnstine Eitel My Commission expires: 5/26/2016 1 1 ' 1 ' 1 LJ 1 Notary Seal: ��'� SEAL" CHRISTINE EITEL �; NOl'ARY PUBLIC - STATE OF ILLINOIS i M`; C(;"t`�?SSIO?`�; EXPIRES M?� 26,�201� _, 1 THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS NOT VALID UNLESS IT IS PRINTED ON RED BACKGROUND. This Power of Attorney limits the acts of those named herein, and they have no authority to bind the Company except in the manner and to the extent herein stated. American Fire and Casua�ty Company Liberty Mutual Insurance Company The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company WestAmerican Insurance Company POWER OF ATTORNEY Certificate No. sassii� KNOWN ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS: That American Fire 8 Casualty Company and The Ohio CasuaHy Insurance Company are corporations duty orgamzed under the laws of the State of New Hampshire, that Liberty Mutual Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Massachusetts, and West American Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Indiana (herein collectively catled the °Companies pursuant to and by authorify herein set forth, does her�eby name, constitute and appoint, Ann Marie Waters: Deborah A. Campbell; Esther C. Jimenez: Harriet R. Reillv; Karen A. Rvan; Kimberly R. Holmes: Leigh Ann Francis; MarV Anne Svlos; Melissa Newman; Richard T. Morency; William F. Cahitl; William P. Weible all of the city of L�sie , state oT I� each individually rfthere be more than one named, ds true and lawful attomey-io-fact to make, execute, seat, acknowledge and deliver, for and on its behalf as surety and as fts act and deed, any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations, in pursuance of these presents and shall be as binding upon the Companies as if they have been duly signed by the president and attested by the secretary of the Companies in iheir own proper persons. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Power of Attomey has been subscnbed by an authorized officer or official of the Companies and the corporate seals of the Companies have been affixed thereto this �s�h day of Febn,arv , 2014 f . �/~ �� � 1 J -: .' +. � ..i �`�, ^F^ ., "' ,w, � ., t �� ' M \��.� ' . _ - . . l t . . . � ` t: -'' s . .' �,.``, •.�., ;F � Jw,;s f � c;,` .r;� , �. \ . `+� � � � •� . �� ; _ ,.� •.�, ,.* _ � �,�' �'% ; ~ �•.....s._./�� `�-..;..✓' ° e..-.,,,.,�•'' � STATE OF PENNSYLVANIA COUNTY OF MONTGOMERY �y >� > u � �� _ N ) � �j O i ;; : ta �N American Fire and Casualty Company -a The Ohio Casuafty Insurance Company N Liberty Mutual Insurance Company = West merican Insurance Company • � ' � B�l: � David M. Care , Assistant Secretary C On this 19 th day of February 2o1a ,�fore me personally appeared David M. Carey, who acknowledged himself to be the Assistant Secretary of American Fire and �� Casualty Company, Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, The Ohio Casualry Insurance Company, and West American Insurance Cnmpany, and that he, as such, being authorized so to do, � W execute the foregoing instrurr�nt fir ihe purposes therein contained by s�gning on behalf of the corporations by himself as a duly authorized o(ficer. _� IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed7r�rtarr� and affixed my notarial seal at Plymouth Meeting, Pennsytvania, on the day and year first above written. O� �, �".�� co;w�rtc>ti�,�r`a�?��;:a= ae.:�NSY�.+;,�r�:t. � Q«� Q��� ' . .. , ,. _. , .. .. /l��Q%���it-t�/ a "' � � ci � �' , .� f., ...,,.. ..�., "��;,. _ , „<..,:.�� By � Teres�la , Notary Public O C f.3F . . ,.. ...._. - ..,.........�..r.r�..^ 2;:. _. .. � t9 .� �, :.�,::�.:.. r �: . ;; ::�::., :s`.�:.:,,. ; ;� ;:� �: ; .. a E 7 `i'�'r�,�«r r, eo This Power ofAriomey is made and executed�pi of the folbwing By-laws and Authoriza6ons ofAmerican Fire and Casualty Company, The Ohio Casualty Insurance v_i o Company, LibeRy Mutual Insurance Company, and�W"`es�me�ncan Insurance Company which resolutions are now in full force and effect reading as follows: w� s` ARTICLE IV- OFFICERS - Section 12. Power ofAttomey. Any officer or other official of the Corporation authorized forthffi purpose in writing by the Chairman or the President, and subject O= +�;; to such limitation as the Chairman or the President may prescribe, shall appoint such attomeys-in-fact, as may be necessary to act in behalf of the Corporation to make, execute, seal, �� ) c acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undeRakings, bonds, recognizar�ces and other surety obligations Such attomeys-in-fact, subject to the limitations set forth in their respective � 3 :� powers of attomey, shall have full power to bind the Corporation by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach thereto the seal of the Corporation. When so '� a� j` executed, such instrumerrts shall be as binding as 'rf signed by the President and attested to by the Secretary. Any power or authority granted to any representative or attomey-in-fact under > o �� the provisions of this article may be revoked at any time by the Board, the Chairtnan, the President or by the officer or olficers granting such power or authority. t� ..� � s= ARTICLE XIII - ExecuUon of Contracts - SECTfON 5. Surety Bonds and Undertakings. Any officer of the Company authonzed for thet purpose in writmg by the chairman or the president, , ' i and subject to such limitations as the chairman or the president may prescribe, shall appoint such attomeys-in-fact, as may be necessary to aci in behalf of the Company to make, execute, �� >> seal, acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations. Such attomeys-io-fact subject to the limitations set foAh in their � aQ = v respective powers of attomey, shall have full power to bind the Company by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach thereto the seal of the Company. When so v o executed such instruments shall be as binding as if signed by the president and attested by the secretary. � c4 Certificate of Designation - The President of the Company, acting pursuant to the Bylavus of the Company, authodzes Dawd M. Carey, AssistaM Secretary to appoint such attomeys-in- ~� fact as may be necessary to act on behalf of the Company to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligffiions. Authorization - By unanimous consent of the Compan�s Board of Directors, tl�e Company conseMs that facsimile or mechanically reproduced signature of any assistant secretary of the Company, wherever appearing upon a certified copy of any power of attomey issued by the Company in connection with surety bonds, shall be valid and binding upon the Company with the same for�e and effect as though manually affixed. I, Gregory W. Davenport, the undersigned, AssistaM Secretary, of American Fire and Casualty Company, The Ohio Casuatty Insurance Company, Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, and West American Insurance Company do hereby certify that the original power of attomey of which the foregoing is a full, true and correct copy of the Power of Attomey executed by said Companies, is in full force and effect and has not been revoked. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seals of said Companies this � day of �' `�'T y , 20 �� :,v: ` .. �<:. .•;,;•:, ,: :✓, .o .c:•�,�..;.,,�F;, ,� ��_:,. t �.i .. i;.. .� N �:i . \'i� i��% � •i%.:'.'..., �� ..) / 1 •` l' i+`ti'< �� c �' � i �`vt1�3 ,.5� 7�:;j J�� lY�:. :1�✓i� . B�I: ` s T.' '� `` �,: �� �� Gregory W. Davenport, Assistant Secretary '' ��rr' �..:.;� ' :':� , ,:. '�� '"�%�`'� ,.� ';r `f `.-. *..-.."� :..«�� '#' 0 •,�. _a. � , '`a...,a..✓' LMS_12873 122013 402 Of 500 PART II AMENDMENTS TO THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK r r r � r � � � l� � � � � 1 INTRO.AP1 2 INTRODUCTION 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 The following Amendments and Special Provisions shall be used in conjunction with the 2014 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction. AMENDMENTS TO THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS The following Amendments to the Standard Specifications are made a part of this contract and supersede any conflicting provisions of the Standard Specifications. For informational purposes, the date following each Amendment title indicates the implementation date of the Amendment or the latest date of revision. Each Amendment contains all current revisions to the applicable section of the Standard Specifications and may include references which do not apply to this particular project. 1-01.AP 1 Section 1-01, Definitions and Terms August 4, 2014 1-01.3 Definitions The definition for "Engineer" is revised to read: The Contracting Agency's representative who directly supervises the engineering and administration of a construction Contract. The definition for "Inspector" is revised to read: The Engineer's representative who inspects Contract performance in detail. The definition for "Project Engineer" is revised to read: Same as Engineer. The definition for "Working Drawings" is revised to read: Drawings, plans, diagrams, or any other supplementary data orcalculations, including a schedule of submittal dates for Working Drawings where specified, which the Contractor must submit to the Engineer. 1-02.AP1 Section 1-02, Bid Procedures and Conditions April 7, 2014 1-02.8(1) Noncollusion Declaration The third paragraph is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/SN 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Therefore, by including the Non-collusion Declaration as part of the signed bid Proposal, the Bidder is deemed to have certified and agreed to the requirements of the Declaration. . 1-03.AP1. Section 1-03, Award and Execution of Contract January 5, 20'i 5 1-03.3 Execution of Contract The first paragraph is revised to read: Within 20 calendar days after the Award date, the successful Bidder shall return the signed Contracting Agency-prepared Contract, an insurance certification as required by Section 1-07.18, and a satisfactory bond as required by law and Section 1-03.4, and shall be registered as a contractor in the state of Washington. 15 16 1-03.4 Contract Bond 17 The last word of item 3 is deleted. 18 19 Item 4 is renumbered to 5. 20 21 The following is inserted after item 3(after the preceding Amendments are applied): 22 23 4. Be conditioned upon the payment of taxes, increases, and penalties incurred on the 24 project under titles 50, 51, and 82 RCW; and 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 1-03.5 Failure to Execute Contract The first sentence is revised to read: Failure to return the insurance certification and bond with the signed Contract as required in Section 1-03.3, or failure to provide Disadvantaged, Minority or Women's Business Enterprise information if required in the Contract, or failure or refusal to sign the Contract, or failure to register as a contractor in the state of Washington shall result in forfeiture of the proposal bond or deposit of this Bidder. 1-04.AP1 Section 1-04, Scope of the Work August 4, 2014 1-04.4 Changes In the third paragraph, item number 1 and 2 are revised to read: A. When the character of the Work as altered differs materially in kind or nature from that involved or included in the original proposed construction; or B. When an item of Work, as defined elsewhere in the Contract, is increased in excess of 125 percent or decreased below 75 percent of the original Contract quantity. For the purpose of this Section, an item of Work will be defined as any item that qualifies for adjustment under the provisions of Section 1-04.6. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1 /5N 5 � L'J r , �� � � � � ' � � , r � � ,� � r 1 2 3 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 The last two paragraphs are deleted. This section is supplemented with the following new subsections: 1-04.4(2) Value Engineering Change Proposal (VECP) 1-04.4(2)A General A VECP is a Contractor proposed change to the Contract Provisions which will accomplish the projects functional requirements in a manner that is equal to or better than the requirements in the Contract. The VECP may be: (1) at a less cost or time, or (2) either no cost savings or a minor increase in cost with a reduction in Contract time. The net savings or added costs to the Contract Work are shared by the Contractor and Contracting Agency. The Contractor may submit a VECP for changing the Plans, Specifications, or other requirements of the Contract. The Engineer's decision to accept or reject all or part of the proposal is final and not subject to arbitration under the arbitration clause or otherwise subject to litigation. The VECP shall meet all of the following: 1. Not adversely affect the long term life cycle costs. 2. Not adversely impact the ability to perForm maintenance. 3. Provide the required safety and appearance. 4. Provide substitution for deleted or reduced Disadvantaged Business ' Enterprise Condition of Award Work, Apprentice Utilization and Training. VECPs that provide a time reduction shall meet the following requirements: 1. Time saving is a direct result of the VECP. 2. Liquidated damages penalties are not used to calculate savings. 3. Administrative/overhead cost savings experienced by either the Contractor or Contracting Agency as a result of time reduction accrue to each party and are not used to calculate savings. 1-04.4(2)B VECP Savings 1-04.4(2)B1 Proposal Savings The incentive payment to the Contractor shall be one-half of the net savings of the proposal calculated as follows: (gross cost of deleted work) —(gross cost of added work) _(gross savings) 2. (gross savings) — (Contractor's engineering costs) — (Contracting Agency's costs) _ (net savings) AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/5/15 1 2 3 4 �5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 3. (net savings) / 2 = (incentive pay) The Contracting Agency's costs shall be the actual consultant costs billed to the Contracting Agency and in-house costs. Costs for personnel assigned to the Engineer's office shall not be included. 1-04.4(2)B2 Added Costs to Achieve Time Savings The cost to achieve the time savings shall be calculated as follows: 1. (cost of added work) +(Contractor's engineering costs - Contracting Agency's engineering costs) _(cost to achieve time savings) 2. (cost to achieve time savings) / 2=(Contracting Agency's share of added cost) If the timesaving proposal also involves deleting work and, as a result, creates a savings for the Contracting Agency, then the Contractor shall also receive one-half of the savings realized through the deletion. 1-04.4(2)C VECP Approval 1-04.4(2)C1 Concept Approval The Contractor shall submit a written proposal to the Engineer for consideration. The proposal shall contain the following information: 1. An explanation outlining the benefit provided by the change(s). 2. A narrative description of the proposed change(s). If applicable, the discussion shall include a demonstration of functional equivalency or a description of how the proposal meets the original contract scope of work. 3. A cost discussion estimating any net savings. Savings estimates will generally follow the outline below under the section, "Proposal Savings". 4. A statement providing the Contracting Agency with the right to use all or any part of the proposal on future projects without future obligation or compensation. 5. A statement acknowledging and agreeing that the Engineer's decision to accept or reject all or part of the proposal is final and not subject to arbitration under the arbitration clause or otherwise be subject to claims or disputes. 6. A statement giving the dates the Engineer must make a decision to accept or reject the conceptual proposal, the date that approval to proceed must be received, and the date the work must begin in order to not delay the contract. If the Contracting Agency does not approve the VECP by the date specified by the Contractor in their proposal the VECP will be deemed rejected. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/5/15 � l� �� ' � L� �� � � � � ' � ' � � � ' 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 7. The submittal will include an analysis on other Work that may have costs that changed as a result of the VECP. Traffic control and erosion control shall both be included in addition to any other impacted Work. After review of the proposal, the Engineer will respond in writing with acceptance or rejection of the concept. This acceptance shall not be construed as authority to proceed with any change contract work. Concept approval allows the Contractor to proceed with the Work needed to develop final plans and other information to receive formal approval and to support preparation of a change order. 1-04.4(2)C2 Formal Approval The Contractor's submittal to the Engineer for formal approval shall include the following: 1. Deleted Work — Include the calculated quantities of unit price Work to be deleted. Include the proposed partial prices for portions of lump sum Work deleted. For deletion of force account items include the time and material estimates. 2. Added Work — Include the calculated quantities of unit price Work to be added, either by original unit Contract prices or by new, negotiated unit prices. For new items of Work include the quantities and proposed prices. 3. Contractor's Engineering Costs — Submit the labor costs for the engineering to develop the proposal; costs for Contractor employees� utilized in contract operations on a regular basis shall not be included 4. Schedule Anafysis — If the VECP is related to time savings, the Contractor shall submit a partial progress schedule showing the changed Work. The submittal shall also include a discussion comparing the partial progress schedule with the approved progress schedule for the project. 5. Working Drawings — Type 3 Working Drawings shall be submitted; those drawings which require engineering shall be a Type 3E. Formal approval of the proposal will be documented by issuance of a change order. The VECP change order will contain the following statements which the Contractor agrees to by signing the change order: 1. The Contractor accepts design risk of all features, both temporary and permanent, of the changed Work. 2. The Contractor accepts risk of constructability of the changed Work. 3. The Contractor provides the Contracting Agency with the right to use all or any part of the proposal on future projects without further obligation or compensation. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1 /5N 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 VECP change orders will contain separate pay items for the items that are applicable to the Proposal. These are as follows: 1. Deleted Work. 2. Added Work. 3. The Contractor's engineering costs, reimbursed at 100 percent of the Contractor's cost. 4. Incentive payment to the Contractor. When added Work costs exceed Deleted Work costs, but time savings make a viable proposal, then items 3 and 4 above are replaced with the following: 3. The Contracting Agency's share of added cost to achieve time savings. 4. The Contractor's share of savings from deleted Work. 1-04.4(2)C3 Authority to Proceed with Changed Work The authority for the Contractor to proceed with the VECP Work will be provided by one of the following options: 1. Execution of the VECP change order, or 2. At the Contractor's request the Contracting Agency may provide approval by letter from the Engineer for the Work to proceed prior to execution of a change order. All of the risk for proceeding with the VECP shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Additionally, the following criteria are required to have been met: a) Concept approval has been granted by the Contracting Agency. b) All design reviews and approvals have been completed, including plans and specifications. c) The Contractor has guaranteed, in writing, the minimum savings to the Contracting Agency. 1-05.AP1 Section 1-05, Control of Work August 4, 2014 1-05.1 Authority of the Engineer In this section, "Project Engineer" is revised to read "Engineer". The second paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: The Engineer's decisions will be final on all questions including the following: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1 /5N 5 � ' � � ' , ' , � � � � � , , J � � � 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 The first sentence in the third paragraph is revised to read: The Engineer represents the Contracting Agency with full authority to enforce Contract requirements. 1 Authority of Assistants and Inspectors The first paragraph is revised to read: The Engineer may appoint assistants and Inspectors to assist in determining that the Work and materials meet the Contract requirements. Assistants and Inspectors have the authority to reject defective material and suspend Work that is being done improperly, subject to the final decisions of the Engineer. In the third paragraph, "Project Engineer" is revised to read "Engineer". 1 Plans and Working Drawings This section's title is revised to read: Working Drawings This section is revised to read: The Contract may require the Contractor to submit Working Drawings for the performance of the Work. Working Drawings shall be submitted by the Contractor electronically to the Engineer in PDF format; drawing details shall be prepared in accordance with conventional detailing practices. If the PDF format is found to be unacceptable, at the request of the Engineer, the Contractor shall provide paper copies of the Working Drawings with drawings on 11 by 17 inch sheets and calculations/text on 8'/z by 11 inch sheets. Working Drawings will be classified under the following categories: 1. Type 1— Submitted for Contracting Agency information. Submittal must be received by the Contracting Agency a minimum of 7 calendar days before work represented by the submittal begins. 2. Type 2— Submitted for Contracting Agency review and comment. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract, the Engineer will require up to 20 calendar days from the date the Working Drawing is received until it is returned to the Contractor. The Contractor shall not proceed with the Work represented by the Working Drawing until comments from the Engineer have been addressed. 3. Type 2E — Same as a Type 2 Working Drawing with Engineering as described below. 4. Type 3— Submitted for Contracting Agency review and approval. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract, the Engineer will require up to 30 calendar days from the date the Working Drawing is received until it is returned to the Contractor. The Contractor shall obtain the Engineer's written approval before proceeding with the Work represented by the Working Drawing. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/5/15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 5. Type 3E — Same as a Type 3 Working Drawing with Engineering as described below. All Working Drawings shall be considered Type 3 Working Drawings except as specifically noted otherwise in the Contract. Unless designated otherwise by the Contractor, submittals of Working Drawings will be reviewed in the order they are received by the Engineer. In the event that several Working Drawings are received simultaneously, the Contractor shall specify the sequence in which they are to be reviewed. If the Contractor does not submit a review sequence for simultaneous Working Drawing submittals, the review sequence will be at the Engineer's discretion Working Drawings requiring Engineering, Type 2E and 3E, shall be prepared by (or under the direction of) a Professional Engineer, licensed under Title 18 RCW, State of Washington, and in accordance with WAC 196-23-020. Design calculations shall carry the Professional Engineer's signature and seal, date of signature, and registration number on the cover page. The cover page shall also include the Contract number, Contract title and sequential index to calculation page numbers. If more than the specified number of days is required for the Engineer's review of any individual Working Drawing or resubmittal, an extension of time will be considered in accordance with Section 1-08.8. Review or approval of Working Drawings shall neither confer upon the Contracting Agency nor relieve the Contractor of any responsibility for the accuracy of the drawings or their conformity with the Contract. The Contractor shall bear all risk and all costs of any Work delays caused by rejection or nonapproval of Working Drawings. Unit Bid prices shall cover all costs of Working Drawings. 1-07.AP1 Section 1-07, Legal Relations and Responsibilities to the Public January 5, 2015 1-07.2 State Taxes This section is revised to read: The Washington State Department of Revenue has issued special rules on the state sales tax. Sections 1-07.2(1) through 1-07.2(3) are meant to clarify those rules. The Contracting Agency will not adjust its payment if the Contractor bases a Bid on a misunderstood tax liability. The Contracting Agency may deduct from its payments to the Contractor, retainage or lien the bond, in the amount the Contractor owes the State Department of Revenue, whether the amount owed relates to the Contract in question or not. Any amount so deducted will be paid into the proper State fund on the contractor's behalf. For additional information on tax rates and application refer to applicable RCWs, WACs or the Department of Revenue's website. 48 1-07.2(1) State Sales Tax: Work Performed on City, County, or Federally- 49 Owned Land 50 This section including title is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/5115 � r � �� C� ' �� � l� � u � � � � � � � �J � ' 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 1-07.2(1) State Sales Tax: WAC 458-20-171 — Use Tax For Work designated as Rule 171, Use Tax, the Contractor shall include for compensation the amount of any taxes paid in the various unit Bid prices or other Contract amounts. Typically, these taxes are collected on materials incorporated into the project and items such as the purchase or rental of; tools, machinery, equipment, or consumable supplies not integrated into the project. The Summary of Quantities in the Contract Plans identifies those parts of the project that are subject to Use Tax under Section 1-07.2(1). 1 State Sales Tax: Work on State or Private Land This section including title is revised to read: 1-07.2(2) State Sales Tax: WAC 458-20-170 — Retail Sales Tax For Work designated as Rule 170, Retail Sales,Tax, the Contractor shall collect from the Contracting Agency, Retail Sales Tax on the full Contract price. The Contracting Agency will automatically add this Retail Sales Tax to each payment to the Contractor and for this reason; the Contractor shall not include the Retail Sales Tax in the unit Bid prices or in any other Contract amount. However, the Contracting Agency will not provide additional compensation to the Prime Contractor or Subcontractor for Retail Sales Taxes paid by the Contractor in addition to the Retail Sales Tax on the total contract amount. Typically, these taxes are collected on items such as the purchase or rental of; tools, machinery, equipment, or consumable supplies not integrated into the project. Such sales taxes shall be included in the unit Bid prices or in any other Contract amounts: The Summary of Quantities in the Contract Plans identifies those parts of the project that are subject to Retail Sales Tax under Section 1-07.2(2). 1 Services This section is revised to read: Any contract wholly for professional or other applicable services is generally not subject to Retail Sales Tax and therefore the Contractor shall not collect Retail Sales Tax from the Contracting Agency on those Contracts. Any incidental taxes paid as part of providing the services shall be included in the payments under the contract. 1 Construction Under Traffic _ In the second paragraph, the following new sentence is inserted after the second sentence: Accessibility to existing or temporary pedestrian push buttons shall not be impaired. 1-08.AP1 Section 1-08, Prosecution and Progress May 5, 2014 1-08.1 Subcontracting The eighth paragraph is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/5/15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 On all projects, the Contractor shall certify to the actual amounts paid to Disadvantaged, Minority, Women's, or Small Business Enterprise firms that were used as Subcontractors, lower tier subcontractors, manufacturers, regular dealers, or service providers on the Contract. This Certification shall be submitted to the Project Engineer on a monthly basis each month between Execution of the Contract and Physical Completion of the contract using the application available at: https://remoteapps.wsdot.wa.gov/mapsdataJtools/dbeparticipation. The monthly report is due 20 calendar days following the end of the month. A monthly report shall be submitted for every month between Execution of the Contract and Physical Completion regardless of whether payments were made or work occurred. The ninth paragraph is deleted. 1-09.AP1 Section 1-09, Measurement and Payment January 5, 2015 1-09.6 Force Account In the third paragraph of item number 3, the last sentence is revised to read: In the event that prior quotations are not obtained and the vendor is not a firm independent from the Contractor or Subcontractor, then after-the-fact quotations may be obtained by the Engineer from the open market in the vicinity and the lowest such quotation may be used in place of submitted invoice. 1-10.AP1 Section 1-10, Temporary Traffic Control August 4, 2014 1-10.1(1) Materials The following material reference is deleted from this section: Barrier Drums 9-35.8 1 Description The first paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor shall provide flaggers, and all other personnel required for labor for traffic control activities and not otherwise specified as being furnished by the Contracting Agency. 1 General In the third paragraph, the first two sentences are revised to read: The primary and alternate TCS shall be certified by one of the organizations listed in the � Special Provisions. Possession of a current Washington State TCS card and flagging card by the primary and alternate TCS is mandatory. � AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1 /5N 5 e ' � r � � i , �J ' , �l � , ' � � � � � � � ' ' 2 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 1 Traffic Control Supervisor The first paragraph is revised to read: A Traffic Control Supervisor (TCS) shall be present on the project whenever flagging or other traffic control labor is being utilized or less frequently, as authorized by the Engineer. The last paragraph is revised to read: The TCS may perform the Work described in Section 1-10.3(1)A Flaggers or in Section 1-10.3(1)B Other Traffic Control Labor and be compensated under those Bid items, provided that the duties of the TCS are accomplished. 1 Traffic Control Plans The first paragraph is revised to read: The traffic control plan or plans appearing in the Contract documents show a method of handling vehicle, bicycle, and pedestrian traffic. All construction signs, flaggers, and other traffic control devices are shown on the traffic control plan(s) except for emergency situations. If the Contractor proposes adding the use of flaggers to a plan, this will constitute a modification requiring approval by the Engineer. The modified plans shall show locations for all the required advance warning signs and a safe, protected location for the flagging station. If flagging is to be performed during hours of darkness, the plan shall include appropriate illumination for the flagging station. In the second paragraph, the second sentence is revised to read: Any Contractor-proposed modification, supplement or replacement shall show the necessary construction signs, flaggers, and other traffic control devices required to support the Work. 1 Conformance to Established Standards In the second paragraph, the second sentence is revised to read: The National Cooperative Highway Research Project (NCHRP) Report 350 and the AASHTO Manual for Assessing Safety Hardware (MASH) have established requirements for crash testing. In the third paragraph, "NCHRP 350" is revised to read "NCHRP 350 or MASH". In the fourth paragraph, "NCHRP 350" is revised to read "NCHRP 350 or MASH". In the fifth paragraph, "NCHRP 350" is revised to read "NCHRP 350 or MASH". 1 Traffic Control Labor The first paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor shall furnish all personnel for flagging, for the execution of all procedures related to temporary traffic control and for the setup, maintenance and removal of all temporary traffic control devices and construction signs necessary to control vehicular, bicycle, and pedestrian traffic during construction operations. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/5H 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 1-10.3(1)A Flaggers and Spotters This section's title is revised to read: Flaggers The first paragraph is revised to read: Flaggers shall be posted where shown on approved Traffic Control Plans or where directed by the Engineer. All flaggers shall possess a current flagging card issued by the State of Washington, Oregon, Montana, or ldaho. The flagging card shall be immediately available and shown to the Contracting Agency upon request. The last paragraph is deleted. 1-10.3(1)B Other Traffic Control Labor This section is revised to read: In addition to flagging duties, the Gontractor shall provide personnel for all other traffic control procedures required by the construction operations and for the labor to install, maintain and remove any traffic control devices shown on Traffic Control Plans. 1-10.3(3)B Sequential Arrow Signs This section is supplemented with the following: A sequential arrow sign is required for all lane closure tapers on a multilane facility. A separate sequential arrow sign shall be used for each closed lane. The arrow sign shall not be used to laterally shift traffic. When used in the caution mode, the four corner mode shall be used. 1-10.3(3)C Portable Changeable Message Signs This section is revised to read: Where shown on an approved traffic control plan or where ordered by the Engineer, the Contractor shall provide, operate, and maintain portable changeable message signs (PCMS). A PCMS shall be placed behind a barrier or guardrail whenever possible, but shall at a minimum provide 4 ft. of lateral clearance to edge of travelled lane and be delineated by channelization devices. The Contractor shall remove the PCMS from the clear zone when not in use unless protected by barrier or guardrail. 1-10.3(3)F Barrier Drums This section including title is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: 1-10.3(3)F Vacant 1-10.3(3)K Portable Temporary Traffic Control Signal The fifth paragraph is revised to read: The Project Engineer or designee will inspect the signal system at initial installation/operation and approve the signal timing. Final approval will be based on the results of the operational inspection. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/5/15 � lJ � � u �l �� Li � � � � � � 1 , � � ' � 1 2 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 1 Item Bids With Lump Sum for Incidentals In the second paragraph, the first and second sentences are revised to read: "Flaggers" will be measured by the hour. Hours will be measured for each flagging station, shown on an approved Traffic Control Plan, when that station is staffed in accordance with Section 1-10.3(1)A. The first sentence of the last bulleted item in this section is revised to read: Installing and removing Barricades, Traffic Safety Drums, Cones, Tubular Markers and Warning Lights and Flashers to carry out approved Traffic Control Plan(s). 1 Item Bids With Lump Sum for Incidentals This section is deleted and replaced with the following: "Traffic Control Supervisor", lump sum. The lump sum Contract payment shall be full compensation for all costs incurred by the Contractor in perForming the Work defined in Section 1-10.2(1)B. "Pedestrian Traffic Control", lump sum. The lump sum Contract payment shall be full compensation for all costs incurred by the Contractor in performing the Work for pedestrian traffic control defined in Section 1-10. "Flaggers", per hour. The unit Contract price, when applied to the number of units measured for this item in accordance with Section 1-10.4(2), shall be full compensation for all costs incurred bythe Contractor in performing the Work defined in Section 1-10.3(1)A. "Other Traffic Control Labor", per hour. The unit Contract price, when applied to the number of units measured for this item in accordance with Section 1-10.4(2), shall be full compensation for all labor costs incurred by the Contractor in performing the Work specified for this item in Section 1-10.4(2). "Construction Signs Class A", per square foot. The unit Contract price, when applied to the number of units measured for this item in accordance with Section 1-10.4(2), shall be full compensation for all costs incurred by the Contractor in performing the Work described in Section 1-10.3(3)A. In the event that "Do Not Pass" and "Pass With Care" signs must be left in place, a change order, as described in Section 1-04.4, will be required. When the Bid Proposal contains the item "Sign Covering", then covering those signs indicated in the Contract will be measured and paid according to Section 8-21. "Sequential Arrow Sign", per hour. The unit Contract price, when applied to the number of units measured for this item in accordance with Section 1-10.4(2), shall be full compensation for all costs incurred by the Contractor in performing the Work described in Section 1-10.3(3)B. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1 /5N 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 "Portable Changeable Message Sign", per hour. The unit Contract price, when applied to the number of units measured for this item in accordance with Section 1-10.4(2), shall be full compensation for all costs incurred by the Contractor in performing the Work for procuring all portabte changeable message signs required for the project and for transporting these signs to and from the project. "Transportable Attenuator", per each. The unit Contract price, when applied to the number of units measured for this item in accordance with Section 1-10.4(2), shall be full compensation for all costs incurred by the Contractor in performing the Work described in Section 1-10.3(3)J except for costs compensated separately under the items "Operation of Transportable Attenuator" and "Repair Transportable Attenuator". "Operation of Transportable Attenuator", per hour. The unit Contract price, when applied to the number of units measured for this item in accordance with Section 1-10.4(2), shall be full compensation for all costs incurred by the Contractor in performing the Work for operating transportable attenuators on the project. "Repair Transportable Attenuator", by force account. All costs of repairing or replacing transportable attenuators that are damaged by the motoring public while in use as shown on an approved Traffic Control Plan will be paid for by force account as specified in Section 1-09.6. To provide a common Proposal for all Bidders, the Contracting Agency has estimated the amount of force account for "Repair Transportable Attenuator" and has entered the amount in the Proposal to become a part of the total Bid by the Contractor. Transportable attenuators damaged due to the Contractor's operation or damaged in any manner when not in use shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor at no expense to the Contracting Agency. "Other Temporary Traffic Control", lump sum. The lump sum Contract payment shall be full compensation for all costs incurred by the Contractor in performing the Work defined in Section 1-10, and which costs are not compensated by one of the above-listed items. "Portable Temporary Traffic Control Signal", lump sum. The lump sum Contract payment shall be full compensation for all costs incurred by the Contractor in perForming the Work as described in Section 1-10.3(3)K, including all costs for traffic control during manual control, adjustment, malfunction, or failure of the portable traffic control signals and during replacement of failed or malfunctioning signals. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/5/15 � �� � � � � I', � ' ' ' � � � � � � � � , ' ' 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 2-01.AP2 Section 2-01, Clearing, Grubbing, and Roadside Cleanup August 4, 2014 2-01.3(1) Clearing In the second paragraph, item number 3(up until the colon) is revised to read: 3. Follow these requirements for all stumps that will be buried deeper than 5 feet from the top, side, or end surface of the embankment or any structure and are in a location that will not be terraced as described in Section 2-03.3(14): 2-02.AP2 Section 2-02, Removal of Structures and Obstructions January 5, 2015 2-02.3(2) Removal of Bridges, Box Culverts, and Other Drainage Structures This section is supplemented with the following new subsections: 2-02.3(2)A Bridge Removal 2-02.3(2)A1 Bridge Demolition Plan Submittal The Contractor shall submit a Type 2E Working Drawing consisting of a bridge demolition plan, showing the method of removing the existing bridge(s), or portions of bridges, as specified. The bridge demolition plan shall show all equipment, sequence of operations, and details required to complete the work, including containment, collection, and disposal of all debris. The plan shall include a crane foundation stability analysis � �'' � and crane load calculations for the work. The plan shall detail the containment, �;,! collection, and disposal of all debris. The plan shall show all stages of demolition. ��;' When the bridge removal work includes removal of a truss, and when the Contractor's removal method involves use of a crane or cranes to pick, lift, and remove the truss, the Contractor shalf confirm the truss dead load weight prior to beginning the truss removal operation. The operation of confirming the truss dead load shall be performed at both ends of the truss, and shall ensure that the truss is broken free of its support bearings. The Contractor's method of confirming the truss dead load, whether by hydraulic jacks or other means, shall be included in the Contractor's bridge demolition plan submittal. When the bridge removal work involves removing portions of existing concrete without replacement, the methods and tools used to achieve the smooth surface and profile specified in Section 2-02.3(2)A2 shall be included in the Contractor's bridge demolition plan submittal. 2-02.3(2)A2 Removing Portions of Existing Concrete Care shall be taken in removing concrete to prevent overbreakage or damage to portions of the existing Structure which are to remain. Before concrete removal begins, a saw cut shall be made into the surface of the concrete at the perimeter of the removal limits. The saw cut shall be 3/4-inch deep when the steel AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/5/15 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 reinforcement is to remain, and may be deeper when the steel reinforcement is removed with the concrete. Concrete shall be completely removed (exposing the deformed surface of the bar) from existing steel reinforcing bars which extend from the existing members and are specified to remain. Steel reinforcing bars that are not designated to remain shall be cut a minimum of 1-inch behind the final surface. The void left by removal of the steel reinforcing bar shall be filled with mortar conforming to Section 9- 20.4(2). The mortar shall match the color of the existing concrete surface as nearly as practicable. � � � � The Contractor shall roughen, clean, and saturate existing concrete surfaces, against which fresh concrete will be placed, in accordance with Section 6- � 02.3(12)B. When a portion of existing concrete is to be removed without replacement, concrete shall be removed to a clean line with a smooth surface of less than 1/16 inch profile. � 2-02.3(2)A3 Use of Explosives for Bridge Demolition Explosives shall not be used for bridge demolition, except as specifically allowed by , the Special Provisions. 2 Payment This section is supplemented with the following new Bid items: "Removing Existing Bridge ", lump sum. "Removing Existing Structure ", lump sum. "Removing Portion of Existing Bridge_", lump sum. "Removing Portion of Existing Structure ", lump sum. 33 2-03.AP2 34 Section 2-03, Roadway Excavation and Embankment 35 August 4, 2014 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 2 Embankment Construction The third paragraph is revised to read: Hillside Terraces — The Contractor shall terrace the original ground or embankment when the slope of the surface is 2H:1 V or steeper unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. The face of each terrace shall be a minimum of 1 foot and a maximum of 5 feet in height and shall be vertical or near vertical as required to remain stable during material placement and compaction. The bench of the terrace shall slope outward to drain and shall not be inclined steeper than 0.05 foot per foot. Terraces damaged during work shall be reestablished. The Engineer may order the Contractor to place gravel backfill, pipe drains or both to drain any seepage. 2 Embankment Widening for Guardrail The first sentence is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/5/15 , ' 1 � � ' ' � ' ' , � .� �' , � � ' � 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 Embankments widened for the installation of beam guardrail shall be terraced in accordance with the requirements for hillside terraces in Section 2-03.3(14). The second sentence is deleted. 2-09.AP2 Section 2-09, Structure Excavation January 5, 2015 2-09.4 Measurement The seventh paragraph is revised to read: For pipelines the lower limit in measuring structure excavation will be the foundation level as shown in the Plans or as directed by the Engineer. 2-12.AP2 � Section 2-12, Construction Geosynthetic January 5, 2015 2-12.3(4) Permanent Erosion Control and Ditch Lining In the fourth paragraph, "Section 9 is revised to read "Section 9 3-04.AP3 Section 3-04, Acceptance of Aggregate August 4, 2014 3-04.5 Payment In Table 2, the row containing the item "HMA Aggregate" is revised to read: 9-03.8(2) HMA Aggregate 15 I S Uncompacted Void Content 15 5-01.AP5 Section 5-01, Cement Concrete Pavement Rehabilitation August 4, 2014 5-01.2 Materials The referenced section for the following item is revised to read: Dowel Bars 9-07.5 5 Replace Portland Cement Concrete Panel In the third paragraph, the last sentence is deleted. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1 /5N 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 The seventeenth paragraph (beginning with "The Contractor shall place a bond-breaking material...") is deleted. 5-02.AP5 Section 5-02, Bituminous Surface Treatment August 4, 2014 5-02.3(11) Temporary Raised Pavement Markings This section's title is revised to read: Temporary Pavement Markings The word "raised" is deleted from this section. 5-04.AP5 Section 5-04, Hot Mix Asphalt January 5, 2015 5-04.3(3)A Material Transfer DeviceNehicle The first paragraph is supplemented with the following new sentence�: At the Contractor's request the Engineer may approve paving without an MTD/V; the Engineer will determine if an equitable adjustment in cost or time is due. In the last sentence of the second paragraph, "Project Engineer" is revised to read "Engineer". 5 Preparation of Existing Suo The first sentence of the last paragraph is revised to read: Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, the tack coat shall be CSS-1 or CSS-1 h emulsified asphalt. 5 Commercial Evaluation The second sentence in the first paragraph is revised to read: Mix designs for HMA accepted by commercial evaluation shall be submitted to the Project Engineer on WSDOT Form 350-042. 5 Definition of Sampling and Sublot In the second sentence of the second paragraph, "800 tons" is revised to read "1,000 tons". 5 General In the first paragraph, "checking" and "cracking" are deleted. In the third paragraph, the following new sentence is inserted after the second sentence: Coverage with a steel wheel roller may precede pneumatic tired rolling. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/5/15 ' ' ' � ' � �J � ' � � � 4i � , , ' LJ ' ' 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 In the third paragraph, the following new sentence is inserted before the last sentence: Regardless of mix temperature, a roller shall not be operated in a mode that results in checking or cracking of the mat. � 5 General In this section, "Project Engineer" is revised to read "Engineer". The first paragraph is revised to read: HMA mixture accepted by statistical or nonstatistical evaluation that is used in traffic lanes, including lanes for ramps, truck climbing, weaving, and speed change, and having a specified compacted course thickness greater than 0.10-foot, shall be compacted to a specified level of relative density. The specified level of relative density shall be a Composite Pay Factor (CPF) of not less than 0.75 when evaluated in accordance with Section 1-06.2, using a minimum of 91 percent of the maximum density. The percent of maximum density shall be determined by WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 729 when using the nuclear density gauge and WSDOT SOP 736 when using cores to determine density. The specified.level of density attained will be determined by the statistical evaluation of the density of the pavement. The following four new paragraphs are inserted after the first paragraph: Tests for the determination of the pavement density will be taken in accordance the required procedures for measurement by a nuclear density gauge or roadway cores after completion of the finish rolling. If the Contracting Agency uses a nuclear density gauge to determine density the test procedures FOP for WAQTC TM 8 and WSDOT SOP T 729 will be used on the day the mix is placed. Roadway cores for density may be obtained by either the Contracting Agency or the Contractor in accordance with WSDOT SOP 734. The core diameter shall be 4-inches unless other approved by the Engineer. Roadway cores will be tested by the Contracting Agency in accordance with WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 166. If the Contract includes the Bid item "Roadway Core" the cores shall be obtained by the Contractor in the presence of the Engineer on the same day the mix is placed and at locations designated by the Engineer. If the Contract does not include the Bid item "Roadway Core" the Contracting Agency will obtain the cores. In the sixth paragraph (after the preceding Amendments are applied), the second sentence is revised to read: Sublots will be uniform in size with a maximum of approximately 100 tons per sublot; the final sublot of the day may be increased to 150 tons. 5 Test Results The first paragraph is revised to read: The results of all compaction acceptance testing and the CPF of the lot after three sublots have been tested will be available to the Contractor through WSDOT's website. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/5/15 1 2 3 •4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 Determination of the relative density of the HMA with a nuclear density gauge requires a correlation factor and may require resolution after the correlation factor is known. Acceptance of HMA compaction will be based on the statistical evaluation and CPF so determined. In the second paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: For a sublot that has been tested with a nuclear density gauge that did not meet the minimum of 91 percent of the reference maximum density in a compaction lot with a CPF below 1.00 and thus subject to a price reduction or rejection, the Contractor may request that a core be used for determination of the relative density of the sublot. In the second sentence of the second paragraph, "moisture-density" is revised to read "density". In the second paragraph, the fourth sentence is deleted. 5-04.3(20) Anti-Stripping Additive This section is revised to read: Anti-stripping additive shall be added to the liquid asphalt by the asphalt supplier prior to shipment to the hot mix asphalt mixing plant in the amount designated in the WSDOT mix design evaluation report provided by the Contracting Agency. Paving shall not begin before the anti-strip requirements have been provided to the Contractor. Anti-strip is not required for temporary work that will be removed prior to Completion. 5-04.4 Measurement The following new paragraph is inserted after the first paragraph: Roadway cores will be measured per each for the number of cores taken. The second to last paragraph is deleted. 5-04.5 Payment The bid item "Removing Temporary Pavement Marking", per linear foot and paragraph following bid item are deleted. The following new bid item is inserted before the second to last paragraph: "Roadway Core", per each. •The Contractor's costs for all other Work associated with the coring (e.g., traffic control) shall be incidental and included within the unit Bid price per each and no additional -payments will be made. 5-05.AP5 Section 5-05, Cement Concrete Pavement August 4, 2014 49 5-05.3(1) Concrete Mix Design for Paving 50 The second and third rows of the table in item number 3 are revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/5/15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 Coarse A re ate + 30 Pounds - 30 Pounds Fine Aggregate + 30 Pounds - 30 Pounds 5-05.4 Measurement The fourth paragraph is supplemented with the following new sentence: Tie bars with drill holes in cement concrete pavement placed under the Contract will not be measured. 5-05.5 Payment The paragraph following the Bid item "Tie Bar with Drill Hole", per each is supplemented with the following new sentence: All costs for tie bars with drill holes in cement concrete pavement placed under the Contract shall be included in the unit Contract price per cubic yard for "Cement Conc. PavemenY'. 6-01.AP6 Section 6-01, General Requirements for Structures January 5, 2015 6-01.6 Load Restrictions on Bridges Under Construction The first sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: If necessary and safe to do so, and if the Contractor requests it through a Type 2E Working Drawing, the Engineer may allow traffic on a bridge prior to completion. In the second paragraph, item number 3(up until the colon) is revised to read: 3. Provide stress calculations under the design criteria specified in the AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications, current edition, including at a minimum the following: 6-01.9 Working Drawings This section is revised to read: All Working Drawings required for bridges and other Structures shall conform to Section 1-05.3. 6-01.10 Utilities Supported by or Attached to Bridges In the second paragraph, "bridge structures" is revised to read "bridges". 6-01.14 Premolded Joint Filler In the second paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: The Contractor may substitute for the nails any adhesive acceptable to the Engineer. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/5/15 6-02.AP6 ' 2 Section 6-02, Concrete Structures � 3 January 5, 2015 4 5 6 7 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 6 Classification of Structural Concrete In paragraph two, item number 1 is revised to read: Mix design and proportioning specified in Sections 6-02.3(2), 6-02.3(2)A and 6- 02.3(2)A1. Item number 3 is renumbered to 4. After the preceding Amendments are applied, the following new numbered item is inserted after item number 2: 3. Temperature and time for placement requirements specified in Section 6-02.3(4)D. , 6 Proportioning Materials In the third paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: The use of fly ash is required for Class 4000P concrete, except that ground granulated blast furnace slag may be substituted for fly ash at a 1:1 ratio. In the table titled "Cementitious Requirement for Concrete", the row beginning with "4000D" is deleted. The fourth paragraph is revised to read: When both ground granulated blast furnace slag and fly ash are included in the concrete mix, the total weight of both these materials is limited to 40 percent by weight of the total cementitious material for concrete class 4000A, and 50 percent by weight of the total cementitious material for all other classes of concrete. 6 Contractor Mix Design The first paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor shall provide a mix design in writing to the Engineer for all classes of concrete specified in the Plans except for lean concrete and commercial concrete. No concrete shall be placed until the Engineer has reviewed the mix design. The required average 28-day compressive strength shall be selected in accordance with ACI 318, Chapter 5, Section 5.3.2. ACI 211.1 and ACI 318 shall be used to determine proportions. All proposed concrete mixes except Class 4000D shall meet the requirements in Cementitious Requirement for Concrete in Section 6-02.3(2). In the fourth paragraph, the fourth sentence is deleted. In the sixth paragraph, the first sentence is deleted. In the seventh paragraph, the last sentence is deleted. The eighth paragraph is revised to read: � L� � AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/5/15 � � 1 , ' 1 ' ' 1 ' � � ' 1 ' 1 � 1 CJ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 Air content for concrete Class 4000D shall conform to Section 6-02.3(2)A1. For all other concrete, air content shall be a minimum of 4.5 percent and a maximum of 7.5 percent for all concrete placed above the finished ground line. The following new sub-section is added: 6-02.3(2)A1 Contractor Mix Design for Concrete Class 4000D All Class 4000D concrete shall be a project specific perFormance mix design conforming to the following requirements: 1. Aggregate shall use combined gradation in accordance with Section 9-03.1(5) with a nominal maximum aggregate size of 1-1/2 inches. L ll 2. Permeability shall be less than 2,000 coulombs at 56 days in accordance with AASHTO T 277. 3. Freeze-thaw durability shall be provided by one of the following methods: a. The concrete shall maintain an air content between 4.5 and 7.5 percent. b. The concrete shall maintain a minimum air content that achieves a durability factor of 90 percent, minimum, after 300 cycles in accordance with AASHTO T 161, Procedure A. This air content shall not be less than 3.0 percent. Test samples shall be obtained from concrete batches of a minimum of 3.0 cubic yards. 4. Scaling shall have a visual rating less than or equal to 2 after 50 cycles in accordance with ASTM C 672. 5. Shrinkage at 28 days shall be less than 320 micro strain in accordance with AASHTO T 160. Modulus of elasticity shall be measured in accordance with ASTM C 469 Density shall be measured in accordance with ASTM C 138. The Contractor shall submit the mix design in accordance with Section 6-02.3(2)A. The submittai shall include test reports for all tests listed above that follow the reporting requirements of the AASHTO/ASTM procedures. Samples for testing may be obtained from either laboratory or concrete plant batches. If concrete plant batches are used, the minimum batch size shall be 3.0 cubic yards. The Contractor shall submit the mix design to the Engineer at least 30 calendar days prior to the placement of concrete in the bridge deck. 6 Temperature and Time For Placement The first two sentences are revised to read: Concrete temperatures shall remain between 55°F and 90°F while it is being placed, except that Class 4000D concrete temperatures shall remain between 55°F and 75°F during placement. Precast concrete that is heat cured in accordance with Section 6- 02.3(25)D shall remain between 50°F and 90°F while being placed. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/5/15 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 6 General The first paragraph is revised to read: Concrete for the following applications will be accepted based on a Certificate of Compliance to be provided by the supplier as described in Section 6-02.3(5)B: 1. Lean concrete. 2. Commerciat concrete. 3. Class 4000P concrete for Roadside Steel Sign Support Foundations. 4. Class 4000P concrete for Type II, III, and CCTV Signal Standard Foundations that are 12'-0" or less in depth. 5. Class 4000P concrete for Type IV and V Strain Pole Foundations that are 12'-0" or less in depth. 6. Class 4000P concrete for Steel Light Standard Foundations Types A 8� B. The following new sentence is inserted at the beginning of the second paragraph: Slip-form barrier concrete will be accepted based on conformance to the requirements for temperature, air content and compressive strength at 28 days for sublots as tested and determined by the Contracting Agency. 6-02.3(5)G Sampling and Testing Frequency for Temperature, Consistency, and Air Content In the fifth sentence of the second paragraph, loads". , , , ' , � ' � � "five truck loads" is revised to read "ten truck � The second paragraph is supplemented with the following: If the remaining quantity to be placed is less than ten truck loads; then a sample shall be randomly taken from one of the remaining truck loads. In the last sentence of the third paragraph, "five truck loads" is revised to read "ten truck loads". 6 Sampling and Testing for Compressive Strength and Initial Curing The second paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor shall provide and maintain a sufficient number of cure boxes in accordance with WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 23 for curing concrete cylinders. The cure boxes shall be readily accessible and no more than 500 feet from the point of acceptance testing, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall also provide, maintain and operate all necessary power sources and connections needed to operate the cure boxes. The cure boxes shall be in-place and functioning at the specified temperature for curing cylinders prior to concrete placement. Concrete cylinders shall be cured in the cure boxes in accordance with WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 23. The cure boxes shall have working locks and the Contractor shall provide the Engineer with one key to each of the locks. Once concrete cylinders are AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/5/15 ' �� i , ' ' 1 ' ' � , ' � ' � , ' ' ' 1 :2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 placed in the cure box, the cure box shall not be disturbed until the cylinders have been removed. The Contractor shall retain the cure box Temperature Measuring Device log and provide it to the Engineer upon request. The following new paragraph is inserted after the last paragraph: All cure box costs shall be incidental to the associated item of work. 6 Cold Weather Protection The first sentence in the first paragraph is revised to read: This Specification applies when the weather forecast on the day of concrete placement predicts air temperatures below 35°F at any time during the 7 days following placement. The first sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: The temperature of the concrete shall be maintained above 50°F during the entire curing period or 7 days, whichever is greater. 6 Preconstruction Meeting This section including title is revised to read: 6-02.3(10)A Pre-Deck Pour Meeting A pre-deck pour meeting shall be held 5 to 10 working days before placing deck concrete to discuss construction procedures, personnel, equipment to be used, concrete sampling and testing and deck finishing and curing operations. Those attending shall include, at a minimum, the superintendent, foremen in charge of placing and finishing concrete, and representatives from the concrete supplier and the concrete pump truck supplier. . If the project includes more than one bridge deck, and if the Contractor's key personnel change between concreting operations, or at request of the Engineer, additional conferences shall be held before each deck placement. 6 Concrete Placement, Finishing, and Texturing This section is supplemented with the following new sub-sections: 6-02.3(10)D1 Test Slab Using Bridge Deck Concrete After the Contractor receives the Engineer's approval for the Class 4000D concrete mix design, and a minimum of seven calendar days prior to the first placement of bridge deck concrete, the Contractor shall construct a test slab using concrete of the approved mix design. The test slab may be constructed on grade, shall have a minimum thickness of eight- inches, shall have minimum plan dimensions of 10-feet along all four edges, and shall be square or rectangular. During construction of the test slab, the Contractor shall demonstrate concrete sampling and testing, use of the concrete temperature monitoring system, the concrete fogging system, concrete placement system, and the concrete finishing operation. The Contractor shall conduct the demonstration using the same type of equipment to be AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/5H 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 used for the production bridge decks, except that the Contractor may elect to finish the test slab with a hand-operated strike-board. After the construction of the test slab and the demonstration of bridge deck construction operations is complete, the Contractor shall remove and dispose of the test slab in accordance with Sections 2-02.3 and 2-03.3(7)C. 6-02.3(10)D2 Preparation for Concrete Placement Before placing bridge approach slab concrete, the subgrade shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 2-06 and 5-05.3(6). Before any concrete is placed, the finishing machine shall be operated over the entire length of the deck/slab to check screed deflection. Concrete placement may begin only if the Engineer approves after this test. Immediately before placing concrete, the Contractor shall check (and adjust if necessary) all falsework and wedges to minimize settlement and deflection from the added mass of the concrete deck/slab. The Contractor shall also install devices, such as telltales, by which the Engineer can readily measure settlement and deflection. 6-02.3(10)D3 Concrete Placement The placement operation shall cover the full width of the bridge deck or the full width between construction joints. The Contractor shall locate any construction joint over a beam or web that can support the deck/slab on either side of the joint. The joint shall not occur over a pier unless the Plans permit. Each joint shall be formed vertically and in true alignment. The Contractor shall not release falsework or wedges supporting bridge deck placement sections on either side of a joint until each side has aged as these Specifications require. Placement of concrete for bridge decks and bridge approach slabs shall comply with Section 6-02.3(6). In placing the concrete, the Contractor shall: 1. Place it (without segregation) against concrete placed earlier, as near as possible to its final position, approximately to grade, and in shallow, closely spaced piles; 2. Consolidate it around reinforcing steel by using vibrators before strike-off by the finishing machine; 3. Not use vibrators to move concrete; 4. Not revibrate any concrete surFace areas where workers have stopped prior to screeding; 5. Remove any concrete splashed onto reinforcing steel in adjacent segments before concreting them; 6. Maintain a slight excess of concrete in front of the screed across the entire width of the placement operation; AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/5/15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 7. Operate the finishing machine to create a surface that is true and ready for final finish without overfinishing or bringing excessive amounts of mortar to the surface; and 8. Leave a thin, even film of mortar on the concrete surface after the last pass of the finishing machine pan. Workers shall complete all post screeding operations without walking on the concrete. This may require work bridges spanning the full width of the deck/slab. After removing the screed supports, the Contractor shall fill the voids with concrete (not mortar). If the surFace left by the finishing machine is porous, rough, or has minor irregularities, the Contractor shall float the surface of the concrete. Floating shall leave a smooth and even surface. Float finishing shall be kept to the minimum number of passes necessary to seal the surface. The floats shall be at least 4-feet long. Each transverse pass of the float shall overlap the previous pass by at least half the length of the float. The first floating shall be at right angles to the strike-off. The second floating shall be at right angles to the centerline of the span. A smooth riding surface shall be maintained across construction joints. The edge of completed roadway slabs at expansion joints and compression seals shall have a 3/8-inch radius. After floating, but while the concrete remains plastic, the Contractor shall test the entire deck/slab for flatness (allowing for crown, camber, and vertical curvature). The testing shall be done with a 10-foot straightedge held on the surface. The straightedge shall be advanced in successive positions parallel to the centerline, moving not more than one half the length of the straightedge each time it advances. This procedure shall be repeated with the straightedge held perpendicular to the centerline. An acceptable surface shall be one free from deviations of more than 1/8-inch under the 10-foot straightedge. If the test reveals depressions, the Contractor shall fill them with freshly mixed concrete, strike off, consolidate, and refinish them. High areas shall be cut down and refinished. Retesting and refinishing shatl continue until a surface conforming to the requirements specified above is produced. 6-02.3(10)D4 Monitoring Bridge Deck Concrete Temperature After Placement The Contractor shall monitor and record the concrete temperature and ambient temperature hourly for seven calendar days after placement. The Contractor shall monitor and record concrete temperature by placing two maturity meter temperature monitoring devices in the bridge deck at locations specified by the Engineer. The Contractor shall monitor ambient temperature using maturity meters near the locations where concrete temperature is being monitored. When the bridge deck is being enclosed and heated to meet cold weather requirements, ambient temperature readings shall be taken within the enclosure. The Contractor shall submit the concrete temperature and ambient temperature data to the Engineer in spreadsheet format within 14 calendar days from placing the bridge deck concrete. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/5/15 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 The Contractor shall submit the type and model of maturity meter temperature monitoring device, and the associated devices responsible for recording and documenting the temperature and curing time, to the Engineer at least 14 calendar days prior to the pre-concreting conference for the first bridge deck to be cast. The placement and operation of the temperature monitoring devices and associated devices will be an agenda item at the pre-concreting conference for the first bridge deck to be cast. 1 � � 6-02.3(10)D5 Bridge Deck Concrete Finishing and Texturing � Except as otherwise specified for portions of bridge decks receiving an overlay or sidewalk under the same Contract, the Contractor shall texture the surface of the bridge deck as follows: The Contractor shall texture the bridge deck using diamond tipped saw blades mounted on a power driven, self-propelled machine that is designed to texture concrete surfaces. The grooving equipment shall provide grooves that are 1/8" ± 1/64" wide, 3/16" ± 1/16" deep, and spaced at 3/4" ± 1/8". The bridge deck shall not be textured with a metal tined comb. The Contractor shall submit the type of grooving equipment to be used to the Engineer for approval 30 calendar days prior to performing the work. The Contractor shall demonstrate that the method and equipment for texturing the bridge deck will not chip, spall or otherwise damage the deck. The Contractor shall not begin texturing the bridge deck until receiving the Engineer's approval of the Contractor's method and equipment. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, the Contractor shall texture the concrete bridge deck surface either in a longitudinal direction, parallel with centerline or in a transverse direction, perpendicular with centerline. The Contractor shall texture the bridge deck surface to within 3-inches minimum and 15-inches maximum of the edge of concrete at expansion joints, within 1-foot minimum and 2-feet maximum of the curb line, and within 3-inches minimum and 9- inches maximum of the perimeter of bridge drain assemblies. The Contractor shall contain and collect all concrete dust and debris generated by the bridge deck texturing process, and shall dispose of the collected concrete dust and debris in accordance with Section 2-03.3(7)C. If the Plans call for placement of a sidewalk or an HMA or concrete overlay on the bridge deck, �the Contractor shall produce the final finish of these areas by dragging a strip of damp, seamless burlap lengthwise over the bridge deck or by brooming it lightly. Approximately 3-feet of the drag shall contact the surface, with the least possible bow in its leading edge. It shall be kept wet and free of hardened lumps of concrete. When the burlap drag fails to produce the required finish, the Contractor shall replace it. When not in use, it shall be lifted clear of the bridge deck. After the bridge deck has cured, the surface shall conform to the surFace smoothness requirements specified in Section 6-02.3(10)D3. The surface texture on any area repaired to address out-of-tolerance surface smoothness shall match closely that of the surrounding bridge deck area at the AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/5N5 , ' 1 , ' ' � C�' ' L J' � ' 1 ' , ' ' ' 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 completion of the repair. Methods used to remove high spots shall cut through the mortar and aggregate without breaking or dislodging the aggregate or causing spalls. 6-02.3(10)D6 Bridge Approach Slab Finishing and Texturing Bridge approach slabs shall be textured either in accordance with Section 6-02.3(10)D5, or using metal tined combs in the transverse direction, except bridge approach slabs receiving an overlay in the same Contract shall be finished as specified in Section 6- 02.3(10)D5 only. The comb shall be made of a single row of inetal tines. It shall leave striations in the fresh concrete approximately 3/16-inch deep by 1/8-inch wide and spaced approximately 1/2-inch apart. The Engineer will decide actual depths at the site. If the comb has not been approved, the Contractor shall obtain the Engineer's approval by demonstrating it on a test section. The Contractor may operate the combs manually or mechanically, either singly or with several placed end to end. The timing and method used shall produce the required texture without displacing larger particles of aggregate. Texturing shall end 2-feet from curb lines. This 2-foot untextured strip shall be hand finished with a steel trowel. SurFace smoothness, high spots, and low spots shall be addressed as specified in Section 6-02.3(10)D5. The surface texture on any area cut down or built up shall match closely that of the surrounding bridge approach slab area. The entire bridge approach slab shall provide a smooth riding surface. 6 Bridge Approach Slab Orientation and Anchors In the first paragraph, the following sentence is inserted after the first sentence: Unless otherwise shown in the Plans, the pavement end of the bridge approach slab shall be constructed normal to the Roadway centerline. The following new paragraph is inserted before the last paragraph: The compression seal shall be a 2-1/2 inch wide gland selected from the current Qualified Products List. 6 Curing Concrete Items number 1 through 4 are deleted and replaced with the following 5 new numbered items: 1. Bridge sidewalks, roofs of cut and cover tunnels — curing compound covered by white, reflective type sheeting or continuous wet curing. Curing by either method shall be for at least 10 days. 2. Bridge decks — See Section 6-02.3(11)B. 3. Bridge approach slabs (Class 4000A concrete) - 2 coats of curing compound and continuous wet cure for at least 10-days. 4 � Concrete barriers and rail bases – See Section 6-02.3(11)A. All other concrete surfaces — continuous wet cure for at least three days. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK ' Revised: 1 /5N 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 Ii �� In the second paragraph, the first sentence is replaced with the following three new sentences: , During the continuous wet cure, the Contractor shall keep all exposed concrete surfaces saturated with water. Formed concrete surfaces shall be kept in a continuous wet cure � by leaving the forms in place. If forms are removed during the continuous wet cure period, the Contractor shall treat the concrete as an exposed concrete surface. The third paragraph is revised to read: � When curing Class 4000A, two coats of curing compound that complies with Section 9- 23.2 shall be applied immediately (not to exceed 15 min.) after tining any portion of the , bridge approach slab. The continuous wet cure shall be established as soon as the concrete has set enough to allow covering without damaging the finish. In the fifth paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: If the Plans call for an asphalt overlay on the bridge approach slab, the Contractor shall use the clear curing compound (Type 1, Class B), applying at least 1 gallon per 150 square feet to the concrete surface. The eighth paragraph is deleted. 6 Slip Barrier In the fourth paragraph, item number 1, "Type 1 D" is revised to read "Type 1". 6 Curing Bridge Decks This new section is supplemented with the following new sub-sections: t ' � �� e 6-02.3(11)61 Equipment The Contractor shall maintain a wet sheen, without developing pooling or sheeting � water, using a fogging apparatus consisting of pressure washers with a minimum nozzle output of 1,500 psi, or other means approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall submit a bridge deck curing�plan to the Engineer a minimum 14 ' calendar days prior to the pre-concreting conference. The Contractor's plan shall describe the sequence and timing that will be used to fog the bridge deck, apply pre- ' soaked burlap, install soaker hoses and cover the deck with white reflective sheeting. 6-02.3(11)B2 Curing � The fogging apparatus shall be in place and charged for fogging prior to beginning concrete placement for the bridge deck. The Contractor shall presoak all burlap to be used to cover the deck during curing Immediately after the finishing machine passes over finished concrete, the Contractor shall implement the following tasks: 1. The Contractor shall fog the bridge deck while maintaining a wet sheen without developing pooling or sheeting water. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/5/15 ' i`�� � ' � � � , � � L ' � � ' , 1 , ' 1 � , 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 2. The Contractor shall apply the presoaked burlap to the top surface to fully cover the deck without damaging the finish, other than minor marring of the concrete surface. The Contractor shall not apply curing compound. 3. The Contractor shall continue to keep the burlap wet by fog spraying until the burlap is covered by soaker hoses and white reflective sheeting. The Contractor shall place the soaker hoses and whiter reflective sheeting after the concrete has achieved initial set. The Contractor shall charge the soaker hoses frequently so as to keep the burlap covering the entire deck wet during the course of curing. As an alternative to tasks 2 and 3 above, the Contractor may propose a curing system using proprietary curing blankets specifically manufactured for bridge deck curing. Details of the proprietary curing blanket system, including product literature and details of how the system is to be installed and maintained, shall be submitted to the Engineer `� for approval. The wet curing regime as described shall remain in place for at least 14 consecutive calendar days. 6 Construction Joints in New Construction The third paragraph is deleted and replaced with the following three new paragraphs: If the Plans require a roughened surface on the joint, the Contractor shall strike it off to leave grooves at right angles to the length of the member. Grooves shall be installed using one of the following options: Grooves shall be'/2 to 1 inch wide, '/4 to'/z inch deep, and spaced equally at twice the width of the groove. Grooves shall terminate approximately 1'/2- inches from the face of concrete. 2. Grooves shall be 1 to 2 inches wide, a minimum of'/z-inch deep, and spaced a maximum of three times the width of the groove. Grooves shall terminate approximately 1'/Z-inches from the face of concrete. If the Engineer approves, the Contractor may use an alternate method to produce a roughened surface on the joint, provided that such an alternate method leaves a roughened surface of at least a'/4-inch amplitude. If the first strike-off does not produce the required roughness, the Contractor shall repeat the process before the concrete reaches initial set. The final surface shall be clean and without laitance or loose material. 44 6 Construction Joints Befinreen Existing and New Construction ' 45 The phrase "by method(s) as approved by the Engineer" is deleted from each paragraph in 46 this section. 47 ' 48 6 Expansion Joints 49 The first sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: 50 ' ' AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK , Revised: 1/5/15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36. 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 Joints made of a vulcanized, elastomeric compound (with neoprene as the only polymer) shall be installed with a lubricant adhesive as recommended by the manufacturer. In the third paragraph, "injuring" is revised to read "damaging". The following two new subsections are added: 6-02.3(13)A Strip Seal Expansion Joint System The Contractor shall submit Working Drawings consisting of the strip seal expansion joint shop drawings in accordance with Section 6-03.3(7). These plans shall include, at a minimum, the following: 1. Plan, elevation, and sections of the joint system and all components, with dimensions and tolerances. 2. All material designations. 3. Manufacturer's written installation procedure. 4. Corrosion protection system used on the metal components. 5. Locations of welded shear studs, lifting mechanisms, temperature setting devices, and construction adjustment devices. 6. Method of sealing the system to prevent leakage of water through the joint. The strip seal shall be removable and replaceable. The metal components shall conform to ASTM A 36, ASTM A 992, or ASTM A 572, and shall be protected against corrosion by one of the following methods: 1. Zinc metallized in accordance with Section 6-07.3(14). 2. Hot-dip galvanized in accordance with AASHTO M 111. 3. Paint in accordance with Section 6-07.3(9). The color of the top coat shall be Federal Standard 595 Color No. 26420. The surfaces embedded in concrete shall be painted only with a shop primer coat of paint conforming to Section 9- 08.1(2)C. The strip seal gland shall be continuous for the full length of the joint with no splices permitted, unless otherwise shown in the Plans. Other than items shown in the Plans, threaded studs used for construction adjustments are the only items that may be welded to the steel shapes provided they are removed by grinding after use, and the area repaired by application of an approved corrosion protection system. If the opening between the steel shapes is anticipated to be less than 1-1/2 inches at the time of seal installation, the seal may be installed prior to encasement of the steel shapes in concrete. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/5N 5 1 � ' ' 1 �J , , ' , ' ' ' ' ' r-, I � � � ' 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 After the joint system is installed, the joint shall be flooded with water and inspected, from below the joint, for leakage. If leakage is observed, the joint system shall be repaired by the Contractor, as recommended by the manufacturer. 6-02.3(13)B Compression Seal Expansion Joint System Compression seal glands shall be selected from the current Qualified Products List and sized as shown in the Plans. The compression seal expansion joint system shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's written recommendations. The Contractor shall submit a Type 1 Working Drawing consisting of the manufacturer's written installation procedure and repair procedures if leakage testing fails. After the joint system is installed, the joint area shall be flooded with water and inspected, from below the joint, for leakage. If leakage is observed, the joint system shall be repaired by the Contractor, as recommended by the manufacturer. 6 Finishing Concrete SurFaces The last sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor shall clean and refinish any stained or discolored surfaces. The following new subsection is added: 6-02.3(14)D General Requirements for Concrete Surface Finishes Produced by Form Liners Horizontal and vertical joints shall be spliced in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions. The Contractor shall submit a Type 1 Working Drawing consisting of the manufacturer's joint splice instructions. Horizontal splicing of ABS and plastic form liners to achieve the required height is not permitted and there shall be no horizontal joints. The concrete formed with ABS and plastic form liners shall be given a light sandblast to remove the glossy finish. Side forms, traffic barrier forms, and pedestrian barrier forms using these form liners may be removed after 24 hours provided the concrete mix used includes a water- reducing admixture, and the concrete reaches 1,400 psi minimum compressive strength before form removal. Concrete in load supporting forms utilizing these form liners shall be cured in accordance with Section 6-02.3(17)N. Once the forms are removed, the Contractor shall treat the joint areas by patching or light sandblasting as required by the Engineer to ensure that the joints are not visible. Form liners shall be cleaned, reconditioned, and repaired before each use. Form liners with repairs, patches, or defects which, in the opinion of the Engineer, would result in adverse effects to the concrete finish shall not be used. Care shall be taken to ensure uniformity of color throughout the textured surface. A change in form release agent will not be allowed. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/5/15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 All surFaces formed by the form liner shall also receive a Class 2 surface finish. Form ties shall be a type that leaves a clean hole when removed. All spalls and form tie holes shall be filled as specified for a Class 2 surface finish. 6 Pigmented Sealer for Concrete Surfaces The first sentence (up until the colon) is revised to read: The Contractor shall submit a Type 1 Working Drawing consisting of the pigmented sealer manufacturer's written instructions covering, at a minimum, the following: The second paragraph is deleted. In the last sentence of the third paragraph, "approval" is revised to read "acceptance" 6 Date Numerals The third sentence in the first paragraph is revised to read: When an existing Structure is widened or when traffic barrier is placed on an existing Structure, the date shall be for the year in which the original Structure was completed 6 Plans for Falsework and Formwork This section is revised to read: The Contractor shall submit all plans for falsework and formwork as Type 2E Working Drawings. Submittal is not required for footing or retaining wall formwork if the wall is 4 feet or less in height (excfuding pedestal height). The design of falsework and formwork shall be based on: 1. Applied loads and conditions which are no less severe than those described in Section 6-02.3(17)A, Design Loads; 2. Allowable stresses and deflections which are no greater than those described in Section 6-02.3(17)B, Allowable Stresses and Deflections; 3. Special loads and requirements no less severe than those described in Section 6-02.3(17)C, Falsework and Formwork at Special Locations; 4. Conditions required by other Sections of 6-02.3(17), Falsework and Formwork. � The falsework and formwork plans shall be scale drawings showing the details of proposed construction, including: sizes and properties of all members and components; spacing of bents, posts, studs, wales, stringers, wedges and bracing; rates of concrete placement, placement sequence, direction of placement, and location of construction joints; identification of falsework devices and safe working loads as well as identification of any bolts or threaded rods used with the devices including their diameter, length, type, grade, and required torque. The falsework plans shall show the proximity of falsework to utilities or any nearby Structures including underground Structures. Formwork accessories shall be identified according to Section 6-02.3(17)H, Formwork Accessories. All assumptions, dimensions, material properties, and other data used in making the structural analysis shall be noted on the drawing. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/5/15 � � � ' , � ' � ' , ' � ' , ' , ' ' 1 1 ' , , I '� 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 The Contractor shall furnish associated design calculations to the Engineer as part of the submittal. The design calculations shall show the stresses and deflections in load supporting members. Construction details which may be shown in the form of sketches on the calculation sheets shall be shown in the falsework or formwork drawings as well. Falsework or formwork plans will be rejected in cases where it is necessary to refer to the calculation sheets for information needed for complete understanding of the falsework and formwork plans or how to construct the falsework and formwork. Each sheet of falsework and formwork plans shall carry the following: 1. The initials and dates of all participating design professionals. 2. Clear notation of all revisions including identification of who authorized the revision, who made the revision, and the date of the revision. 3. The Contract number, Contract title, and sequential sheet number. These shall also be on any related documents. 4. Identify where the falsework and formwork plan will be utilized by referencing Contract Plan sheet number and related item or detail. 6 Nonpreapproved Falsework and Formwork Plans This section, including title, is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: 6-02.3(16)A Vacant 6 Preapproved Formwork Plans This section, including title, is revised to read: 6-02.3(16)B Pre-Contract Review of Falsework and Formwork Plans The Contractor may request pre-contract review of formwork plans for abutments, wingwalls, diaphragms, retaining walls, columns, girders and beams, box culverts, railings, and bulkheads. Plans for falsework supporting the bridge deck for interior spans between precast prestressed concrete girders may also be submitted for pre- contract review. To obtain pre-contract review, the Contractor shall electronically submit drawings and design calculations in PDF format directly to: BridgeConstructionSupport@wsdot.wa.gov The Bridge and Structures Office, Construction Support Engineer will return the falsework or formwork plan to the Contractor with review notes, an effective date of review, and any revisions needed prior to use. For each contract on which the pre- reviewed falsework or formwork plans will be used, the Contractor shall submit a copy to the Engineer. Construction shall not begin until the Engineer has given concurrence. If the falsework or formwork being constructed has any deviations to the preapproved falsework or formwork plan, the Contractor shall submit plan revisions for review and approval in accordance with Section 6-02.3(16). AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1 /5/15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 6-02.3(17)A Design Loads The fifth paragraph is revised to read: Live loads shall consist of a minimum uniform load of not less than 25 psf, applied over the entire falsework plan area, plus the greater of: 1. Actual weights of the deck finishing equipment applied at the rails, or; 2. A minimum load of 75 pounds per linear foot applied at the edge of the bridge deck. 6-02.3(17)J Face Lumber, Studs, Wales, and Metal Forms The second to last paragraph is deleted. 6-02.3(17)O Early Concrete Test Cylinder Breaks The third paragraph is revised to read: The cylinders shall be cured in the field in accordance with WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 23 Section 10.2 Field Curing. 6-02.3(20) Grout for Anchor Bolts and Bridge Bearings The first five paragraphs are deleted and replaced with the following two new paragraphs: Grout shall conform to Section 9-20.3(2) for anchor bolts and for bearing assemblies with bearing plates. Grout shall conform to Section 9-20.3(3) for elastomeric bearing pads and fabric pad bearings without bearing plates. Grout shall be a workable mix with a viscosity that is suitable for the intended application. The Contractor shall receive approval from the Engineer before using the grout. 6-02.3(24)E Welding Reinforced Steel This section is revised to read: Welding of steel reinforcing bars shall conform to the requirements of ANSI/AWS D1.4 Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel, latest edition, except where superseded by the Special Provisions, Plans, and these Specifications. Before any welding begins, the Contractor shall submit a Type 2 Working Drawing consisting of the welding procedure for each type of welded splice to be used, including the weld procedure specifications and joint details. The weld procedure specifications shall be written on a form taken from AWS D1.4 Annex A, or equivalent. Test results of tensile strength, macroetch, and visual examination shall be included. The form shall be signed and dated. Welders shall be qualified in accordance with AWS D1.4. The Contractor shall be responsible for the testing and qualification of welders, and shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings consisting of welder qualification and retention records. The weld joint and welding position a welder is qualified in shall be in accordance with AWS D1.4. The welder qualifications shall remain in effect indefinitely unless, (1) the welder is not engaged in a given process of welding for which the welder is qualified for a period exceeding six months, or (2) there is some specific reason to question a welder's ability. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/5/15 , �, � , 1 ' � 1 , ' � L �� 1 1 ' ' , � � ' 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 Filler metals used for welding reinforcing bars shall be in accordance with AWS D1.4 Table 5.1. All filler metals shall be low-hydrogen and handled in compliance with low- hydrogen practices specified in the AWS code. Short circuiting transfer with gas metal arc welding will not be allowed. Slugging of welds will not be allowed. For the purpose of compatibility with AWS D1.4, welded lap splices for spiral or hoop reinforcing shall be considered Flare-V groove welds, indirect butt joints. The Contractor is responsible for using a welding sequence that will limit the alignment distortion of the bars due to the effects of welding. The maximum out-of-line permitted will be 1/4 inch from a 3.5-foot straight-edge centered on the weld and in line with the bar. The ground wire from the welding machine shall be clamped to the bar being welded. Where epoxy-coated steel reinforcing bars are specified to be spliced by welding, the epoxy coating shall be left off or removed from the surfaces to be heated, but in no cases less than six inches of each bar being welded. After the welding is complete, the Contractor shall apply epoxy patching material to the uncoated portions of the bar in accordance with Section 6-02.3(24)H. 6 Prestressed Concrete Girders In the first paragraph, the last sentence is revised to read: WSDOT certification will be granted at, and renewed during, the annual prestressed plant review and approval process in accordance with WSDOT Materials Manual M 46- 01.04 Standard Practice QC 6. 6 Fabrication Tolerances In the first paragraph, item number 21 is revised to read: 21. Differential Camber Between Girders in a Span (measured in place at the job site): � For deck bulb tee girders and PCPS members with grouted shear keys: For deck bulb tee girders and PCPS members �a�ithout grouted shear keys For all other prestressed concrete girders: Cambers shall be equalized when the differences in cambers between adjacent girders exceeds f '/4 inch Cambers shall be equalized when the differences in cambers between adjacent girders exceeds f %2 inch f%d inch per 10 feet of girder length 6-02.3(25)O Deck Bulb Tee Girder Flange Connection This section, including title, is revised to read: Deck Bulb Tee Girder Flange and PCPS Member Connection The Contractor shali submit a method of equalizing deflections as a Type 1 Working Drawing. Any temporary strands in the top flange shall be cut per Section 6-02.3(25)N prior to equalizing girder deflections. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/5/15 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 Deck bulb tee girders and PCPS members with grouted shear keys shall be constructed in the following sequence: 1. Deflections shall be equalized per the Contractor's equalization plan. 2. Intermediate diaphragms shall be placed and weld ties shall be welded. Welding ground shall be attached directly to the steel plates being welded when welding the weld-ties. 3. The keyways shown in the Plans to receive grout shall be filled flush with the surrounding surfaces using a grout conforming to Section 9-20.3(2). 4. Equalization equipment shall not be removed and other construction equipment shall not be placed on the structure until intermediate diaphragms have attained a minimum compressive strength of 2,500 psi and keyway grout has achieved a minimum compressive strength of 4000 psi. Deck bulb tee girders and PCPS members without grouted shear keys shall be constructed in the following sequence: � � ' ' � � , 1 1. Deflections shall be equalized per the Contractor's equalization plan. � 2. Intermediate diaphragms shall be placed and weld ties shall be welded. Welding ground shall be attached directly to the steel plates being welded when � welding the weld-ties. 3. Equalization equipment shall not be removed and other construction equipment shall not be placed on the structure until intermediate diaphragms have attained � a minimum compressive strength of 2,500 psi. 6-02.3(26)F Prestressing Reinforcement The last sentence in the fourth paragraph is revised to read: If the prestressing reinforcement will not be stressed and grouted for more than 7 calendar days after it is placed in the ducts, the Contractor shall place an approved corrosion inhibitor conforming to Federal Specification MIL-I-22110C in the ducts. 6-02.3(28) Precast Concrete Panels In the first paragraph, the third sentence is revised to read: WSDOT Certification will be granted at, and renewed during, the annual precast plant review and approval process in accordance with WSDOT Materials Manual M 46-01.04 Standard Practice QC 7. 6-02.4 Measurement The following three new paragraphs are inserted before the last paragraph: Expansion joint system seal - superstr. will be measured by the linear foot along its completed tine and slope. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/5/15 1 ' � � � � ' � ' � G ' � � L� � 1 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 Expansion joint modification will be measured by the linear foot of expansion joint modified along its completed line and slope. Prestressed concrete girder will be measured by the linear foot of girder specified in the Proposal. 6 Payment . In the paragraph following the bid item "Commercial Concrete", per cubic yard the second sentence is revised to read: All costs in connection with concrete curing, producing concrete surface finish with form liners, and furnishing and applying pigmented sealer to concrete surfaces as specified, shall be included in the unit contract price per cubic yard for "Conc. Class ". The following new paragraph is inserted after the bid item "Superstructure (name bridge)", lump sum: All costs in connection with constructing, finishing and removing the bridge deck test slab as specified in Section 6-02.3(10)D1 shall be included in the lump sum Contract price for "Superstructure_" or "Bridge Deck " for one bridge in each project, as applicable. In the paragraph following the bid item "Epoxy-Coated St. Reinf. Bar ", per pound, the first sentence is revised to read: Payment for reinforcing steel shall include the cost of drilling holes in concrete for, and setting, steel reinforcing bar dowels with epoxy bonding agent, and furnishing, fabricating, placing, and splicing the reinforcement. The bid item "Cure Box", lump sum and paragraph following bid item are deleted. The following three new bid items are inserted before the bid item "Bridge Approach Slab", per square yard: "Expansion Joint System "Expansion Joint Modification - "Prestressed Conc. Girder 6-03.AP6 Section 6-03, Steel Structures January 5, 2015 - Superstr.", per linear foot. ", per linear foot. ", per linear foot. 6 Materials The first sentence in the fifth paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor shall submit Type 1 Working Drawings describing the methods for visibly marking the material so that it can be traced. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/5N 5 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13. 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30� 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 6 Shop Plans This section is revised to read: The Contractor shall submit all shop detail plans for fabricating the steel as Type 2 Working Drawings. If these plans will be submitted directly from the fabricator, the Contractor shall so notify the Engineer in writing. No material shall be fabricated until: (1) the Working Drawing review is complete, and (2) the Engineer has accepted the materials source. Before physical completion of the project, the Contractor shall furnish the Engineer one set of reproducible copies of the as-built shop plans. The reproducible copies shall be clear, suitable for microfilming, and on permanent sheets that measure no smaller than 11 by 17-inches. Alternatively, the shop drawings may be provided in an electronic format with the concurrence of the Engineer. 6 Erection Methods The first paragraph is revised to read: � � � ' � � Before beginning to erect any steel Structure, the Contractor shall submit Type 2E � Working Drawings consisting of the erection plan and procedure describing the methods the Contractor intends to use. The second paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: The erection plan and procedure shall provide complete details of the erection process including, at a minimum, the following: The third paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: As part of the erection plan Working Drawings, the Contractor may submit details of an engineered and fabricated lifting bracket bolted to the girder top flanges providing the following requirements are satisfied: • In the third paragraph, the second sentence of item number 4 is revised to read: Certification documentation from a previous project may be submitted; The last sentence of the fourth paragraph is deleted. The last paragraph is deleted. 6 Straightening Bent Material In the first paragraph, the last sentence is revised to read: A limited amount of localized heat may be applied only if carefully planned and supervised, and only in accordance with the heat-straightening procedure Working Drawing submittal. The third paragraph is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1 /5N 5 � � � ' � � � � � ' � 1 � ' ' � n �� � � � � � � � !J ' � � 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 After straightening, the Contractor shall inspect the member for fractures using a method proposed by the Contractor and accepted by the Contracting Agency. The last paragraph is revised to read: The procedure for heat straightening of universal mill (UM) plates by the mill or the fabricator shall be submitted as a Type 2 Working Drawing. 6 Edge Finishing In the first paragraph, the last sentence is revised to read: Corners along exposed edges shall be broken by light grinding or another method acceptable to the Engineer to achieve an approximate 1/16-inch chamfer or rounding. In the fifth paragraph, the last sentence is revised to read: The fabricator shall prevent excessive hardening of flange edges through preheating, post heating, or control of the burning process as recommended by the steel manufacturer. The sixth paragraph is revised to read: Hardness testing shall consist of testing thermal-cut edges with a portable hardness tester. The hardness tester, and its operating test procedures, shall be submitted as a Type 1 Working Drawing. The hardness tester shall be convertible to Rockwell C scale values. In the last paragraph, the last sentence is revised to read: If thermal-cutting operations conform to procedures established by the steel manufacturer, and hardness testing results are consistently within acceptable limits, the Engineer may authorize a reduction in the testing frequency. 6 Planing of Bearing SurFaces This section is supplemented with the following new paragraph: Where mill to bear is specified in the Plans, the bearing end of the stiffener shall be flush and square with the flange and shall have at least 75 percent of this area in contact with the flange. 6 Welding and Repair Welding In the first paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: Welding and repair welding of all steel bridges shall comply with the AASHTO/AWS D1.5M/D1.5, latest edition, Bridge Welding Code. In the second paragraph, the last sentence is revised to read: No welding, including tack and temporary welds shall be done in the shop or field unless the location of the welds is shown on the shop drawings reviewed and accepted by the Engineer. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/5/15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 tn the third paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: Welding procedures shall accompany the shop drawing Working Drawing submittal. In the fourth paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: Welding shall not begin until completion of the shop plan Working Drawing review as required in Section 6-03.3(7). In item number 1 of the ninth paragraph, "approves" is revised to read "concurs". 6-03.3(25)A3 Ultrasonic Inspection The following new paragraph is inserted before the last paragraph: A minimum of 30 percent of complete penetration vertical welds on steel column jackets thicker than 5/16-inch, within 1.50 column jacket diameter of the top and bottom of each column, shall be inspected. If any rejectable flaws are found, 100 percent of the weld within the specified limits shall be inspected. The largest column cross section diameter for tapered column jackets shall constitute one column jacket diameter. 6-03.3(25)A4 Magnetic Particle Inspection Items number 3 and 4 are revised to read: 3. Complete penetration groove welds on plates 5 /, 6 -inch or thinner (excluding steel column jackets) shall be 100 percent tested by the magnetic particle method. Testing shall apply to both sides of the weld, if backing plate is not used. The ends of each complete penetration groove weld at plate edges shall be tested by the magnetic particle method. 4. A minimum of 30 percent of complete penetration vertical welds on steel column jackets 5 /, 6 -inch or thinner, within 1.50 column jacket diameters of the top and bottom of each column, shall be magnetic particle inspected. The largest column cross section diameter for tapered column jackets shall constitute one column jacket diameter. The last paragraph is supplemented with the following new sentence: If any rejectable flaws are found in any test length of item 4 above, 100 percent of the weld within the specified limits shall be inspected. 6-03.3(27) High Strength Bolt Holes The last paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings consisting of a detailed outline of the procedures proposed to accomplish the work from initial drilling through shop assembly. 6-03.3(27)C Numerically Controlled Drilled Connections In the second paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/5/15 ' ' ' � ' ' ' � ' LJ ' � � ' � � ' � 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 The Contractor shall submit Type 1 Working Drawings consisting of a detailed outline of proposed N/C procedures. 6 Welded Shear Connectors This section's content is deleted and replaced with the following: Installation, production control, and inspection of welded shear connectors shall conform to Chapter 7 of the AASHTO/AWS D1.5M/D1.5:2010 Bridge Welding Code. If welded shear connectors are installed in the shop, installation shall be completed prior to applying the shop primer coat in accordance with Section 6-07.3(9)G. If welded shear connectors are installed in the field, the steel surface to be welded shall be prepared to SSPC-SP 11, power tool cleaning, just prior to welding. 6 Bolted Connections In the second paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: The Contractor shall submit Type 1 Working Drawings providing documentation of the bolt tension calibrator, including brand, capacity, model, date of last calibration, and manufacturer's instructions for use. In the second sentence of the second paragraph, the word "approved" is deleted. In item number 3 of the fifth paragraph, "approved" is revised to read "specified". In the tenth paragraph, item number 3, "approved" is revised to read "accepted" in the second and third sentences of the first paragraph. In the tenth paragraph, item number 3, the third paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor shall submit Type 1 Working Drawings of the tension control bolt assembly, including bolt capacities, type of bolt, nut, and washer lubricant, method of packaging and protection of the lubricated bolt, installation equipment, calibration equipment, and installation procedures. In the second sentence of the last paragraph, "approved" is revised to read "accepted". In the last paragraph, the fourth sentence is revised to read: Bolts to be reused shall be relubricated in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 6 Pre Testing In the fifth sentence of the first paragraph, "approved" is revised to read "accepted". The third paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor shall submit Type 1 Working Drawings consisting of the manufacturer's detailed procedure for pre-erection (rotational capacity) testing of tension control bolt assemblies. 6 Bolting Inspection In the last sentence of the first paragraph, "approved" is revised to read "specified". AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 115115 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 The last paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor shall submit Type 1 Working Drawings consisting of the manufacturer's detailed procedure for routine observation to ensure proper use of the tension control bolt assemblies. 6-03.3(42) SurFace Condition The first subparagraph is revised to read: Painted steel surfaces shall be cleaned by methods required for the type of staining. The Contractor shall submit a Type 1 Working Drawing of the cleaning method. 6-04.AP6 Section 6-04, Timber Structures January 5, 2015 6-04.3(3) Shop Details This section is revised to read: The Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings consisting of shop detail plans for all treated timber. These plans shall show dimensions for all cut, framed, or bored timbers. 6-05.AP6 Section 6-05, Piling January 5, 2015 6-05.3(2) Ordering Piling The last paragraph is deleted. 6-05.3(3)A Casting and Stressing In the second sentence of the first paragraph, "poured" is revised to read "cast". 6-05.3(4) Manufacture of Steel Casings for Cast-In-Place Concrete Piles This section is revised to read: The diameter of steel casings shall be as specified in the Contract. A full-penetration groove weld between welded edges is required. . 6-05.3(5) Manufacture of Steel Piles This section is revised to read: Steel piles shall be made of rolled steel H-pile sections, steel pipe piles, or of other structural steel sections described in the Contract. A full-penetration groove weld between welded edges is required. 6-05.3(6) Splicing Steel Casings and Steel Piles This section is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/5l15 " 1 � C J , ' LJ � � � � ' ' ' � � ' � ' 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 The Engineer will normally permit steel piles and steel casings for cast-in-place concrete piles to be spliced. But in each case, the Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings supporting the need and describing the method for splicing. Welded splices shall be spaced at a minimum distance of 10 feet. Only welded splices will be permitted. � Splice welds for steel piles shall comply with Section 6-03.3(25) and AWS D1.1/D1.1 M, latest edition, Structural Welding Code. Splicing of steel piles shall be performed in accordance with an approved weld procedure. The Contractor shall submit a Type 2 Working Drawing consisting of the weld procedure. For ASTM A 252 material, mill certification for each lot of pipe to be welded shall accompany the submittal. The ends of all steel pipe piling shall meet the fit-up requirements of AWS D1.1/D1.1M, latest edition, Structural Welding Code Section 5.22.3.1, "Girth Weld Alignment (Tubular)," when the material is spliced utilizing a girth weld. Splice welds of steel casings for cast-in-place concrete piles shall be the Contractor's responsibility and shall be welded in accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1 M, latest edition, Structural Welding Code. A weld procedure submittal is not required for steel casings used for cast-in-place concrete piles. Casings that collapse or are not watertight, shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense. 6 Precast Concrete Piles The second to last sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings consisting of the method of lifting the piles. 6 Pile Tips and Shoes In the last paragraph, the second and third sentences are deleted and replaced with the following new sentence: If pile tips or shoes other than those denoted in the Qualified Products List are proposed, the Contractor shall �submit Type 2 Working Drawings consisting of shop drawings of the proposed pile tip along with design calculations, specifications, material chemistry and installation requirements, along with evidence of a pile driving test demonstrating suitability of the proposed pile tip. 6 Pile Driving Equipment Approval In the first paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: Prior to driving any piles, the Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings consisting of details of each proposed pile driving system. In the second paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: The Contractor shall submit Type 2E Working Drawings consisting of a wave equation analysis for all pile driving systems used to drive piling with required ultimate bearing capacities of greater than 300 tons. In the second paragraph, the second sentence is deleted. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/5/15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 The last paragraph is revised to read: Changes to the pile driving system after completion of the Working Drawing review require a revised Working Drawing submittal. 6-05.3(9)B Pile Driving Equipment Minimum Requirements In the first paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: For each drop hammer used, the Contractor shall weigh it in the Engineer's presence or submit a Type 1 Working Drawing consisting of a certificate of its weight. In the third paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: For each diesel, hydraulic, steam, or air-driven hammer used, the Contractor shall submit a Type 1 Working Drawing consisting of the manufacturer's specifications and catalog. In the fourth paragraph, "approval" is revised to read "permission". The ninth paragraph is revised to read: These requirements for minimum hammer size may be waived if a Type 2E Working Drawing is submitted consisting of a wave equation analysis demonstrating the ability of the hammer to obtain the required bearing capacity and minimum tip elevation without damage to the pile: 6-05.3(9)C Pile Driving Leads In the third paragraph, "approved" is revised to read "permitted". 6-05.3(11)F Pile Damage In the first sentence of the second paragraph, "approved" is revised to read "accepted". 6-05.3(11)G Pile Cutoff In the first paragraph, "Engineer's approval" is revised to read "Engineer's permission". 6-05.3(11)H Pile Driving From or Near Adjacent Structures In the first paragraph, item number 3 is revised to read: 3. Type 2E Working Drawings are submitted in accordance with Sections 1-05.3 and 6- 02.3(16), showing the structural adequacy of the existing Structure to safely support all of the construction loads. 6-05.3(12) Determination of Bearing Values In the footnote below the formula, "approved by the Engineer" is revised to read "acceptable to the Engineer". 6-05.3(13) Treatment of Timber Pile Heads In the second paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: After cutting treated timber piles to correct elevation, the Contractor shall brush three coats of a preservative that meets the requirements of Section 9-09 on all pile heads (except those to be covered with concrete footings or concrete caps). AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/5/15 ' ��� ' ' ' ' ' ' , ' 1 ' � LJ , ' ' ' � 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 6 Completion of Cast Concrete Piles In the first paragraph, "approval" is revised to read "acceptance". 6-06.AP6 Section 6-06, Bridge Railings January 5, 2015 6-06.3(2) Metal Railings The second paragraph is revised to read: Before fabricating the railing, the Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings consisting of the shop plans. The Contractor may substitute other rail connection details for those shown in the Plans if details of these changes show in the shop plans and if the Engineer accepts them in the Working Drawing response comments. In reviewing the shop plan Working Drawings, the Engineer indicates only that they are adequate and complete enough. The review does not indicate a check on dimensions. 6-07.AP6 Section 6-07, Painting January 5, 2015 6-07.3 Painting This section is supplemented with the following new subsections: 6-07.3(14) Metallic Coatings 6-07.3(14)A General Requirements This specification covers the requirements for thermal spray metallic coatings, with and without additional paint coats, as a means to prevent corrosion. The coating system consists of surface preparation by wash cleaning and abrasive blast cleaning, thermal spray application of a metallic coating using a material made specifically for that purpose, and, when specified, shop primer coat or shop primer coat plus top coat in accordance with Section 6-07.3(11)A. The system also includes inspection and acceptance requirements. 6-07.3(14)B Reference Standards SSPC-SP 10/NACE No. 2 Near White Blast Cleaning SSPC CS 23.00 Guide for Thermal Spray Metallic Coating Systems ASTM-C-633 Standard Test Method for Adhesion or Cohesion Strength of Thermal Spray Coatings ASTM D 4417 Standard Test Methods for Field Measurement of Surface Profile of Blast-Cleaned Steel ASTM D 6386 Standard Practice for Preparation of Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coated Iron and Steel Product and Hardware SurFaces for Painting ASTM D 4541 Standard Test Method for Pull-Off Strength of Coatings Using Portable Adhesion Testers AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/5115 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 ANSI/AWS C2.18 Guide for the Protection of Steel with Thermal Sprayed Coatings of Aluminum, Zinc and their Alloys and Composites 6-07.3(14)C Quality Assurance A representative sample of each lot of the coating material used shall be submitted to the Engineer for analysis prior to use. Zinc shall have a minimum purity of 99.9 percent. Zinc Aluminum 85/15 wire shall be 14 percent minimum to 16 percent maximum aluminum. The thermal sprayed coating shall have a uniform appearance. The coating shall not contain any blisters, cracks, chips or loosely adhering particles, oil or other surFace contaminants, nodules, or pits exposing the substrate. The thermal spray coating shall adhere to the substrate with a minimum bond of 700 psi. The Contractor's QA program shall include thermal spray coating bond testing. The Engineer may cut through the coating with a knife or chisel. If upon doing so, any part of the coating lifts away from the base metal 1/4 in. or more ahead of the cutting blade without cutting the metal, then the bond is considered not effective and is rejected. Coated areas which have been rejected or damaged in the inspection procedure described shall have the defective sections blast cleaned to remove all of the thermal sprayed coating and shall then be recoated. Before resubmittal and inspection, those sections where coating has not reached the required thickness shall be sprayed with additional metal until that thickness is achieved. 6-07.3(14)D Submittals The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer, prior to abrasive blast cleaning, a 12 inch square steel plate, of the same material and approximate thickness of the steel to be coated, blasted clean in accordance with Section 6-07.3(14)E. The sample plate will be checked for specified angular surface pattern, the abrasive grit size and type used, and the procedure used. This plate shall be used as the visual standard to determine the acceptability of the cleaned surface. In the event the Contractor's cleaning operation is inferior to the sample plate, the Contractor shall be required to correct the cleaning operation to do a job comparable to the specimen submitted. At the same time as submitting the abrasive blast cleaned steel plate sample, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer, a second 12 inch square steel plate of the same material and thickness, cleaned and thermal spray coated in accordance with the same processes and with the same equipment as intended for use in applying the thermal spray coatings. The Engineer may request additional cleaned and thermal spray coated samples to be produced and submitted coincident with thermal spray coating of the items specified in the Plans to receive thermal spray coatings. 6-07.3(14)E Surface Preparation Surface irregularities (e.g., sharp edges and/or carburized edges, cracks, delaminations, pits, etc.) interfering with the application of the coating shall be AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1l5/15 1 , ' ' � , ' �, il ' ' ' ' �� , ' ' , ' � 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 removed or repaired, prior to wash cleaning. Thermal cut edges shall be ground to reduce hardness to attain the surface profile required from abrasive blast cleaning. All dirt, oil, scaling, etc. shall be removed prior to blast cleaning. All surfaces shall be wash cleaned with either clean water at 8000 psi or water and detergent at 2000 psi with two rinses with clean water. The surface shall be abrasive blast cleaned to near white metal (SSPC-SP 10). The surface profile shall be measured using a surface profile comparator, replica tape, or other method suitable for the abrasive being used in accordance with ASTM D 4417. Where zinc coatings up to and including 0.009 inch thick are to be applied, one of the following abrasive grits shall be used with pressure blast equipment to produce a 3.0 mils AA anchor tooth pattern: 1. Aluminum oxide or silicon carbide mesh size: SAE G-25 to SAE G-40 2. Hardened steel grit mesh size: SAE G-25 to SAE G-40 3. Garnet, flint, or crushed nickel or black beauty coal slag mesh size: SAE G-25 to SAE G-50 Where zinc coatings greater than 0.010 inch thick are to be applied, one of.the following abrasive grits shall be used with pressure blast equipment to produce a 5.0 mils AA anchor tooth pattern: 1. Aluminum oxide or silicon carbide mesh size: SAE G-18 to SAE G-25 2. Hardened steel grit mesh size: SAE G-18 to SAE G-25 3. Garnet, flint, or crushed nickel or black beauty coal slag mesh size: SAE G-18 to SAE G-25 The pressure of the blast nozzle, as measured with a needle probe gauge, with pressure type blasting equipment shall be as follows: 1. With aluminum oxide, silicon carbide, flint, or slag - 50 psi minimum and 60 psi maximum. 2. With garnet or steel grit - 75 psi minimum. The pressure at the blast nozzle, with siphon blasting (suction blasting), shall be as follows: 1. With aluminum oxide, silicon carbide, flint, or slag - 75 psi maximum. 2. With garnet or steel grit - 90 psi maximum. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1 /5N 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 The abrasive blast stream shall be directed onto the substrate surface at a spray angle of 75 to 90 degrees, and moved side to side. The nozzle to substrate distance shall be 4 to 12 inches. 6-07.3(14)F Application of Metallic Coating No surface shall be sprayed which shows any sign of condensed moisture or which does not comply with Section 6-07.3(14)E. If rust bloom occurs within the holding time between abrasive blast cleaning and thermal spraying, the surface shall be reblasted at a blast angle as close to perpendicular to the surface as possible to achieve a 2.0 to 4.0 mil anchor tooth pattern. Thermal spraying shall not take place when the relative humidity is 90% or greater, when the steel temperature is less than 5°F above the dew point, or when the air or steel temperature is less than 40°F. Clean, dry air shall be used with not less than 50 psi air pressure at the air regulator. Not more than 50 feet of 3/8 in. ID hose shall be used between the air regulator and the metallizing gun. The metallizing gun shall be started and adjusted with the spray directed away from the work. During the spraying operation and depending upon the equipment being used, the gun shall be held as close to perpendicular as possible to the surface from 5 to 8 inches from the surface of the work. Manual spraying shall be done in a block pattern, typically 2 feet by 2 feet square. The sprayed metal shall overlap on each pass to ensure uniform coverage. The specified thickness of the coating shall be applied in multiple layers. In no case are fewer than two passes of thermal spraying, overlapping at right angles, acceptable. At least one single layer of coating shall be applied within 4 hours of blasting and the surface shall be completely coated to the specified thickness within 8 hours of blasting. The minimum coating thickness shall be 6 mils unless otherwise shown in the Plans. 6-07.3(14)G Applications of Shop Coats and Field Coats The surface shall be wiped clean with solvent immediately before applying the wash primer. The wash primer shall have a low viscosity appropriate for absorption into the thermal spray coating, and shall be applied within 8 hours after completion of thermal spraying or before oxidation occurs. The dry film thickness of the wash primer shall not exceed 0.5 mils or be less than 0.3 mils. It shall be applied using an appropriate spray gun except in those areas where brush or roller application is necessary. Ttie subsequent shop primer or field coats shall be applied no less than one-half hour after a wash primer. The shop primer coat, when specified, shall be applied in accordance with Section 6-07.3(11)A and the paint manufacturer's recommendations. All field coats, when specified, shall be applied in accordance with Section 6- 07.3(11)A and the paint manufacturer's recommendations. The color of the top coat shall conform to Section 6-03.3(30) as supplemented in these Special Provisions. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1 /5N 5 ' � ' ' 1 , ' � ' ' ' �� � � ' C ' � 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 4'i 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 6 Submittals The first paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings of the painting plan. 6 Containment The second paragraph is revised to read: The containment length shall not exceed the length of a span (defined as pier to pier). The containment system shall not cause any damage to the existing structure. All clamps and other attachment devices shall be padded or designed such that they shall not mark or otherwise damage the steel member to which they are attached. All clamps and other attachment devices shall be fully described in the Contractor's painting pfan Working Drawing submittal. Field welding of attachments to the existing structure will not be allowed. The Contractor shall not drill holes into the existing structure or through existing structural members except as shown in the Contractor's painting plan Working Drawing submittal. All provisions for dust collection, ventilation and auxiliary lighting within the containment system shall be fully described the Contractor's painting plan Working Drawing submittal. In the second to last paragraph, "approved" is revised to read "accepted". 6 Surface Preparation — Full Paint Removal This section is revised to read: For structures where full removal of existing paint is specified, the Contractor shall remove any visible oil, grease, and road tar in accordance with SSPC-SP 1. Following preparation by SSPC-SP 1, all steel surfaces to be painted shall be prepared - in accordance with SSPC-SP 10, near-white metal blast cleaning. Surfaces inaccessible to near-white metal blast cleaning shall be prepared in accordance with SSPC-SP 11, power tool cleaning to bare metal, as allowed by the Engineer. �� 6 Collecting, Testing and Disposal of Containment Waste In the first paragraph, the last sentence before the numbered list is revised (up until the colon) to read: The sealed waste containers shal� be stored in accordance with Section 1-06.4, the painting plan, and the following requirements: In the second paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: All material collected by and removed from the containment system shall be taken to a landside staging area, provided by the Contractor, for further processing and storage prior to transporting for disposal. The ninth paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor shall submit a Type 1 Working Drawing of all TCLP results. The first sentence of the last paragraph is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/5/15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 The Contractor shall submit a Type 1 Working Drawing consisting of waste disposal documentation within 15 working days of each disposal. 6-07.3(10)K Coating Thickness The last paragraph is revised to read: If the specified number of coats does not produce a combined dry film thickness of at least the sum of the thicknesses required per coat, or if an individual coat does not meet the minimum thickness, or if visual inspection shows incomplete coverage, the coating system will be rejected, and the Contractor shall discontinue painting and surface preparation operations and shall submit a Type 2 Working Drawing of the repair proposal. The repair proposal shall include documentation demonstrating the cause of the less than minimum thickness along with, physical test results, as necessary, and modifications to work methods to prevent similar results. The Contractor shall not resume painting or surface preparation operations until receiving the Engineer's acceptance of the completed repair. 6-07.3(10)L Environmental Condition Requirements Prior to Application of Paint In the last paragraph, the second to last sentence is revised to read: If a paint system manufacturer's recommendations allow for application of a paint under environmental conditions other than those specified, the Contractor shall submit a Type 2 Working Drawing consisting of a letter from the paint manufacturer specifying the environmental conditions under which the paint can be applied. In the last sentence of the last paragraph, "approval" is revised to read "concurrence". 6-07.3(11)B1 Submittals The first paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: The Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings consisting of the following information: 6-07.3(11)B3 Galvanized Surface Cleaning and Preparation The first paragraph is revised to read: Galvanized surfaces receiving the powder coating shall be cleaned and prepared for coating in accordance with ASTM D 6386, and the project-specific powder coating plan. 6-07.3(11)B4 Powder Coating Application and Curing The first paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: After surface preparation, the two-component powder coating shall be applied in accordance with the powder coating manufacturer's recommendations, the project- specific powder coating plan, and as follows: 6-07.3(11)B5 Testing In the fifth sentence of the first paragraph, the phrase "as approved by the Engineer" is deleted. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1 /SN 5 � ' ' � '� 1 �I � ' � �, � ' ' � ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 The second paragraph is revised to read: The results of the QC testing shall be documented in a QC report, and submitted as a Type 2 Working Drawing. In the fourth paragraph, the phrase "as approved by the Engineer" is deleted. In the last paragraph, "Engineer's approval" is revised to read "Engineer's acceptance". 6 Coating Protection for Shipping The phrase "as approved by the Engineer" is deleted from this section. The first sentence of the last paragraph is revised to read: After erection, all coating damage due to the Contractor's shipping, storage, handling, and erection operations shall be repaired by the Contractor in accordance with the project-specific powder coating plan. 6 Payment The following new paragraph is inserted before the last paragraph: All costs in connection with producing the metallic coatings as specified shall be included in the unit contract price for the applicable item or items of work. 6-09.AP6 Section 6-09, Modified Concrete Overlays January 5, 2015 6-09.2 Materials The second sentence of the fifth paragraph is revised to read: Microsilica will be accepted based on submittal of a Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance. The seventh paragraph is revised to read: Latex admixture wilt be accepted based on submittal of a Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance. 6 Mobile Mixer for Latex Modified Concrete In item number 2 of the first paragraph, "An approved recording meter" is revised to read "A recording meter". In item number 3 of the first paragraph, "an approved flow meter" is revised to read "a flow meter". 6 Finishing Machine The last two sentences of the last paragraph are revised to read: A machine with a vibrating pan as an integral part may be proposed. Other finishing machines will be allowed subject to concurrence of the Engineer. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/5/15 � 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 6-09.3(2) Submittals This section is revised to read: The Contractor shall submit the following Working Drawings in accordance with Section 1-05.3: 1. A Type 1 Working Drawing of the type of machine (rotary milling, hydro- demolition, or shot blasting) selected by the Contractor for use in this project to scarify concrete surfaces. 2. A Type 1 Working Drawing of the axle loads and axle spacing of the rotary milling machine (if used). 3. A Type 2 Working Drawing of the Runoff Water Disposal Plan (if a hydro- demolition machine is used). The Runoff Water Disposal Plan shall describe all provisions for the containment, collection, filtering, and disposal of all runoff water and associated contaminants generated by the hydro-demolition process, including containment, collection and disposal of runoff water and debris escaping through breaks in the bridge deck. 4. A Type 2 Working Drawing of the method and materials used to contain, collect, , and dispose of all concrete debris generated by the scarifying process, including provisions for protecting adjacent traffic from flying debris. 5. A Type 1 Working Drawing of the mix design for concrete Class M, and either a fly ash modified concrete, microsilica modified concrete, or latex modified concrete, as selected by the Contractor for use in this project in accordance with Section 6-09.3(3). A 6. A Type 1 Working Drawing of samples of the latex admixture and the portland cement for testing and compatibility (if latex modified concrete is used). 7. A Type 2 Working Drawing of the paving equipment specifications and details of the screed rail support system, including details of anchoring the rails and providing rail continuity. 6-09.3(3)A General In the last paragraph, the phrase "and as approved by the Engineer" is deleted. 6 Latex Admixture - In the second sentence of the second paragraph, the phrase "and as approved by the Engineer" is deleted. 6 General The second paragraph is deleted. In the third and fourth paragraphs, the phrase "and as approved by the Engineer" is deleted In the fifth paragraph, "approved by the Engineer" is revised to read "acceptable to the Engineer". � I_I � � � 1 ' AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/5N 5 � J r , ' ' 1 , , 1 C� ' , � ' ' ' LJ ' � 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 6 Testing of Hydro and Shot Blasting Machines In the last sentence of the last paragraph, "approval" is revised to read "acceptance". 6 Hydro In the third and fourth paragraphs, the phrase "as approved by the Engineer" is deleted. 6 Deck Repair Preparation The second to last paragraph is revised to read the following three new paragraphs: The exposed steel reinforcing bars and concrete in the repair area shall be sandblasted or hydro-blasted and blown clean just prior to placing concrete. Where existing steel reinforcing bars inside deck repair areas show deterioration exceeding the limits defined in the Plans, the Contractor shall furnish and place steel reinforcing bars alongside the deteriorated bars in accordance with the details shown in the Plans. Payment for such extra Work will be by force account as provided in Section 1-09.6. Bridge deck areas outside the repair area or steel reinforcing bar inside or outside the repair area damaged by the Contractor's operations, shall be repaired by the Contractor at no additional expense to the Contracting Agency, and to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 6 Placing Deck Repair Concrete The third paragraph is supplemented with the foltowing: The Work of Type 1 further deck preparation shall consist of removing and disposing of the concrete within the repair area. � The following new sentence is inserted before the last sentence of the last paragraph: The Work of Type 2 further deck preparation shall consist of removing and disposing of concrete within the repair area, and furnishing, placing, finishing, and curing the repair concrete. 6 Surface Preparation for Concrete Overlay The first sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: If either a rotary milling machine or a shot blasting machine is used for concrete scarification, then the concrete deck shall be sandblasted or shot blasted, using equipment identified in the Working Drawing submittals, until sound concrete is exposed. The third paragraph is revised to read: If a hydro-demolition machine is used for concrete scarification, then the concrete deck shall be cleaned by water blasting with 7,000 psi minimum pressure, until sound concrete is exposed. In the fourth paragraph, "as approved by the Engineer" is revised to read "accepted by the Engineer". AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/5/15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 In the last sentence of the eighth paragraph, the phrase "as approved by the Engineer" is deleted. In the first sentence of the last paragraph, "approved" is revised to read "allowed". 6-09.3(8)B Quality Assurance for Latex Modified Concrete Overlays The second sentence of the last paragraph is revised to read: The technical representative shall be capable of performing, demonstrating, inspecting, and testing all of the functions required for placement of the latex modified concrete as specified in Section 6-09.3(11). The fourth sentence of the last paragraph is revised to read: Recommendations made by the technical representative on or off the jobsite shall be adhered to by the Contractor at no additional expense to the Contracting Agency. 6-09.3(10)A Survey of Existing Bridge Deck Prior to Scarification The third sentence of the fourth paragraph is revised to read: A Type 1 Working Drawing of each day's survey record shall be provided to the Engineer within three working days after the end of the shift. 6-09.3(10)B Establishing Finish Overlay Profile In the fourth sentence of the first paragraph, "approved by the Engineer" is revised to read "specified by the Engineer". In the second paragraph, the phrase "and as approved by the Engineer" is deleted 6-09.3(11) Placing Concrete Overlay In the fourth paragraph, the last sentence of item number 3 is revised to read: If the Contractor elects to work at night to meet these criteria, adequate lighting shall be provided at no additional expense to the Contracting Agency. 6-09.4 Measurement The last paragraph is deleted and replaced with the following: Further deck preparation for Type 1 deck repair and for Type 2 deck repair will be measured by the square foot of surface area of deck concrete removed in accordance with Section 6-09.3(6). 6-09.5 Payment The Bid item "Further Deck Preparation", per cubic foot and the paragraph following this Bid item are deleted and replaced with the following two new Bid items: "Further Deck Preparation for Type 1 Deck Repair", per square foot. "Further Deck Preparation for Type 2 Deck Repair", per square foot. The Bid item "Further Deck Preparation", force account and the paragraph following this Bid item are deleted. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1l5/15 ' ' ' 1 ' ' ' ' , �� � ' �J � 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 6-10.AP6 Section 6-10, Concrete Barrier January 5, 2015 6-10.1 Description In the second paragraph, "approved" is revised to read "specified". 6-10.3 Construction Requirements In the first paragraph, "approved" is revised to read "specified". 6-10.3(5) Temporary Concrete Barrier The last sentence of the first paragraph is deleted. The second paragraph is revised to read: If the Contract calls for the removal and resetting of permanent barrier, and the permanent barrier is not required to remain in place until reset, the permanent barrier may be substituted for temporary concrete barrier. Any of the permanent barrier damaged during its use as temporary barrier will become the property of the Contractor and be replaced with permanent barrier when the permanent barrier is reset to its permanent location. The third paragraph is revised to read: All barrier shall be in good condition, without cracks, chips, spalls, dirt, or traffic marks. If any barrier segment is.damaged during or after placement, the Contractor shall immediately repair it to the Engineer's satisfaction or replace it with an undamaged section. The following new paragraph is inserted after the third paragraph: Delineators shalt be placed on the traffic face of the barrier 6 inches from the top and spaced a maximum of 40 feet on tangents and 20 feet through curves. The reflector color shall be white on the right side of traffic and yellow on the left side of traffic. The Contractor shall maintain, replace and clean the delineators when ordered by the Engineer. 38 6-11.AP6 ' 39 Section 6-11, Reinforced Concrete Walls 40 January 5, 2015 ' ' � 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 6-11.3(1) Submittals The first paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor shall submit Type 2E Working Drawings consisting of excavation shoring plans in accordance with Section 2-09.3(3)D. The second paragraph is revised to read: 1 1 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 115/15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 The Contractor shall submit Type 2E Working Drawings of falsework and formwork' plans in accordance with Sections 6-02.3(16) and 6-02.3(17). The third paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: If the Contractor elects to fabricate and erect precast concrete wall stem panels, Type 2E Working Drawings of the following information shall be submitted in accordance with Section 6-02.3(28)A: The last paragraph is deleted. 6-11.3(3) Precast Concrete Wall Stem Panels In the third paragraph, the phrase "as approved by the Engineer" is deleted. 6-12.AP6 Section 6-12, Noise Barrier Walls January 5, 2015 6-12.3(1) Submittals In the first paragraph, the second sentence is revised to read: The Contractor shall submit a Type 2 Working Drawing consisting of the noise barrier wall access plan. The second paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: For construction of all noise barrier walls with shafts, the Contractor shall submit a Type 2 Working Drawing consisting of the shaft construction plan, including at a minimum the following information: In the third paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: For construction of precast concrete noise barrier walls, the Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings consisting of shop drawings for the precast concrete panels in accordance with Section 6-02.3(28)A. 6-12.3(2) Work Access and Site Preparation In the first paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: The Contractor shall construct work access in accordance with the work access plan 6-12.3(3) Shaft Construction The first paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor shall excavate and construct the shafts in accordance with the shaft construction plan. In the last sentence of the third paragraph, "approved by the Engineer" is revised to read "acceptable to the Engineer". AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/5/15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 The fourth paragraph is revised to read: When caving conditions are encountered, the Contractor shall stop further excavation until implementing the method to prevent ground caving as specified in the shaft construction plan. In the last sentence of the fifth paragraph, "approved" is revised to read "accepted". In the seventh paragraph, "approval" is revised to read "acceptance". In the eighth paragraph, the third sentence is revised to read: The Contractor shall install the steel reinforcing bar cage as specified in the shaft construction plan. In the second sentence of the last paragraph, "approval" is revised to read "acceptance". In the fourth sentence of the last paragraph, the word "approved" is deleted. 6-12.3(6) Precast Concrete Panel Fabrication and Erection In item number 3, the second paragraph is revised to read: After receiving the Engineer's review of the shop drawings, the Contractor shall cast one precast concrete panel to be used as the sample panel. The Contractor shall construct the sample panel in accordance with the procedure and details specified in the shop drawings. The Contractor shall make the sample panel available to the Engineer for acceptance. In item number 3, the first sentence of the third paragraph is revised to read: Upon receiving the Engineer's acceptance of the sample panel, the Contractor shall continue production of precast concrete panels for the noise barrier wall. In item number 3, the third sentence of the third paragraph is revised to read: The sample panel shall be retained at the fabrication site until all precast concrete panels have been fabricated and accepted. 6-12.3(10) Finish Line Ground Dressing In the last sentence of the second paragraph, the phrase "as approved by the Engineer" is deleted. 6-13.AP6 Section 6-13, Structural Earth Walls January 5, 2015 6-13.3(1) Quality Assurance In the first paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: The structural earth wall manufacturer shall provide a qualified and experienced representative to resolve wall construction problems. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/5/15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 In the first paragraph, the last sentence is revised to read: Recommendations made by the structural earth wall manufacturer's representative shall be followed by the Contractor. In the second paragraph, item number 4 is revised to read: 4. The base of the structural earth wall excavation shall be within three inches of the staked elevations, unless otherwise accepted or specified by the Engineer. In the second paragraph, item number 6 is revised to read: 6. The backfill reinforcement layers shall be located horizontally and vertically within one inch of the locations shown in the structural earth wall working drawings. 6-13.3(2) Submittals In the first paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: The Contractor, or the supplier as the Contractor's agent, shall furnish a Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance certifying that the structural earth wall materials conform to the specified material requirements. The second paragraph is revised to read: A Type 1 Working Drawing of all test results, performed by the Contractor or the Contractor's supplier, which are necessary to assure compliance with the specifications, shall submitted along with each Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance. In the third paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: Before fabrication, the Contractor shall submit a Type 1 Working Drawing consisting of the field construction manual for the structural earth walls, prepared by the wall manufacturer. In the fourth paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: The Contractor, through the license/patent holder for the structural earth wall system, shall submit Type 2E Working Drawings consisting of detailed design calculations and details. The last paragraph is deleted. 6-13.3(3) Excavation and Foundation Preparation In the first paragraph, the last two sentences are revised to read: The foundation for the structure shall be graded level for a width equal to or exceeding the length of reinforcing as shown in the structural earth wall working drawings and, for walls with geogrid reinforcing, in accordance with Section 2-12.3. Prior to wall construction, the foundation, if not in rock, shall be compacted as accepted by the Engineer. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/5/15 1 1 , ' 1 , ' LJ ' ' ' ' � ' ' 1 ' �J �l J 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 6 Welded Wire Faced Structural Earth Wall Erection The first two sentences are revised to read: The Contractor shall erect the welded wire wall reinforcement in accordance with the wall manufacturer's field construction manual. Construction geotextile for wall facing shall be placed between the backfill material within the reinforced zone and the coarse granular material immediately behind the welded wire wall facing, as shown in the Plans and the structural earth wall working drawings. 6 Backfill The third paragraph is revised to read: Misalignment or distortion of the precast concrete facing panels or concrete blocks due to placement of backfill outside the limits of this specification shall be corrected in a manner acceptable to the Engineer. In item number 4 of the fifth paragraph, the phrase "as approved by the Engineer" is deleted. The last paragraph is deleted. 6 Guardrail Placement In the first sentence of the second paragraph, "approval" is revised to read "permission". 6 SEW Traffic Barrier and SEW Pedestrian Barrier The first paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: The Contractor, in conjunction with the structural earth wall manufacturer, shall design and detail the SEW traffic barrier and SEW pedestrian barrier in accordance with Section 6-12.3(2) and the above ground geometry details shown in the Plans. The barrier Working Drawings and supporting calculations shall be Type 2E and shall include, at a minimum, the following: 6-14.AP6 Section 6-14, Geosynthetic Retaining Walls January 5, 2015 6-14.2 Materials In the first paragraph, the section number next to "Anchor rods and associated nuts, washers and couplers" is revised to read: 9-06.5(4) The following new paragraph is inserted after the first paragraph: Anchor plate shall conform to ASTM A 36, ASTM A 572 Grade 50, or ASTM A 588. 6 Submittals The first paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/5/15 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 The Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings consisting of detailed plans for each wal1. As a minimum, the submittals shall include the following: 6 Erection and Backfill In the second sentence of the second paragraph, "approved by" is revised to read "acceptable to". In the last sentence of the fifth paragraph, "approval" is revised to read "permission". The sixth paragraph is deleted. In item number 5 in the eighth paragraph, the phrase "as approved by the Engineer" is deleted. In the ninth paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: The Contractor shall construct wall corners at the locations shown in the Plans, and in accordance with the wall corner construction sequence and method in the Working Drawing submittal. In the last paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: Where required by retaining wall profile grade, the Contractor shall terminate top layers of retaining wall geosynthetic and backfitl in accordance with the method in the Working Drawing submittal. 6-14.5 Payment In the paragraph following the Bid item "Concrete Fascia Panel", per square foot, "concrete leveling pad" is revised to read "concrete footing". 6-15.AP6 Section 6-15, Soil Nail Walls January 15, 2015 6-15.3(3) Submittals The first paragraph (excluding the numbered list) is revised to read: The Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings of the following information 6-15.3(6) Soil Nailing In the first paragraph, the last sentence is revised to read: Damaged or defective encapsulation shall be repaired in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. The eighth paragraph is revised to read: If sections of the wall are constructed at different times than the adjacent soil nail sections, the Contractor shall use stabilizing berms, temporary slopes, or other measures acceptable to the Engineer, to prevent sloughing or failure of the adjacent soil nail sections. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/5/15 [=� ' � a !� `, ' ' ' � �� �—' � , � , � ' , � e .--, � ' ' �J � � , ' ' � � � ' ' ' 1 � , ' ' � � ' ' 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 6 Soil Nail Testing and Acceptance In the first paragraph, the second sentence is revised to read: The Contractor shall submit Type 1 Working Drawings of all test data. The last sentence of the seventh paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor shall submit Type 2E Working Drawings of the reaction frame. 6 Verification Testing In the third paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: The Contractor shall submit Type 2E Working Drawings consisting of design details of the verification testing, including the system for distributing test load pressures to the excavation surface and appropriate nail bar size and reaction plate. 6-16.AP6 Section 6-16, Soldier Pile and Soldier Pile Tieback Walls January 5, 2015 6-16.3(2) Submittals The first paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings consisting of shop plans as specified in Section 6-03.3(7) for all structural steel, including the steel soldier piles, and shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings consisting of shop plans and other details as , specified in Section 6-17.3(3) for permanent ground anchors. The second paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor shall submit Type 1 Working Drawings consisting of the permanent ground anchor grout mix design and the procedures for placing the grout. The third paragraph (excluding the numbered list) is revised to read: The Contractor shall submit Type 2E Working Drawings consisting of forming plans for the concrete fascia panels, as specified in Sections 6-02.3(16) and 6-02.3(17). In the fourth paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: The Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings consisting of a shaft installation plan. , The last paragraph is deleted. 6 Shaft Excavation In the third paragraph, the last sentence is revised to read: A temporary casing, slurry, or other methods specified in the shaft installation plan shall be used if necessary to ensure such safety and stability. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/5N 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 The fourth paragraph is revised to read: Where caving in conditions are encountered, no further excavation will be allowed until the Contractor has implemented the method to prevent ground caving as submitted in accordance with item 4 of the Shaft Installation Plan. The sixth paragraph is revised to read: The excavated shaft shall be inspected and receive acceptance by the Engineer prior to proceeding with construction. 6-16.3(6)B Temporary Lagging The second paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: The Contractor shall submit Type 2E Working Drawings consisting of the soldier pile wall lagging design details and supporting design calculations. The submittal shall include, at a minimum, the following: In item number 4 of the second paragraph, "approved by" is revised to read "acceptable to" The last paragraph (excluding the table) is revised to read: Notwithstanding the requirements of Section 1-06.1, steel materials used by the Contractor as temporary lagging may be salvaged steel provided that the use of such salvaged steel materials shall be subject to visual inspection and acceptance by the Engineer. For salvaged steel materials where the grade of steel cannot be positively identified, the design stresses for the steel shall conform to the Section 6-02.3(17)B requirements for salvaged steel, regardless of whether rivets are present or not. 6-16.3(6)D Installing Lagging and Permanent Ground Anchor In the last sentence of the second paragraph, the phrase "as approved by the Engineer" is deleted. In the last sentence of the fourth paragraph, the phrase "as approved by the Engineer" is deleted. 6-16.3(8) Concrete Fascia Panel In the first paragraph, the phrase "as approved by the Engineer" is deleted. 42 6-17.AP6 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 Section 6-17, Permanent Ground Anchors January 5, 2015 6-17.3(3) Submittals The first paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings consisting of details and structural design calculations for the ground anchor system or systems intended for use. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1I5N 5 ' , ' ' ' � 1 ' 1 � ' � � ' � ' } � ' ' 1 2 3 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 The second paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor shall submit a Type 1 Working Drawing consisting of a detailed description of the construction procedure proposed for use. The third paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: The Contractor shall submit a Type 2 Working Drawing consisting of ground anchor schedule giving: In the fourth paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: The Contractor shall submit a Type 2 Working Drawing detailing the ground anchor tendon and the corrosion protection system. In the fourth paragraph, item number 3 is revised to read: 3. Unbonded length corrosion protection system, including the permanent rubber seal between the trumpet and the tendon unbonded length corrosion protection and the transition between the tendon bond length and the unbonded tendon length corrosion protection. The last five paragraphs are deleted and� replaced with the following four new paragraphs: The Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings consisting of shop plans as specified in Section 6-03.3(7) for all structural steel, including the permanent ground anchors. The Contractor shall submit Type 1 Working Drawings consisting of the mix design for the grout conforming to Section 9-20.3(4) and the procedures for placing the grout. The Contractor shall also submit the methods and materials used in filling the annulus over the unbonded length of the anchor. The Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings consisting of the method proposed to be followed for the permanent ground anchor testing. This shall include all necessary drawings and details to clearly describe the method proposed. The Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings consisting of calibration data for each load cell, test jack, pressure gauge and master pressure gauge to be used. The calibration tests shall have been performed by an independent testing laboratory and tests shall have been performed within 60 calendar days of the date submitted. 6 Tendon Fabrication In the tenth paragraph, the last sentence is deleted. The twelfth paragraph is revised to read: The total anchor length shall not be less than that indicated in the Plans or the Working Drawing submittal. In the last paragraph, the phrase "as approved by the Engineer" is deleted. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/5/15 1 2 3 4 �5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 6 Installing Permanent Ground Anchor In the second paragraph, the third sentence is revised to read: The Contractor's method to prevent ground movement shall be submitted as a Type 2 Working Drawing. In the second paragraph, the second to last sentence is revised to read: At the point of entry the ground anchor shall be installed within plus or minus three degrees of the inclination from horizontal shown in the Plans or the Working Drawing submittal. 6-18.AP6 Section 6-18, Shotcrete Facing January 5, 2015 6-18.3(1) Submittals " In the first paragraph, the first sentence (up until the colon) is revised to read: The Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings consisting of the following: In the first paragraph, item number 2 is revised to read: 2. Method and equipment used to apply, finish and cure the shotcrete facing The last paragraph is deleted. 6 Mix Design In the first paragraph, the second and third sentences are deleted. In the last sentence of the second paragraph, "and approved by the Engineer" is deleted 6 Preproduction Testing In the last sentence, "approved" is revised to read "accepted". 6 Shotcrete Application In the last paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: If field inspection or testing, by the Engineer, indicates that any shotcrete produced, fails to meet the requirements, the Contractor shall immediately modify procedures, � equipment, or system, as necessary to produce specification material. 6-19.AP6 Section 6-19, Shafts January 5, 2015 6-19.3(2) Shaft Construction Submittal The last sentence is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/5/15 � , � � e ' � � 1 � C � u � � � l' 1 � � � �� ' � 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 The submittals shall be Type 2 Working Drawings, except the shaft slurry technical assistance submittal shall be Type 1. 6 Shaft Excavation In the first paragraph, the phrase "as approved by the Engineer" is deleted. 6 Temporary Telescoping Shaft Casing In the first paragraph, the first sentence of item number 1 is revised to read: The Contractor shall submit the request to use temporary telescoping casing as a Type 2 Working Drawing. 6 Bottom of Shaft Excavation In the first sentence of the second paragraph, "approved" is revised to read "accepted". 6 Shaft Obstruction In the last sentence, "approved" is revised to read "accepted". 6 Voids Between Permanent Casing and Shaft Excavation In the last sentence, the words "and as approved by the Engineer" are deleted. 6 Operating Shaft Excavation Equipment From an Existing Bridge The second sentence is revised to read: If necessary and safe to do so, and if the Contractor submits a Type 2 Working Drawing consisting of a written request in accordance with Section 6-01.6, the Engineer may permit operation of drilling equipment on a bridge. 6 Seals for Shaft Excavation in Water The first paragraph is revised to read: When shafts are constructed in water and the Plans show a seal between the casing shoring and the upper portion of the permanent casing of the shaft, the Contractor shall construct a seal in accordance with the shaft installation narrative specified in Section 6- 19.3(2)B Item 7. The last sentence of the last paragraph is revised to read: If the Contractor uses a casing shoring diameter other than that specified in the Plans, the Contractor shall submit a revised seal design in accordance with Section 6-19.3(2)B Item 7. 6 Slurry Sampling and Testing The second to last sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: Synthetic slurry shall conform to Section 9-36.2(2), the quality control plan included in the shaft installation narrative in accordance with Section 6-19.3(2)B Item 4. The second sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/SN 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 These records shall be submitted as a Type 1 Working Drawing once the slurry system has been established in the first drilled shaft on the project. 6-19.3(4)E Maintenance of a Stable Shaft Excavation In the last sentence of the first paragraph, "approval" is revised to read "review" 6-19.3(4)F Disposal of Slurry and Slurry Contacted Spoils This section is revised to read: The Contractor shall manage and dispose of the slurry wastewater in accordance with Section 8-01.3(1)C. Slurry-contacted spoils shall be disposed of as specified in the shaft installation narrative in accordance with Section 6-19.3(2)B, item 8, and in accordance with the following requirements: 1. Uncontaminated spoils in contact with water-only slurry may be disposed of as clean fill. . 2. Uncontaminated spoils in contact with water slurry mixed with flocculants approved in Section 8-01.3(1)C3 may be disposed of as clean fill away from areas that drain to surface waters of the state. 3. Spoils in contact with synthetic slurry or water slurry with polymer-based additives or flocculants not approved in Section 8-01.3(1)C3 shall be disposed of in accordance with Section 2-03.3(7)C. With permission of the Engineer, the Contractor may re-use these spoils on-site. 4. Spoils in contact with mineral slurry shall be disposed of in accordance with Section 2-03.3(7)C. With permission of the Engineer, the Contractor may re-use these spoils on-site. 6-19.3(5)A Steel Reinforcing Bar Cage Assembly In the second to last sentence of the first paragraph, the phrase "as approved by the Engineer" is deleted. 6-19.3(5)D Steel Reinforcing Bar Cage Support at Base of Shaft Excavation The first sentence is revised to read: For shafts with temporary casing within 15-feet of the bottom of shaft elevation as specified in the Plans, the Contractor may place quarry spalls or other rock backfill acceptable to the Engineer into the shaft below the specified bottom of shaft elevation as a means to support the steel reinforcing bar cage, provided that the materials and means to accomplish this have been addressed by the shaft installation narrative, as specified in Section 6-19.3(2)B Item 9. 6-19.3(6)C Care for CSL Access Tubes From Erection Through CSL Testing In the last sentence, "as approved by the Engineer" is revised to read "acceptable to the Engineer". 6-19.3(8)C Requirements for Leaving Temporary Casing in Place Item number 1(up until the colon) is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/5/15 �' � � L_] � ,�� � I f' � � � � � 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 1. The Contractor shall submit a Type 2E Working Drawing of the following information: Item number 2 is deleted. 6-19.3(9)D Requirements to Continue Shaft Excavation Prior to Acceptance of First Shaft This section is revised to read: Except as otherwise noted, the Contractor shall not commence subsequent shaft excavations until receiving the Engineer's acceptance of the first shaft, based on the results and analysis of the crosshole sonic log testing for the first shaft. The Contractor may commence subsequent shaft excavations prior to receiving the Engineer's acceptance of the first shaft, provided the following condition is satisfied: The Engineer permits continuing with shaft construction based on the Engineer's observations of the construction of the first shaft, including, but not limited to, conformance to the shaft installation narrative in accordance with Section 6- 19.3(2)B, and the Engineer's review of Contractor's daily reports and Inspector's daily logs concerning excavation, steel reinforcing bar placement, and concrete placement. 6 Contractor's Investigation and Remedial Action Plan This section is revised to read: For all shafts determined to be unacceptable, the Contractor shall submit a Type 2 Working Drawing consisting of a plan for further investigation or remedial action. All modifications to the dimensions of the shafts, as shown in the Plans, required by the investigation and remedial action plan shall be supported by calculations and working drawings. All investigation and remedial correction procedures and designs shall be submitted. 6 Cored Holes The first sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: Prior to beginning coring, the Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings consisting of the method and equipment used to drill and remove cores from shaft concrete. 8-01.AP8 Section 8-01, Erosion Control and Water Pollution Control January 5, 2015 8-01.2 Materials This section is supplemented with the following new paragraph: For all seed the Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with the following documentation: 1. The state or provincial seed dealer license and endorsements. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/5/15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 2. Copies of Washington State Department of Agriculture (WSDA) test results on each lot of seed. Test results must be within six months prior to the date of application. 8 Submittals The first sentence in the second paragraph is revised to read: Modified TESC Plans shall meet all requirements of the current edition of the WSDOT Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control Manual M 3109. 8 Water Management Items number 1 through 3 are deleted. This section is supplemented with the following new subsections: 8-01.3(1)C1 Disposal of Dewatering Water When uncontaminated groundwater with a pH range of 6.5 — 8.5 is encountered in an excavation, it may be disposed of as follows: 1. When the turbidity of the groundwater is 25 NTU or less, it may bypass detention and treatment facilities and be discharged into the stormwater conveyance system at a rate that will not cause erosion or flooding in the receiving surface water body. 2. When the turbidity of the groundwater is not more than 25 NTU above or 125% of the turbidity of the site stormwater runoff, whichever is greater, the same detention and treatment facilities as used to treat the site runoff may be used. 3. When the turbidity of the groundwater is more than 25 NTU above or 125% of the turbidity of the site stormwater runoff, whichever is greater, the groundwater shall be treated separately from the site stormwater. Alternatively, the Contractor may pursue independent disposal and treatment alternatives that do not use the stormwater conveyance system. 8-01.3(1)C2 Process Wastewater Wastewater generated on-site as a byproduct of a construction process shall not be discharged to surface waters of the State. Some sources of process wastewater may be infiltrated in accordance with the�NPDES Construction Stormwater General Permit. 8-01.3(1)C3 Shaft Drilling Slurry Wastewater Wastewater generated on-site during shaft drilling activity shall be managed and disposed of in accordance with the requirements below. No shaft drilling slurry wastewater shall be discharged to surface waters of the State. Neither the sediment nor liquid portions of the shaft drilling slurry wastewater shall be contaminated, as detectable by visible or olfactory indication (e.g., chemical sheen or smell). 1. Water-only shaft drilling slurry or water slurry with approved flocculants may be infiltrated on-site. Flocculants used shall meet the requirements of Section 9- 14.5(1) or shall be chitosan products listed as General Use Level Designation (GULD) on the Department of Ecology's stormwater treatment technologies AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/5/15 � ,� � � � � � ��, .� � � � n �i � ' 1 2 4 6 � 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 webpage for construction treatment. Infiltration is permitted if the following requirements are met: a. Wastewater shall have a pH of 6.5 — 8.5 prior to discharge. b. The source water meets drinking water standards or the Groundwater Quality Criteria listed in WAC 173-200-040. c. The amount of flocculant added to the slurry shall be kept to the minimum needed to adequately settle out solids. The flocculant shall be thoroughly mixed into the slurry. d. Infiltration locations shall be at least 100 feet away from surface waters, wells, on-site sewage systems, aquifer-sensitive recharge areas, sole source aquifers, and well-head protection areas. Before infiltration begins, there shall be a minimum of 5 feet of unsaturated soil between the soil surface receiving the wastewater for infiltration and the groundwater surface (i.e., saturated soil). e. The slurry removed from the shaft shall be contained in a leak proof cell or tank for a minimum of 3 hours. f. Within a 24 hour period, a maximum of 21,000 gallons of slurry wastewater may be infiltrated in an infiltration location. The infiltration rate shall be reduced if needed to prevent wastewater from leaving the infiltration location. The infiltration site shall be monitored regularly during infiltration .. activity. All wastewater discharged to the ground must fully infiltrate and discharges must stop before the end of each work day. � g. After infiltration activity is complete, loose sediment in the infiltration location that may have resulted from the infiltration activity or the removal of BMPs used to manage infiltration activity shall be stabilized to prevent mobilization by stormwater runoff. h. Drilling spoils and settled sediments remaining in the containment cell or tank shall be disposed of in accordance with Section 6-19.3(4)F. Infiltration locations shall be marked on the on-site temporary erosion and sediment control (TESC) plan sheets before the infiltration activity begins. Prior to infiltrating water-only shaft drilling slurry or water slurry with approved flocculants, the Contractor shall submit a Shaft Drilling Slurry Wastewater Management and Infiltration Plan as a Type 2 Working Drawing. This Plan shall be kept on-site, adapted if needed to meet the construction requirements, and updated to reflect what is being done in the field. The Working Drawing shall include, at a minimum, the following information: Plan sheet showing the proposed infiltration location and all surface waters, wells, on-site sewage systems, aquifer-sensitive recharge areas, sole source aquifers, and well-head protection areas within 150 feet. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/5/15 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 The proposed elevation of soil surface receiving the wastewater for infiltration and the anticipated phreatic surface (i.e., saturated soil). iii. The source of the water used to produce the slurry. iv. The estimated total volume of wastewater to be infiltrated. v. The approved flocculant to be used (if any). vi. The controls or methods (e.g., trenches, traps, berms, silt fence, dispersion, or discharge metering devices) that will be used to prevent surface wastewater runoff from leaving the infiltration location. The Working Drawing shall include all pertinent design details (e.g., sizing of trenches or traps, placement or height of berms, application techniques) needed to demonstrate the proposed controls or methods are adequate to prevent surface wastewater runoff from leaving the infiltration location. vii. The strategy for removing slurry wastewater from the shaft and containing the slurry wastewater once it has been removed from the shaft. viii. The strategy for monitoring infiltration activity and adapting methods to ensure compliance. ix. A contingency plan that can be implemented immediately if it becomes evident that the controls in place or methods being used are not adequate. x. The strategy for cleaning up the infiltration location after the infiltration activity is done. Cleanup shall include stabilizing any loose sediment on the surface within the infiltration area generated as a byprodu,ct of suspended solids in the infiltrated wastewater or soil disturbance associated with BMP placement and removal. 2. Shaft drilling mineral slurry, synthetic slurry, or slurry with polymer additives not approved for infiltration shall be contained and disposed of by the Contractor at an approved disposal facility in accordance with Section 2-03.3(7)C. Spoils that have come into contact with mineral slurry shall be disposed of in accordance with Section 6-19.3(4)F. 8-01.3(1)C4 Management of Off-Site Water Prior to disruption of the normal watercourse, the Contractor shall intercept the off-site surface water and pipe it either through or around the project site. This water shall not be combined with on-site stormwater. It shall be discharged at its preconstruction outfall point in such a manner that there is no increase in erosion below the site. The Contractor shall submit a Type 2 Working Drawing consisting of the method for performing this Work. 8-01.3(2)A Preparation for Application This section's content is deleted and replaced with the following finro new subsections: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1 /5N 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 8-01.3(2)A1 Seeding Areas to be cultivated are shown in the Plans or specified in the Special Provisions. The areas shall be cultivated to the depths specified to provide a reasonably firm but friable seedbed. Cultivation shall take place no sooner than 2 weeks prior to seeding. All areas to be seeded, including excavated slopes shall be compacted and prepared unless otherwise specified or ordered by the Engineer. A cleated roller, crawler tractor, or similar equipment that forms longitudinal depressions at least 2 inches deep shall be used for compaction and preparation of the surface to be seeded. The entire area shall be uniformly covered with longitudinal depressions formed perpendicular to the natural flow of water on the slope. The soil shall be conditioned with sufficient water so the longitudinal depressions remain in the soil surface until completion of the seeding. Prior to seeding, the finished grade of the soil shall be 1 inch below the top of all curbs, junction and valve boxes, walks, driveways, and other Structures. The soil shall be in a weed free and bare condition. All bags of seed shall be brought to the site in sealed bags and shall have seed labels attached showing the seed meets the Specifications. Seed which has become wet, moldy, or otherwise damaged in transit or storage will not be accepted. 8-01.3(2)A2 Temporary Seeding A cleated roller, crawler tractor, or similar equipment that forms longitudinal depressions at least 2 inches deep shall be used for compaction and preparation of the surFace to be seeded. The entire area shall be uniformly covered with longitudinal depressions formed perpendicular to the natural flow of water on the slope. The soil shall be conditioned with sufficient water so the longitudinal depressions remain in the soil surface until completion of the seeding. 8-01.3(2)B Seeding and Fertilizing In the list in the second paragraph, item numbers 1-5 are revised to read: A hydro seeder that utilizes water as the carrying agent, and maintains continuous agitation through paddle blades. It shall have an operating capacity sufficient to agitate, suspend, and mix into a homogeneous slurry the specified amount of seed and water or other material. Distribution and discharge lines shall be large enough to prevent stoppage and shall be equipped with a set of hydraulic discharge spray nozzles that will provide a uniform distribution of the slurry. 2. Blower equipment with an adjustable disseminating device capable of maintaining a constant, measured rate of material discharge that will ensure an even distribution of seed at the rates specified. 3. Helicopters properly equipped for aerial seeding. 4. Power-drawn drills or seeders. 5. Areas in which the above methods are impractical may be seeded by hand methods. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/5/15 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 8-01.3(2)C Liming This section including title is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: 8-01.3(2)C Vacant 8-01.3(2)D Mulching The first sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: Distribution of straw mulch material shall be by means that utilizes forced air to blow mulch material on seeded areas. 8-01.3(11) Outlet Protection In the last sentence, "Section 9-13.6" is revised to read "Section 9-13.1(5)" 8-01.4 Measurement In the twelfth paragraph, "liming" is deleted. 8-01.5 Payment The bid item "Liming", per acre is deleted. 8-02.AP8 Section 8-02, Roadside Restoration January 5, 2015 8-02.3(1) Responsibility During Construction The last sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: This Work shall include keeping the planted and seeded areas free from insect infestation, weeds or unwanted vegetation, litter, and other debris along with retaining the finished grades and mulch in a neat uniform condition. 8-02.3(2) Roadside Work Plan This section's title is revised to read: Work Plans This section's content is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following new subsections: 8-02.3(2)A Roadside Work Plan Before starting any Work that disturbs the earth and as described in Sections 8-01, 8-02 and 8-03, the Contractor shall submit a roadside work plan. The roadside work plan shall be submitted as a Type 1 Working Drawing and shall define the Work necessary to provide all Contract requirements, including: wetland excavation, soil preparation, habitat structure placement, planting area preparation, seeding area preparation, bark mulch and compost placement, seeding, planting, plant replacement, irrigation, and weed control in narrative form. The Roadside Work Plan shall also include a copy of the approved progress schedule. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/5115 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 8-02.3(2)B Weed and Pest Control Plan The Weed and Pest Control Plan shall be submitted as a Type 1 Working Drawing. The weed and pest control plan shall include scheduling and methods of all control measures required under the Contract or proposed by the Contractor including soil preparation methods to meet the required soil surface conditions in the planting, bark mulch, and wetland areas. The weed control plan shall show general weed control including hand, mechanical and chemical methods, timing, application of herbicides including type, rate, use and timing, mowing, and noxious weed control. Target weeds and unwanted vegetation to be removed shall be identified and listed in the weed control plan. The plan shall be prepared and signed by a licensed Commercial Pest Control Operator or Consultant when chemical pesticides are proposed. The plan shall include methods of weed control; dates of weed control operations; and the name, application rate, and Material Safety Data Sheets of all proposed herbicides. In addition, the Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with a copy of the current product label for each pesticide and spray adjuvant to be used. These product labels shall be submitted with the weed control plan for approval. 8-02.3(2)C Plant Establishment Plan The Plant Establishment Plan shall be prepared in accordance with the requirements of Section 8-02.3(13) and submitted as a Type 1 Working Drawing. The Plan shall show the proposed scheduling of activities, materials, equipment to be utilized for the first- year plant establishment, and an emergency contact person. The Plan shall include the management of the irrigation system, when applicable. Should the plan become unworkable at any time during the first-year plant establishment, the Contractor shall submit a revised plan prior to proceeding with further Work. 8-02.3(3) Weed and Pest Control This section is supplemented with the following new paragraph: Grass, including grass applied in accordance with Section 8-01, growing within the mulch ring of a plant shall be considered a weed and be controlled on the project in accordance with the weed and pest control plan. 8 Topsoil The last sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: After the topsoil has been spread, all large clods, hard lumps, and rocks 2 inches in diameter and larger, and litter shall be raked up, removed, and disposed of by the Contractor. The following new paragraph is inserted after the first paragraph: Topsoil stockpiled for project use shall be protected to prevent erosion and weed growth. Weed growth on topsoil stockpile sites shall be immediately eliminated in accordance with the approved Weed and Pest Control Plan. 8 Topsoil Type C The last sentence is revised to read: � AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/5h 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 Topsoil Type C shall meet the requirements of Sections 8-02.3(4), 8-02.3(4)B, and 9- 14.1(3). 8 Completion of Initial Planting Item number 4 in the last paragraph is deleted. 8 Plant Establishment The first sentence of the second paragraph is deleted. The second paragraph is supplemented with the following new sentence: The 1 calendar year shall be extended an amount equal to any periods where the Contractor does not comply with the plant establishment plan. The first sentence of the fourth paragraph is revised to read: During the first year of plant establishment under PSIPE (Plant Selection Including Plant Establishment), the Contractor shall meet monthly with the Engineer for the purpose of � joint inspection of the planting material on a mutually agreed upon schedule. The last two paragraphs are deleted. 8 Measurement This section is supplemented with the following: Plant selection will be measured per each. PSIPE _(Plant Selection Including Plant Establishment) will be measured per each 8 Payment The paragraph following the bid item "Topsoil Type ", per acre is revised to read: The unit Contract price per acre for "Topsoil Type " shall be full payment for all costs for the specified Work. The bid item "PSIPE ", per each and the paragraph following the bid item are revised to read: "PSIPE ", per each. The unit Contract price for "Plant Selection _", per each, and "PSIPE _", per each, shall be full pay for all Work necessary for weed control within the planting area, planting area preparation, fine grading, planting, cultivating, plant storage and protection, fertilizer and root dip, staking, cleanup, and water necessary to complete planting operations as specified to the end of first year plant establishment. The bid item "Plant Establishment - Year" is deleted. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/5H 5 1 8-04.AP8 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 Section 8-04, Curbs, Gutters, and Spillways January 5, 2015 8-04.2 Materials The referenced section for the following item is revised to read: Hand Placed Riprap 9-13.1(4) 8 Cement Concrete Curbs, Gutters, and Spillways The first sentence in the fourth paragraph is revised to read: Expansion joints in the curb or curb and gutter shall be spaced as shown in the Plans, and placed at the beginning and ends of curb returns, drainage Structures, bridges, and cold joints with existing curbs and gutters. In the third sentence of the fourth paragraph, "'/4-inch" is revised to read " 8 Extruded Cement Concrete Curb The second sentence in the second paragraph is revised to read: Cement concrete curbs shall be anchored to the existing pavement by placing steel reinforcing bars 1 foot on each side of every joint. The third paragraph is revised to read: Steel reinforcing bars shall meet the dimensions shown in the Standard Plans. 8-09.AP8 Section 8-09, Raised Pavement Markers April 7, 2014 8-09.3(6) Recessed Pavement Marker The following sentence is inserted after the first sentence of the first paragraph: The Contractor shall ensure that grinding of the pavement does not result in any damage, (e.g. chipping, spalling or raveling) to the pavement to remain. 8-11.AP8 Section 8-11, Guardrail April 7, 2014 8-11.3(1) Beam Guardrail After the below Amendments to 8-11.3(1)F and 8-11.3(1)G are applied, this section is supplemented with the following new sub-section: 8-11.3(1)F Removing and Resetting Beam Guardrail � AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1 /5H 5 1 The Contractor shall remove and reset existing guardrail posts, rail element, hardware 2 and blocks to the location shown in the Plans. The mounting height of reset rail element 3 shall be at the height shown in the Plans. The void caused by the removal of the post 4 shall be backfilled and compacted. 5 � 6 The Contractor shall remove and replace any existing guardrail posts and blocks that 7 are not suited for re-use, as staked by the Engineer. The void caused by the removal of 8 the post shall be backfilled and compacted. The Contractor shall then furnish and install 9 a new guardrail post to provide the necessary mounting height. 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 8 Guardrail Construction Exposed to Traffic 23 This section number is revised to: 24 25 8-11.3(1)H 26 27 8-18.AP8 28 Section 8-18, Mailbox Support 29 August 4, 2014 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 8 Erection of Posts The second paragraph in this section is deleted. 8 Terminal and Anchor Installation The last sentence in the last paragraph is deleted. 8-11.3(1)F Plans This section number is revised to: 8-11.3(1)G 8-18.3(1) Type 3 Mailbox Support In the third paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: With the Engineer's consent, a Type 3 Mailbox Support design, made of steel or other durable material, that meets the NCHRP 350 or the Manual for Assessing Safety Hardware (MASH) crash test criteria may be used in place of the design shown in the Standard Plans. 8-20.AP8 39 Section 8-20, Illumination, Traffic Signal Systems, Intelligent Transportation ■ 40 Systems, and Electrical ��� 41 January 5, 2015 � 42 43 44 45 46 8 Equipment List and Drawings The fifth paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor will not be required to submit shop drawings for approval for light standards and traffic signal standards conforming to the preapproved plans listed in the � � AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1 /5/7 5 �� � 1 2= _ 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 Special Provisions. The Contractor may use preapproved plans posted on the WSDOT website with a more current revision date than published in the Special Provisions. 8-20.3(1) General The following six new paragraphs are inserted after the second paragraph: If a portion of an existing communication conduit system is damaged due to the Contractor's activities, the affected system shall be restored to original condition. Conduit shall be repaired. Communication cables shall be replaced and the communication system shall be made fully operational within 24 hours of being damaged. Damaged communication cable shall be replaced between existing termination or splice points. No additional termination or splice points will be allowed. An existing termination or splice point is defined as a Iocation where all existing fiber strands or twisted pair wires are terminated or spficed at one point. Communication cable shall be defined as either copper twisted pair or fiber optic cables. The Contractor may use temporary splices to restore Contracting Agency communication systems until the permanent communication cable system is restored. When damage to an existing communication system has occurred, the Contractor shall perform the following in addition to other restoration requirements: 1. Inspect the communication raceway system including locate wire or tape to determine the extent of damage. 2. Contact the Engineer for Fiber Optic Cable and Twisted Pair (TWP) Copper Cable acceptance testing requirements and communication system restoration requirements. 3. Initially perform the acceptance tests to determine the extent of damage and also perform the acceptance tests after repairs are completed. Provide written certification that the communication cable system, including the locate wire or tape, is restored to test standard requirements. Communication cables shall be restored by Contractor personnel that are WSDOT prequalified for communication installation work. Restoration shali be considered electrical work when the path of the communication system interfaces with electrical systems. Electrical work of this nature shall be performed by Contractor personnel that are WSDOT prequalified for work on both electrical and communication systems. If the Contractor or Subcontractors are unable or unqualified to complete the restoration work, the Engineer may have the communication or electrical systems restored by other means and subtract the cost from the money that will be or is due the Contractor. When field repair of existing conduit, innerduct or outerduct is required, the repair kits shall be installed per manufacturer's recommendations. Repair kits and each connection point between the repair kit and the existing raceway system shall be sealed to prevent air leakage during future cable installation. 51 8-20.3(8) Wiring 52 The second sentence in the eleventh paragraph is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1l5115 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Every conductor at every wire termination, connector, or device shall have an approved wire marking sleeve bearing, as its legend, the circuit number indicated in the Contract. 8 Light Standards In the third paragraph, the last sentence of item number 1 is revised to read: Conduit shall extend a maximum of 1 inch above the top of the foundation, including grounding end bushing or end bell bushing. In the fourth paragraph, the second sentence of item number 9 is revised to read: Conduits shall be cut to a maximum height of 2 inches above the foundation including grounding end bushing or end bell bushing. 8-22.AP8 Section 8-22, Pavement Marking January 5, 2015 � � � �; � 19 8 Removal of Pavement Markings 20 The second sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: 21 ��. 22 Grinding to remove painted markings is only allowed prior to application of a Bituminous � 23 Surface Treatment. � 24 25 8-23.AP8 ,,, 26 Section 8-23, Temporary Pavement Markings � 27 January 5, 2015 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41� 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 This section's content is deleted in,its entirety and replaced with the following new sub- sections: 8-23.1 Description The Work consists of furnishing, installing, and removing temporary pavement markings. Temporary pavement markings shall be provided where noted in the Plans; for all lane shifts and detours resulting from construction activities; or when permanent markings are removed because of construction operations. 8-23.2 Materials Materials for temporary markings shall be paint, plastic, tape, raised pavement markers or flexible raised pavement markers. Materials for pavement markings shall meet the following requirements: Raised Pavement Markers Temporary Marking Paint Plastic Glass Beads for Pavement Marking Materials Temporary Pavement Marking Tape Temporary Flexible Raised Pavement Markers 9-21 9-34.2(6) 9-34.3 9-34.4 9-34.5 9-34.6 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/5/15 � � � � � � � �, � .� � � � , , 1 2 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 8.23.3 Construction Requirements 8-23.3(1) General The Contractor shall select the type of pavement marking material in accordance with the Contract. 8-23.3(2) Preliminary Spotting All preliminary layout and marking in preparation for application or removal of temporary pavement markings shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 8-23.3(3) Preparation of Roadway Surface SurFace preparation for temporary pavement markings shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 8-23.3(4) Pavement Marking Application 8-23.3(4)A Temporary Pavement Markings — Short Duration Temporary pavement markings — short duration shall meet the following requirements: Temporary Center Line — A BROKEN line used to delineate adjacent lanes of traffic moving in opposite directions. The broken pattern shall be based on a 40-foot unit, consisting of a 4-foot line with a 36-foot gap if paint or tape is used. If temporary raised pavement markers are used, the pattern shall be based on a 40-foot unit, consisting of a grouping of three temporary raised pavement markers, each spaced 3 feet apart, with a 34 foot gap. Temporary Edge Line — A SOLID line used on the edges of Traveled Way. The line shall be continuous if paint or�tape is used. If temporary raised pavement markers are used, the line shall consist of markers installed continuously at 5-foot spacing. Temporary Lane Line — A BROKEN line used to delineate adjacent lanes with traffic traveling in the same direction. The broken pattern shall be based on a 40-foot unit, consisting of a 4-foot line with a 36-foot gap, if paint or tape is used. If temporary raised pavement markers are used, the pattern shall be based on a 40-foot unit, consisting of a grouping of three temporary raised pavement markers, each spaced 3 feet apart, with a 34_ foot gap. Lane line and right edge line shall be white in color. Center line and left edge line shall be yellow in color. Edge lines shall be installed only if specifically required in the Contract. All temporary pavement markings shall be retroreflective. 8-23.3(4)A1 Temporary Pavement Marking Paint Paint used for short duration temporary pavement markings shall be applied in one application at a thickness of 15 mits or 108 square feet per gallon. Glass beads shall be in accordance with Section 8-22.3(3)G. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/5/15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 8-23.3(4)A2 Temporary Pavement Marking Tape Application of temporary pavement marking tape shall be in conformance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Black mask pavement marking tape shall mask the existing line in its entirety. 8-23.3(4)A3 Temporary Raised Pavement Markers Temporary raised pavement markers are not allowed on bituminous surface treatments. 8-23.3(4)A4 Temporary Flexible Raised Pavement Markers Flexible raised pavement markers are required for new applications of bituminous surface treatments. Flexible raised pavement markers are not allowed on other pavement types unless otherwise specified or approved by the Engineer. Flexible raised pavement markers shall be installed with the protective cover in place. The cover shall be removed immediately after spraying asphaltic material. 8-23.3(4)B Temporary Pavement Markings — Long Duration Application of paint, pavement marking tape and plastic for long duration pavement markings shall meet the requirements of Section 8-22.3(3); application of raised pavement markers shall meet the requirements of Section 8-09.3; and application of flexible pavement markings shall be in conformance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 8-23.3(4)C Tolerance for Lines Tolerance for lines shall conform to Section 8-22.3(4). 8-23.3(4)D Maintenance of Pavement Markings Temporary pavement markings shall be maintained in serviceable condition throughout the project until permanent pavement markings are installed. As directed by the Engineer; temporary pavement markings that are damaged, including normal wear by traffic, shall be repaired or replaced immediately. Repaired and replaced pavement markings shall meet the requirements for the original pavement marking. 8-23.3(4)E Removal of Pavement Markings Removal of temporary paint is not required prior to paving; all other temporary pavement markings shall be removed. All temporary pavement markings that are required on the wearing course prior to construction of permanent pavement markings and are not a part of the permanent markings shall be completely removed concurrent with or immediately subsequent to the construction of the permanent pavement markings. Temporary flexible raised pavement markers on bituminous surface treatment pavements shall be cut off flush with the surface if their location conflicts with the alignment of the permanent pavement markings. All other temporary pavement markings shall be removed in accordance with Section 8- 22.3(6). AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/5h 5 L� � � � � ' � � � � � ,� � t! � � , 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 All damage to the permanent Work caused by removing temporary pavement markings shall be repaired by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Contracting Agency. 8-23.4 Measurement � Temporary pavement markings wili be measured by the linear foot of each installed line or grouping of markers, with no deduction for gaps in the line or markers and no additional measurement for the second application of paint required for long duration paint lines. Short duration and long duration temporary pavement markings will be measured for the initial installation only. 8-23.5 Payment Payment will be made in accordance with .Section 1-04.1, for each of the following Bid items that are included in the Proposal: "Temporary Pavement Marking — Short Duration", per linear foot. "Temporary Pavement Marking — Long Duration", per linear foot. The unit Contract price per linear foot for "Temporary Pavement Marking — Short Duration" and "Temporary Pavement Marking — Long Duration" shall be full pay for all Work. 24 9-01.AP9 25 Section 9-01, Portland Cement 26 January 5, 2015 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 9 Low Alkali Cement This section is revised to read: When low alkali portland �cement is required, the percentage of alkalies in the cement shall not exceed 0.60 percent by weight calculated as Na plus 0.658 K This limitation shall apply to alf types of portland cement. 9 Blended Hydraulic Cement The first paragraph is revised to read: Blended hydraulic cement shall be either Type IP(X)(MS) or Type IS(X)(MS) cement conforming to AASHTO M 240 or ASTM C 595, except that the portland cement used to produce blended hydraulic cement shall not contain more than 0.75 percent alkalies by weight calculated as Na plus 0.658 K and sha�l meet the following additional requirements: 1. Type IP(X)(MS) - Portland-Pozzolan Cement where (X) equals the targeted percentage of fly ash, the fly ash is limited to a maximum of 35 percent by weight of the cementitious material; (MS) indicates moderate sulfate resistance. 2. Type IS(X)(MS) - Portland Blast- Furnace Slag Cement, where: (X) equals the targeted percentage of ground granulated blast-furnace slag, the ground granulated blast furnace slag is limited to a maximum of 50 percent by weight of the cementitious material; (MS) indicates moderate sulfate resistance. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 115/15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 The first sentence of the second paragraph is�revised to read: The source and weight of the fly ash or ground granulated blast-furnace slag shall be certified on the cement mill test report or cement certificate of analysis and shall be reported as a percent by weight of the total cementitious material. 9 Tests and Acceptance The first paragraph is revised to read: Cement may be accepted by the Engineer based on the cement mill test report number or cement certificate of analysis number indicating full conformance to the Specifications. All shipments of the cement to the Contractor or concrete supplier shaN identify the applicable cement mill test report number or cement certificate of analysis number and shall be provided by the Contractor or concrete supplier with all concrete deliveries. The second paragraph is revised to read: Cement producers/suppliers that certify portland cement or blended cement shall participate in the Cement Acceptance Program as described in WSDOT Standard Practice QC 1. 9-01.4 Storage on the Work Site This section is revised to read: At the request of the Engineer, the Contractor shall provide test data to show that cement stored on site for longer than 60 days meets the requirements of 9-01. Tests shall be conducted on samples taken from the site in the presence of the Engineer. Test results that meet the requirements of 9-01 shall be valid for 60 days from the date of sampling, after which the Engineer may require further testing. 9-03.AP9 Section 9-03, Aggregates August 4, 2014 9-03.1(2)C Use of Substandard Gradings This section including title is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: Vacant 9-03.1(4)C Grading In the second paragraph, the first sentence is deleted. The third paragraph is deleted. 9-03.1(5)B Grading The last paragraph is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/5/15 LI �� � �� ' � ' .-� �LJ � � � � , � � � ' � I t_ 1 2 3 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 The Contracting Agency may sample each aggregate component prior to introduction to the weigh batcher or as otherwise determined by the Engineer. Each component will be sieve analyzed separately in accordance with WSDOT FOP for WAQTC/AASHTO Test Method T-27/11. All aggregate components will be mathematically re-combined by the proportions (percent of total aggregate by weight) provided by the Contractor on Concrete Mix Design Form 350-040. 9 General Requirements The first paragraph up until the colon is revised to read: Preliminary testing of aggregates for source approval shall meet the following test requirements: The list in the first paragraph is supplemented with the following: Sand Equivalent 45 min. The following new paragraph is inserted after the first paragraph: Aggregate sources that have 100 percent of the mineral material passing the No. 4 sieve shall be limited to no more than 5 percent of the total weight of aggregate. 9 Common Borrow This section is revised to read: Material for common borrow shall consist of granular or nongranular soil and/or aggregate which is free of deleterious material. Deleterious material includes wood, organic waste, coal, charcoal, or any other extraneous or objectionable material. The material shall not contain more than 3 percent organic material by weight. The plasticity index shall be determined using test method AASHTO T 89 and AASHTO T 90. The material shall meet one of the options in the soil plasticity table below. Soil Plasticity Table Plasticity Option Sieve Percent Passing Index No. 1 200 0- 12 N/A No. 2 200 12.1 - 35 6 or Less No. . 3 200 Above 35 0 All percentages are by weight. If requested by the Contractor, the plasticity index may be increased with the approval of the Engineer. 9 Gravel Borrow for Structural Earth Wall In the second table, the row beginning with "pH" is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/5/15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 pH WSDOT Test 4.5 - 9 5— 10 Method T 417 9-04.AP9 Section 9-04, Joint and Crack Sealing Materials January 5, 2015 9-04.1(4) Elastomeric Expansion Joint Seals In this section, "AASHTO M 220" is revised to read "ASTM D 2628". 9-04.2(1) Hot Poured Joint Sealants In the first paragraph, "AASHTO M 324" is revised to read "ASTM D 6690". 9-04.2(2) Poured Rubber Joint Sealer In item number 9, "WSDOT Test Method No. 412" is revised to read "ASTM D 5329" 9-05.AP9 17 Section 9-05, Drainage Structures and Culverts 18 April 7, 2014 19 9-05.13 Ductile Iron Sewer Pipe 20 The first paragraph is deleted. 21 22 9-06.AP9 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 Section 9-06, Structural Steel and Related Materials January 5, 2015 9-06.5(4) Anchor Bolts The third sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: Nuts for ASTM F 1554 Grade 36 or 55 black or galvanized anchor bolts shall conform to ASTM A 563, Grade A or DH. 9-07.AP9 Section 9-07, Reinforcing Steel January 6, 2014 9-07.5(2) Corrosion Resistant Dowel Bars (for Cement Concrete Pavement) This section's title is revised to read: 9-07.5(2) Corrosion Resistant Dowel Bars (for Cement Concrete Pavement and Cement Concrete Pavement Rehabilitation) AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/5/15 9-08.AP9 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 Section 9-08, Paints and Related Materials January 5, 2015 9-08.1(2)H Top Coat, Single Component, Moisture-Cured Polyurethane The second paragraph is revised to read: Color and Gloss: As specified in the Plans or Special Provisions The last item in the requirements list is revised to read: The top coat shall be a gloss or semi-gloss 9-08.1(8) Standard Colors The second paragraph is deleted. The third paragraph is revised to read: Unless othenNise specified, all top or finish coats shall be gloss or semi-gloss, with the paint falling within the range of greater than 70 for gloss and 35 to 70 for semi-gloss on the 60-degree gloss meter. 9-09.AP9 Section 9-09, Timber and Lumber January 6, 2014 9-09.3(1) General Requirements The fourth paragraph is revised to read: All orders of treated timber and lumber shall be accompanied by a Certificate of Treatment record. The Certificate of Treatment showing conformance to this specification and AWPA standards shall include the following information: Name and location of the wood preserving company, Customer identification, Date of treatment and charge number, Type of chemical used and amount of retention, Treating process and identification of the Specification used, Boring records verifying treatment penetration for timber and lumber with a nominal dimension of 6" x 6" or larger, Description of material that was treated, and Signature of a responsible plant official. The fifth paragraph is deleted. The first sentence in the last paragraph is revised to read: All timber and lumber to be used in aquatic environments, unless specified otherwise in the Contract, shall be chemically treated using Western Wood Preservers Institute Best Management Practices (BMPs). AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1 /5M 5 9-10.AP9 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 Section 9-'!0, Piling March 3, 2014 9-10.5 Steel Piling This section is revised to read: The material for rolled steel piling H-piling and pile splices shall conform to ASTM A 36, ASTM A 572 or ASTM A 992. The material for steel pipe piling and splices shall conform to one of the following requirements except as specifically noted in the Plans: 1. API 5L Grade X42 or X52 material may be used for longitudinal seam welded or helical (spiral) seam submerged-arc welded pipe piles of any diameter. 2. ASTM A 252 Grade 2 or 3 material may be used for longitudinal seam welded or helical (spiral) seam submerged-arc welded pipe piles of any diameter. For the purposes of welding and prequalification of base metal, steel pipe pile designated as ASTM A 252 may be treated as prequalified provided the chemical composition conforms to a prequalified base metal classification listed in Table 3.1 of the AWS D1.1/D1.1M, latest edition, Structural Welding Code, the grade of pipe piling meets or exceeds the grade specified in the Plans, and the carbon equivalent (CE) is a maximum of 0.45-percent. 3. ASTM A 572 or ASTM A 588 material may be used for longitudinal seam welded piles of any diameter. For helical (spiral) seam submerged-arc welded pipe piles, the maximum radial offset of strip/plate edges shall be 1/8 inch. The offset shall be transitioned with a taper weld and the slope shall not be less than a 1 in 2.5 taper. The weld reinforcement shall not be greater than 3/16 inches and misalignment of weld beads shall not exceed 1/8 inch. Steel soldier piles, and associated steel bars and plates, shall conform to ASTM A 36, ASTM A 572 or ASTM A 992, except as otherwise noted in the Plans. All steel piling may be accepted by the Engineer based on the Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance submitted in accordance with Section 1-06.3. The manufacturer's certificate of compliance submittal for steel pipe piles shall be accompanied by certified mill test reports, including chemical analysis and carbon equivalence, for each heat of steel used to fabricate the steel pipe piling. 9-13.AP9 41 Section 9-13, Riprap, Quarry Spalls, Slope Protection, and Rock for Erosion � 42 and Scour Protection and Rock Walls 43 January 5, 2015 44 45 46 47 48 This section's content is deleted. 9 Loose Riprap This section's content, including title and subsections, is revised to read the following AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/5/15 � � � L� � � � � , ' � � � �J � ' � � , � � � 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 9-13.1 Riprap and Quarry Spalls 9-13.1(1) General Riprap and quarry spalls shall consist of broken stone or broken concrete rubble and shall be free of rock fines, soil, or other extraneous material. Concrete rubble shall not be contaminated by foreign materials such as fibers, wood, steel, asphalt, sealant, soil, plastic and other contaminants or deleterious material. Concrete rubble that is imported to the job site will require testing and certification for toxicity characteristics per Section 9-03.21(1). The grading of the riprap shall be determined by the Engineer by visual inspection of the load before it is dumped into place, or, if so ordered by the Engineer, by dumping individual loads on a flat surface and sorting and measuring the individual rocks contained in the load. Should the riprap contain insufficient spalls, as defined in Section 9-13.1(5), the Contractor shall furnish and place.supplementary spall material. Riprap and quarry spalls shall be free from segregation, seams, cracks, and other defects tending to destroy its �esistance to weather and shall conform to the following requirements for quality. A re ate Pro ert Test Method Re uirement Degradation Factor WSDOT T 1 13 15 minimum Los Angeles Wear, 500 Rev. AASHTO T 96 50% maximum S ecific Gravit , SSD AASHTO T 85 2.55 minimum 9-13.1(2) Heavy Loose Riprap Heavy loose riprap shall meet the following requirements for grading: Minimum Size Maximum Size 40% to 90% I ton ('/z cubic yd.) 70% to 90% 300 Ibs. (2 cu. ft.) 10% to 30% 3 inch 50 Ibs. (s alls) 9-13.1(3) Light Loose Riprap Light loose riprap shall meet the following requirements for grading: Size Ran e Maximum Size 20% to 90% 300 lbs. to 1 ton (2 cu. ft. to '/z cu. yd.) 15% to 80% 50 Ibs. to I ton ('/a cu. ft. to `/z cu. d.) l0% to 20% 3 inch 50 Ibs. (spalls) 9-13.1(4) Hand Placed Riprap Hand placed riprap shall be as nearly rectangular as possible, 60 percent shall have a volume of not less than 1 cubic foot. No stone shall be used which is less than 6 inches thick, nor which does not extend through the wall. 9-13.1(5) Quarry Spalls Quarry spalls shall meet the following requirements for grading: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/5/15 Sieve Size Percent Passin 8" 100 3" 40 max. '/4" 10 max. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 9 Hand Placed Riprap This section, including title, is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following 9-13.2 Vacant 9 Rock for Erosion Control and Scour Protection The last sentence is revised to read: The use of recycled materials and concrete rubble is not permitted for this application 9 Quarry Spalls This section, including title, is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following 9-13.6 Vacant 9-14.AP9 Section 9-14, Erosion Control and Roadside Planting January 5, 2015 9.14.1 Soil This section, including title, is revised to read: 9-14.1 Topsoil Topsoil shall not contain any recycled material, foreign materials, or any listed Noxious and Nuisance weeds of any Class designated by authorized State or County officials. Aggregate shall not comprise more than 10% by volume of Topsoil and shall not be greater than two inches in diameter. 9 Topsoil Type B The last sentence of the second paragraph is deleted. 9-14.2 Seed This section is revised to read: Seed of the type specified shall be certified in accordance with WAC 16-302. Seed mixes shall be commercially prepared and supplied in sealed containers. The labels shall show: � (1) Common and botanical names of seed (2) Lot number (3) Net weight (4) Pounds of Pure live seed (PLS) in the mix AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/5/75 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 (5) Origin of seed All seed vendors must have a business license issued by supplier's state or provincial Department of Licensing with a"seed dealer" endorsement. 9-14.4(3) Bark or Wood Chips This section's title is revised to read: Bark or Wood Chip Mulch The first paragraph is revised to read: Bark or wood chip mulch shall be derived from fir, pine, or hemlock species. It shafl not contain resin, tannin, or other compounds in quantities that would be detrimental to plant life. Sawdust shall not be used as mulch. Mulch produced from finished wood products or construction debris will not be allowed. 9-14.4(6) Gypsum The first sentence is revised to read: Gypsum shall consist of Calcium Sulfate (CaSO in a pelletized or granular form. 9-14.4(7) Tackifier This section is revised to read: Tackifiers are used as a tie-down for soil, compost, seed, and/or mulch. Tackifiers shall contain no growth or germination-inhibiting materials and shall not reduce infiltration rates. Tackifiers shall hydrate in water and readily blend with other slurry materials. The Contractor shall provide test results documenting the tackifier meets the requirements for Acute Toxicity, Solvents, and Heavy Metals as required in Table 1 in Section 9-14.4(2). The tests shall be performed at the manufacturer's recommended application rate. 9-14.4(8) Compost The second paragraph is revised to read: Compost production and quality shall comply with WAC 173-350. 9-14.4(8)A Compost Submittal Requirements ltem 2 is revised to read: 2. A copy of the Solid Waste Handling Permit issued to the manufacturer by the Jurisdictional Health Department in accordance with WAC 173-350 (Minimum Functional Standards for Solid Waste Handling). 9-14.6(1) Description Item number 3 in the fourth paragraph is revised to read: 3. Live pole cuttings shall have a diameter between 2 inches and 3.5 inches. Live poles shall have no more than three branches which must be located at the top end AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/5/15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 of the pole and those branches shall be pruned back to the first bud from the main stem. 9-14.6(2) Quality The second and third paragraphs in this section are revised to read: All plant material shall comply with State and Federal laws with respect to inspection for plant diseases and insect infestation. Plants must meet Washington State Department of Agriculture plant quarantines and have a certificate of inspection. Plants originating in Canada must be accompanied by a phytosanitary certificate stating the plants meet USDA health requirements. A!I plant material shall be purchased from a nursery licensed to sell plants in their state or province. 9-15.AP9 Section 9-15, Irrigation System August 4, 2014 9-15.18 Detectable Marking Tape In the second paragraph, the table is supplemented with the following new row: Non-Potable Water Pu le 22 23 24 9-16.AP9 25 Section 9-16, Fence and Guardrail 26 August 4, 2014 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 9-16.2(1)B Wood Fence Posts and Braces In the table, the row beginning with "ACA" is deleted. 9-29.AP9 Section 9-29, Illumination, Signal, Electrical January 5, 2015 9-29.1 Conduit, Innerduct, and Outerduct This section is supplemented with the following new subsection: 9-29.1(9) Repair Manufacturer repair kits shall be used for field repair of existing conduit, innerduct and outerduct. The conduit repair kit shall be manufactured specifically for the repair of existing damaged conduit, inner duct and outer duct. The repair kit shall be prepackaged and include the split conduit and split couplings necessary to restore the damaged conduit to the original inside dimensions including a water and air tight seal. 9-29.2(1)B Heavy Duty Junction Boxes The second paragraph is revised to read: AfVIENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/5/15 � � � i � � � �I � � , � � L-_J � � � � ' 1 2 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 The Heavy-Duty Junction Box steel frame, lid support and lid fabricated from steel plate and shapes shall be painted with a shop applied, inorganic zinc primer in accordance with Section 6-07.3. Ductile iron and gray iron castings shall not be painted. The following new paragraph is inserted after the second paragraph: The concrete used in Heavy-Duty Junction Boxes shall have a minimum compressive strength of 4,000 psi. In the fourth paragraph (after the preceding Amendment is applied), the table is revised to read: Materials Re uirement Concrete Section 6-02 Reinforcing Steel Section 9-07 Lid ASTM A 786 diamond plate steel, rolled from plate complying with ASTM A 572, grade 50 or ASTM A 588, and having a min. CVN toughness of 20 ft-lb at 40 degrees F. Or Ductile iron casting meeting Section 9-05.15 Frame and stiffener plates ASTM A 572 grade 50 or ASTM A 588, both with min. CVN toughness of 20 ft-Ib at 40 degrees F Or Gray iron casting meeting Section 9-05.15 Anchors (studs) Section 9-06. I S Threaded Anchors for Gray Iron Frame ASTM F I 554 grade 55 Headed Anchor Requirements Bolts, Studs, Nuts, Washers ASTM F 593 or A 193, Type 304 or 316, or Stainless steel grade 302, 304, or 3 I 6 in accordance with approved shop drawings Hinges and Locking and Latching In accordance with approved shop drawings Mechanism and associated Hardware and Bolts Safety Bars In accordance �vith approved shop drawings The last paragraph is revised to read: The bearing seat and lid perimeter shall be free from burrs, dirt, and other foreign debris that would prevent solid seating. Bolts and nuts shall be liberally coated with anti-seize compound. Bolts shall be installed snug tight. The bearing seat and lid perimeter shall be machined to allow a minimum of 75 percent of the bearing areas to be seated with a tolerance of 0.0 to 0.005 inches measured with a feeler gage. The bearing area percentage will be measured for each side of the lid as it bears on the frame. 9 Standard Duty and Heavy Cable Vaults and Pull Boxes This section's title is revised to read: Small Cable Vaults, Standard Duty Cable Vaults, Heavy-Duty Cable Vaults, Standard Duty Pull Boxes, and Heavy-Duty Pull Boxes AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/5N 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 in the first paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: Small, Standard Duty and Heavy-Duty Cable Vaults and Standard Duty and Heavy-Duty Pull Boxes shall be constructed as a concrete box and as a concrete lid. 9-29.2(2)A Standard Duty Cable Vaults and Pull Boxes This section's title is revised to read: Small Cable Vaults, Standard Duty Cable Vaults, and Standard Duty Pull Boxes The first paragraph is revised to read: Small and Standard Duty Cable Vaults and Standard Duty Pull boxes shall be concrete and have a minimum load rating of 22,500 pounds and be tested in accordance with Section 9-29.2(1)C for concrete Standard Duty Junction Boxes. In tfie second paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: Concrete for Small and Standard Duty Cable Vaults and Standard Duty Pull Boxes shall have a minimum compressive strength of 4,000 psi. In the third paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: All Small and Standard Duty Cable Vaults and Standard Duty Pull Boxes placed in sidewalks, walkways, and shared-use paths shall have slip-resistant surfaces. The fourth paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: Materials for Small and Standard Duty Cable Vaults and Standard Duty Pull Boxes shall conform to the following: 9-29.3 Fiber Optic Cable, Electrical Conductors, and Cable This section is supplemented with the following new subsection: 9-29.3(3) Wire Marking Sleeves Wire marking sleeves shall be full-circle in design, non-adhesive, printable using an indelible ink and shall fit snugly on the wire or cable. Marking sleeves shall be made from a PVC or polyolefin, and provide permanent identification for wires and cables. 9-29.3(2)A4 Location Wire This section is revised to read: Location wire shall be steel core copper clad minimum size AWG 14 insulated conductor. The insulation shall be orange High Molecular Weight High Density Polyethylene (HMHDPE). AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/5/15 � � � � , ' � � r i ' � �� � � � ' 1 � 1 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 9-31.AP9 Section 9-31, Elastomeric Bearing Pads August 4, 2014 This section's title is revised to read: Elastomeric Pads 9 Requirements In the first paragraph, the word "bearing" is deleted from the first sentence. In the first sentence of the second paragraph, the word "bearing" is deleted and replaced with "elastomeric". In the last sentence of the second paragraph, the word "Bearing" is deleted and replaced with "Elastomeric". In the third paragraph, the word "bearing" is deleted and replaced with the word "elastomeric". 9-32.AP9 Section 9-32, Mailbox Support August 4, 2014 9-32.7 Type 2 Mailbox Support The first sentence is revised to read: Type 2 mailbox supports shall be 2-inch 14-gage steel tube and shall meet the NCHRP -- 350 or the Manual for Assessing Safety Hardware (MASH) crash test criteria. 9-34.AP9 Section 9-34, Pavement Marking Material January 5, 2015 9-34.2 Paint The second paragraph is revised to read: Blue and black paint shall comply with the requirements of yellow paint in Section 9- 34.2(4) and Section 9-34.2(5), with the exception that blue and black paints do not need to meet the requirements for titanium dioxide, directional reflectance, and contrast ratio. 9 Glass Beads for Pavement Marking Materials In the third paragraph, the table titled "Metal Concentration Limits" is revised to read: Metal Concentration Limits Element Test Method Max. Parts Per Million ( m) Arsenic EPA 3052 SW-846 6010C 10.0 Barium EPA 3052 SW-846 6010C 100.0 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1/5/15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 Cadmium EPA 3052 SW-846 6010C 1.0 Chromium EPA 3052 SW-846 6010C 5.0 Lead EPA 3052 SW-846 6010C 50.0 Silver EPA 3052 SW-846 601OC 5.0 Mercury EPA 3052 SW-846 7471 B 4.0 9-34.5 Temporary Pavement Marking Tape This section is revised to read: Biodegradable tape with paper backing is not allowed. This section is supplemented with the following new sub-sections: 9-34.5(1) Temporary Pavement Marking Tape — Short Duration Temporary pavement marking tape for short duration shall conform to ASTM D4592 Type II except that black tape, black mask tape and the black portion of the contrast removable tape, shall be non-reflective. 9-34.5(2) Temporary Pavement Marking Tape — Long Duration Temporary pavement marking tape for long duration shall conform to ASTM D4592 Type I. Temporary pavement marking tape for long duration, except for black tape, shall have a minimum initial coefficient of retroreflective luminance of 200 mcd*m when measured in accordance with ASTM E 2832 or ASTM E 2177. Black tape, black mask tape and the black portion of the contrast removable tape, shall be non-reflective 9 Temporary Raised Pavement Markers This section's title is revised to read: Temporary Flexible Raised Pavement Markers The second paragraph is deleted. 9-35.AP9 Section 9-35, Temporary Traffic Control Materials August 4, 2014 9-35.0 General Requirements The following item is deleted from the list of temporary traffic control materials: Barrier Drums The last sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: Certification for crashworthiness according to NCHRP 350 or the Manual for Assessing Safety Hardware (MASH) will be required as described in Section 1-10.2(3). 9 Construction Signs The first sentence is revised to read: e � AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1 /5/15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 Construction signs shall conform to the requirements of the MUTCD and shall meet the requirements of NCHRP Report 350 for Category 2 devices or MASH. 9-35.7 Traffic Safety Drums The third paragraph is revised to read: Drums and light units shall meet the crashworthiness requirements of NCHRP 350 or MASH as described in Section 1-10.2(3). 9-35.8 Barrier Drums This section including title is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: 9-35.8 Vacant 9-35.12 Transportable Attenuator In the first paragraph, the fourth sentence is revised to read: The Contractor shall provide certification that the transportable attenuator complies with NCHRP 350 Test level 3 or MASH Test Level 3 requirements. 9-35.13 Tall Channelizing Devices In the sixth paragraph, the last sentence is revised to read: The method of attachment must ensure that the light does not separate from the device upon impact and light units shall meet the crashworthiness requirements of NCHRP 350 or MASH as described in Section 1-10.2(3). AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 1 /SN 5 ' � � � THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK ' ' � ' r � , ' � � � � ' t , PART III SPECIAL PROVISIONS THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK , r 1 � 1 u , � ' , ' , , Ij �. � � u ' SPECIAL PROVISIONS - TABLE OF CONTENTS INTRODUCTION TO THE SPECIAL PROVISIONS .......................................................................................... 3 DIVISION GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ..................................................................................................4 1-01 DEFINITIOIVS AND TERMS ................................................................................................................................. 4 1-01.3 Definitions ...................................................................................................................................................4 1-02 BID PROCEDURES AND CONDIT[ONS ........................................................................................................... 6 1-02.1 Prequalification of Bidders .................................................................................................................. 6 1-02.2 Plans and Specifications ........................................................................................................................ 7 1-02.4 Examination of Plans, Specifications, and Site of Work ........................................................... 7 1-02.5 Proposal Forms ......................................................................................................................................... 8 1-02.6 Preparation of Proposal ........................................................................................................................ 8 1-02.7 Bid Deposit ................................................................................................................................................. 9 1-02.9 Delivery of Proposal ..............................................................................................................................10 1-02.10 Withdrawing, Revising of Supplementary Proposal ...............................................................10 1-02.11 Combination and Multiple Proposals ............................................................................................10 1-02.13 Irregular Proposals ...............................................................................................................................10 1-02.14 Disqualification of Bidders .................................................................................................................11 1-02.15 Pre-Award Information .......................................................................................................................11 1-02.16 Addenda and Interpretations of Bid Documents ......................................................................12 1-03 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF THE CONTRACT .......................................................................................12 1-03.3 Execution of Contract ...........................................................................................................................12 1-03.4 Contract Bond ..........................................................................................................................................13 1-03.7 Judicial Review ......................................................:.................................................................................13 1-04 SCOPE OF THE WORK .........................................................................................................................................14 1-04.2 Coordination of Contract Documents, Plans, Special Provisions, Specifications, and Addenda ..................................................................................................................................................14 1-04.4 Changes ......................................................................................................................................................14 1-04.6 Variation in Estimated Quantities ...................................................................................................15 1-05 CONTROL OF WORK ............................................................................................................................................15- 1-05.2 1-05.5 1-05.7 1-05.11 1-05.13 1-05.15 1-05.16 1-05.17 Authority of Assistants and Inspectors .........................................................................................15 Submittals .................................................................................................................................................16 Removal of Defective and Unauthorized Work .........................................................................20 Final Inspection ......................................................................................................................................20 Superintendents, Labor and Equipment of Contractor ..........................................................22 Method Serving Notices .................................................................................................................22 Waterand Power ...................................................................................................................................22 Oral Agreements .....................................................................................................................................23 1-06 CONTROL OF MATERIAL ..................................................................................................................................23 1-06.4 Handling and Storing Materials .......................................................................................................23 1-07 LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES TO THE PUBL[C .........................................................23 1-07.1 Laws to be Observed .............................................................................................................................23 City of Bremerton March 2015 ' 2015 Sewer Rehabilitation SP - 1 1-07.2 Sales Tax ....................................................................................................................................................24 1-07.4 Sanitation .................................................................................................................................................. 25 1-07.5 Environmental Regulations .......................................:.......................................................................25 1-07.6 Permits and Licenses ............................................................................................................................26 1-07.17 Utilities and Similar Facilities ...........................................................................................................26 1-07.18 Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance .....................................................................29 1-07.18 Insurance ................................................................................................................................................... 29 1-07.23 Public Convenience and Safety .........................................................................................................33 1-07.24 Rights of Way ...........................................................................................................................................33 1-08 PROSECTION AND PROGRESS ........................................................................................................................34 1-08.0 Preliminary Matters ..............................................................................................................................34 1-08.1 Subcontracting ........................................................................................................................................36 1-08.3 Progress Schedule ..................................................................................................................................36 1-08.4 Notice to Proceed ...................................................................................................................................37 1-08.5 Time of Completion ...............................................................................................................................37 1-08.9 Liquidated Damages ............................................................................................................................. 37 1-09 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ..................................................................................................................38 1-09.6 Force Account ..........................................................................................................................................38 1-09.7 Mobilization .............................................................................................................................................40 1-09.8 Payment for Material on Hand .........................................................................................................40 1-09.9 Payments ...................................................................................................................................................40 1-09.11 Disputes and Claims ..............................................................................................................................41 1-10 TEMPORARY TRAFF[C CONTROL .................................................................................................................41 1-10.1 General .......................................................................................................................................................42 1-10.2 Traffic Control Management .............................................................................................................43 1-10.3 Traffic Control Labor, Procedures and Devices .........................................................................44 1-10.4 Measurement ...........................................................................................................................................45 1-10.5 Payment .........................:...........................................................................................................................45 DIVISION 7 DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY SEWERS, WATER MAINSAND CONDUITS .......................................................................................................................................46 7-08 GENERAL PIPE INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS ..................................................................................46 7-08.4 Measurement ...........................................................................................................................................48 7-08.5 Payment .....................................................................................................................................................48 7-20 PIPE PRE-[NSTALLATION CLEANING, INSPECTION AND ASSESSMENT .....................................48 7-20.1 7-20.3 7-20.4 7-20.5 Description............................................................................................................................................... 48 ConstructionRequirements ...............................................................................................................48 , Measurement........................................................................................................................................... 53 Payment..................................................................................................................................................... 54 7-21 CURE-IN-PLACE P[PE (CIPP) REHABILITATION (NewSection) ......................................................54 7-21.1 Description ............................................................................................................................................... 54 7•21.2 Materials ....................................................................................................................................................56 7-21.3 Construction Requirements ...............................................................................................................60 7-21.4 Measurement ...........................................................................................................................................66 7-21.5 Payment .....................................................................................................................................................67 City of Bremerton March 2015 2015 Sewer Rehab+litation Sp - 2 � ' � , 1 , � IIVTRODUCTION TO THE SPECIAL PROVISIONS (August 14, 2013 APWA GSP) ' The work on this project shall be accomplished in accordance with the Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction, 2014 edition, as issued by the Washington State Department of Transportation (WSDOT) and the American Public Works Association (APWA), Washington State Chapter (hereafter "Standard Specifications"). The Standard Specifications, as , modified or supplemented by the Amendments to the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions, all of which are made a part of the Contract Documents, shall govern all of the Work. ' These Special Provisions are made up of both General Special Provisions (GSPs) from various sources, which may have project-specific fill-ins; and project-specific Special Provisions. Each Provision either supplements, modifies, or replaces the comparable Standard Specification; or is a ' new Provision. The deletion, amendment, alteration, or addition to any subsection or portion of the Standard Specifications is meant to pertain only to that particular portion of the section, and in no way should it be interpreted that the balance of the section does not apply. , , CJ ' ' LJ � , L I �I �' ' The project-specific Special Provisions are not labeled as such. The GSPs are labeled under the headers of each GSP, with the effective date of the GSP and its source. For example: (March 8, 2013 APWA GSP) (April 1, 2013 WSDOT GSP) (City of Bremerton GSP) (City of Bremerton GSP, New Section) Also incorporated into the Contract Documents by reference are: Manua! on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways, currently adopted edition, with Washington State modifications, if any Standard Plans for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction, WSDOT/APWA, current edition City of Bremerton Public Works and Utilities Standards Contractor shall obtain copies of these publications, at Contractor's own expense. City of Bremerton March 2015 " , 2015 Sewer Rehabilitation SP - 3 DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1-01 DEFINITIONS AND TERMS 1-01.3 Definitions (City of Bremerton GSP) Delete the definitions for "Completion Dates," "Contract" and "Contracting Agency." This Section is supplemented with the following: All references in the Standard Specifications to the terms "State," "Department of Transportation," "Washington State Transportation Commission," "Commission," "Governor," "Secretary of Transportation," "Secretary," "Headquarters," and "State Treasurer" shall be revised to read "Contracting Agency." All references to "State Materials Laboratory" shall be revised to read "Contracting Agency designated location." The venue of all causes of action arising from the Call for Bids, Award, execution, and performance of the Contract shall be in the Superior Court of the County where the Contracting Agency's headquarters are located. Additive A supplemental unit of work or group of bid items, identified separately in the Proposal, which may, at the discretion of the Contracting Agency, be awarded in addition to the base bid. Alternate One of two or more units of work or groups of bid items, identified separately in the Proposal, from which the Contracting Agency may make a choice between different methods or material of construction for performing the same work. Business Day A business day is any day from Monday through Friday, except holidays as listed in Section 1-08.5. City The word "City" shall mean the City of Bremerton, WA. Contract The written agreement between the Contracting Agency and the Contractor. It describes, among other things: 1. What work will be done, and by when; 2. Who provides labor and materials; and 3. How the Contractor will be paid. The Contract includes the Contract (Agreement) form, bidder's completed Proposal Form, Ciry of Bremerton March 2015 2015 Sewer Rehabilitat�on Sp - 4 � r ' � all required certificates and affidavits, performance and payment bonds, the most current published version of the Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction and amendments thereto, Contract Provisions, Contract Plans, Standard Plans, addenda and change orders. Contract Documents See definition for "Contract." Contract Time , The period of time established by the terms and conditions of the contract within which the work must be completed. ' Contracting Agency (Owner) Agency of Government that is responsible for the execution and administration of the Contract. In this case, the Agency of Government (Owner) is the City of Bremerton, WA. Dates Bid Opening Date The date on which the Contracting Agency publicly opens and reads the bids. Award Date The date of the formal decision of the Contracting Agency to accept the lowest responsible and responsive bidder for the Work. Contract Execution Date The date when both the Contractor and the Contracting Agency have signed the Agreement, binding themselves to the Contract. Notice to Proceed Date � The date stated in the Notice to Proceed on which the Contract time begins. Substantial Completion Date The day the Engineer determines the Contracting Agency has full and unrestricted use and benefit of the facilities, both from the operational and safety standpoint, any remaining traffic disruptions will be rare and brief, and only minor incidenfal work, replacement of temporary substitute facilities, plant establishment periods or correction or repair remains for the physical completion of the total Contract. Final Completion Date The day all of the Work is physically completed on the project, including demobilization and site restoration. The Engineer has received from the Contractor record drawings, operation and maintenance manuals, manufacturers' affidavits and warranties. Final Completion shall be obtained no more than 30 days from the Substantial Complete date unless an extension is granted by the Owner. Final payment will be withheld until Final Completion is obtained. Force Account Work Additional work that may be required because of City-directed changes in the work, City of Bremerton � March 2015 , 2015 Sewer Reha6ilitation SP - 5 differing site conditions, emergencies or other reasons that the Engineer determines is not included in the Contract unit prices, and for which payment is to be determined as required by Sections 1-04 and 1-09 of this Contract. Force Account Work shall be authorized only by written Work Change Directive issued by the Engineer. Imported Material Materials obtained from sources outside the project site that are not furnished by the City. Materials excavated from anywhere on the project or from designated borrow areas, or that are furnished by the City. Notice Inviting Bids See definition Por "Call for Bids". All references to "Call for Bids" are replaced with "Notice Inviting Bids." Notice of Award The written notice from the Contracting Agency to the successful bidder signifying the Contracting Agency's acceptance of the bid. Notice to Proceed The written notice from the Contracting Agency or Engineer to the Contractor authorizing and directing the Contractor to proceed with the Work and establishing the date on which the Contract time begins. Traffic Both vehicular and non-vehicular traffic, such as pedestrians, bicyclists, wheelchairs, and equestrian traffic. Work Change Directive A written order issued by the Engineer directing a change in the design, specifications, quantities, materials or methods of the work. A Work Change Directive may, or may not, alter the Contract Price or Contract Time. Work Change Directives that increase the overall Contract Price or Contract Times will be aggregated and executed as a formal Change Order 1-02 BID PROCEDURES AND CONDITIONS 1-02.1 Prequalification of Bidders Delete this Section and replace it wrth the following: 1-02.1 Qualifications of Bidder (January 24, 2011 APWA GSP) Before award of a public works contract, a bidder must meet at least the minimum qualifications of RCW 39.04.350(1) to be considered a responsible bidder and qualified to be awarded a public works project. City of Bremerton March 2015 2015 Sewer Rehabilitation SP - 6 ' ' ' 1 � , ' ' ' �� J � 1 �-_J � , ' 1-02.2 Plans and Specifications (June 27, 2011 APWA GSP) Delete this Section and replace it with the following: Information as to where Bid Documents can be obtained or reviewed can be found in the Call for Bids (Advertise�nent for Bids) for the work. After award of the contract, plans and specifications will be issued to the Contractor at no cost as detailed below: To Prime Contractor No. of Sets Basis of Distribution Reduced plans (11" x 17") 3 Furnished automatically u on award. Contract Provisions 3 Furnished automatically upon award. Large plans (e.g., 22" x 34") None Furnished only upon request. Additional plans and Contract Provisions may be obtained by the Contractor from the source stated in the Call for Bids, at the Contractor's own expense. 1-02.4 Examination of Plans, Specifications, and Site of Work 1-02.4(1) General (City of Bremerton GSP) This Section is supplemented with the following: Contractor shall review the entire Contract to ensure that the completeness of their Proposal includes all items of Work regardless of where shown in the Contract. Bidders are cautioned that alternate sources of information (copies of the Contract obtained from-thir-d ---- parties) are not necessarily an accurate or complete representation of the Contract. Bidders shall use such information at their own risk. A subsurface investigation was not performed for this project. There is no subsurface information available for this project. 1-02.4(2) Subsurface Information (City of Bremerton GSP) Delete this Section and replace it with the following: , [f the Contracting Agency has made a subsurface investigation of the site of the proposed Work, the boring log data and soil sample test data accumulated by the Contracting Agency will be made available for inspection by the Bidders. However, the Contracting Agency � City ojBremerton March 2015 , 2015 Sewer Rehabil�tation SP - 7 makes no representation or warranty, expressed or implied, that: a. The Bidders' interpretations from the boring logs may be correct; b. Moisture conditions and indicated water tables will not vary from those found at the time the borings were made; c. The ground at the location of the borings has not been physically disturbed or altered after the boring was made; and d. Conditions below the surface of the ground are consistent throughout the site with the information made available hereunder, or that conditions to be encounte►•ed on the site are uniform or consistent with geological conditions usually encountered in the area. The Contracting Agency makes no representations, guarantees, or warranties as to the condition, materials, or proportions of the materials between the specific borings, regardless of any subsurface information the Contracting Agency may make available to the prospective Bidders. Bidders are solely responsible for making the necessary investigations to support and/or verify any conclusions or assumptions used in preparation of their bids. 1-02.5 Proposal Forms (June 27, 2011 APWA GSP) Delete this Section and replace it with the following: The Proposal Form will identify the project and its location and describe the work. It will also list estimated quantities, units of ineasurement, the items of work, and the materials to be furnished at the unit bid prices. The bidder shall complete spaces on the proposal form that call for, but are not limited to, unit prices; extensions; summations; the total bid amount; signatures; date; and, where applicable, retail sales taxes and acknowledgment of addenda; the bidder's name, address, telephone number, and signature; the bidder's D/M/WBE commitment, if applicable; a State of Washington Contractor's Registration Number; and a Business License Number, if applicable. Bids shall be completed by typing or shall be printed in ink by hand, preferably in black ink. The required certifications are included as part of the Proposal Form. The Contracting Agency reserves the right to arrange the proposal forms with alternates and additives, if such be to the advantage of the Contracting Agency. The bidder shall bid on all alternates and additives set forth in the Proposal Form unless otherwise specified. 1-02.6 Preparation of Proposal (City of Bremerton GSP) Supplement the second paragraph with the following: 4. If a minimum bid amount has been established for any item, the unit or lump sum price must equal or exceed the minimum amount stated. City of Bremerton March 2015 2015 Sewer Rehabilitation SP - 8 ' ' ' 5. Any correction to a bid made by interlineation, alteration, or erasure, shall be initialed by the signer of the bid. Delete the (ast paragraph, and replace rt with the following: All Proposals submitted shall, on their face, remain valid for a period of 60 days following , the date of Bid opening. In the event of a conflict in this duration, which may appear elsewhere in the Contract Provisions, the longest duration shall apply. �J 1 ' � ' 1 � I� The Bidder's attention is directed to that portion of the Proposal which requires that the Bidder furnish information concerning its and proposed Subcontractors' experience with work of a similar nature, equipment to be used on this project, and general background information. Information which is incomplete, evasive, or of a general nature only, may be considered as grounds Eor rejection of the Proposal. The Bidder shall make no stipulation on the Bid Form, nor qualify the bid in any manner. A bid by a corporation shall be executed in the corporate name, by the president or a vice president (or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign). A bid by a partnership shall be executed in the partnership name, and signed by a partner. A copy of the partnership agreement shall be submitted with the Bid Form if any D/M/WBE requirements are to be satisfied through such an agreement. A bid by a joint venture shall be executed in the joint venture name and signed by a member of the joint venture. A copy of the joint venture agreement shall be submitted with the Bicl Form if any D/W/MBE requirements are to be satisfied through such an agreement. � 1-02.7 Bid Deposit (City of Bremerton GSP) Supplemei�t this section with the following: Bid bonds shall contain the following: , 1. Name of the project; 2. The Contracting Agency named as obligee; ' 3. The amount of the bid bond stated either as a dollar figure or as a percentage which represents five percent of the maximum bid amount that could be awarded; 4. Signature of the bidder's officer empowered to sign official statements. The signature of ' the person authorized to submit the bid should agree with the signature on the bond, and the title of the person must accompany the said signature; ' , ' 5. The signature of the surety's officer empowered to sign the bond and the power of attorney. The Bidder must use the bond form included in the contract. Ciry of Bremerton March 2015 , 2015 Sewer Rehabr(itauon SP - 9 1-02.9 Delivery of Proposal (City of Bremerton GSP) Delete this section in its entirery and replace with the following: Each proposal shall be submitted in a sealed envelope, with the Project Name as stated in the Notice Inviting Bids clearly marked on the outside of the envelope, or as otherwise required in the Bid Documents, to ensure proper handling and delivery. The Contracting Agency will not open or consider any Bid Proposal, or any supplement to a Proposal, that is received after the time specified in the Notice Inviting Bids for receipt of Bid Proposals, or received in a location other than that specified in the Notice Inviting Bids. E-mailed or faxed Proposals or supplements to a Proposal are not acceptable. 1-02.10 Withdrawing, Revising of Supplementary Proposal (Crty of Bremerton GSP) Delete the second, third and final paragraph of this section. 1-02.11 Combination and Multiple Proposals (Ciry of Bremerton GSP) Delete this Section in its entirety. 1-02.13 Irregular Proposals (March 13, 2012 APWA GSP) Revise item 1 to read: 1. A proposal will be considered irregular and will be rejected if: a. b. c. d. e. f. g• h. The Bidder is not prequalified when so required; The authorized proposal form furnished by the Contracting Agency is not used or is altered; The completed proposal form contains any unauthorized additions, deletions, alternate Bids, or conditions; The Bidder adds provisions reserving the right to reject or accept the award, or enter into the Contract; A price per unit cannot be determined from the Bid Proposal; The Proposal form is not properly executed; The Bidder fails to submit or properly complete a Subcontractor list, if applicable, as required in Section 1-02.6; The Bidder fails to submit or properly complete a Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Certification, if applicable, as required in Section 1-02.6; The Bidder fails to submit written confirmation from each DBE firm listed on the Bidder's completed DBE Utilization Certification that they are in agreement with the bidders DBE participation commitment, if applicable, as required in Section 1-02.6, City of Bremerton Mnrch 2015 2015SewerRehabilitanon SP- 10 LJ � ' 1 , ' � � ' , � ' , ' ' ' 1 ' � f� or if the written confirmation that is submitted fails to meet the requirements of the Special Provisions; The Bidder fails to submit DBE Good Faith Effort documentation, if applicable, as required in Section 1-02.6, or if the documentation that is submitted fails to demonstrate that a Good Faith Effort to meet the Condition of Award was made; The Bid Proposal does not constitute a definite and unqualified offer to meet the material terms of the Bid invitation; or More than one proposal is submitted for the same project from a Bidder under the same or diPferent names. 1-02.14 Disqualification of Bidders (City of Bremerton GSP) Delete this Section and replace it with the following: A Bidder will be deemed not responsible if the Bidder does not meet the mandatory bidder responsibility criteria as follows: 1. 2. 3. 5. 6. 8. Be a registered contractor at the time of bid submittal (RCW 18.27.020); Have a current Unified Business Identifier number; Have industrial insurance coverage; Have an employment security department number; Have a state excise tax registration number; and Have never been disqualified from bidding under 39.12.065(3); Not debarred from work in the State of Washington or the Federal Government; The bidder is unable, financially or otherwise, to perform the work, in the opinion of the Contracting Agency. � 1-02.15 Pre-Award Information (August 14, 2013 APWA GSP) Delete this Section and replace it with the following: Before awarding any Contract, the Contracting Agency may require one or more oP these items or actions of the apparent lowest responsible bidder: 1 2 3 4 5 A complete statement of the origin, composition, and manufacture of any or all materials to be used, Samples of these materials for quality and fitness tests, A progress schedule (in a form the Contracting Agency requires) showing the order of and time required Por the various phases of the work, A breakdown of costs assigned to any bid item, Attendance at a conference with the Engineer or representatives of the Engineer, City of Bremerton March 2015 , 2015 Sewer Rehabil�tat�on SP - 11 0 7 Obtain, and furnish a copy of, a business license to do business in the city or county where the work is located, Any other information or action taken that is deemed necessary to ensure that the Bidder is the lowest responsible bidder. 1-02.16 Addenda and Interpretations of Bid Documents (City of Bremerton GSP, New Section) No oral interpretation of the meaning of the plans, specifications or other pre-bid documents will be made to any bidder. Every reyuest for such interpretation shall be submitted in writing, addressed to the city's contact person (listed on the cover page of these contract documents), and to be given consideration, shall be received at least five (5) working days prior to date fixed for Bid Opening. Any and all such interpretations and supplemental instructions will be in the form of written addenda to the Specifications which, if issued, will be mailed or otherwise delivered to each prospective bidder. Failure of any bidder to receive any such addendum shall not relieve such bidder from any obligation under his bid as submitted. All addenda so issued shall become a part of the Contract documents. 1-03 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF THE CONTRACT 1-03.3 Execution of Contract (City of Bremerton GSP) Delete this Section and replace it with the following: The City will mail three copies of the unsigned contract to the successful Bidder . immediately upon award. The documents will be sent via overnight mail. Within 14 calendar days from receipt of the documents, the successful bidder shall return three signed original contracts, insurance certificates as reyuired by Section 1-07.18, and satisfactory bonds as required by law and Section 1-03.4. Before execution of the contract by the City, the successful bidder shall provide any pre-award information the City may require under Section 1-02.15. Until the City executes a contract, no proposal shall bind the City nor shall any work begin within the project limits or within City-furnished sites. The Contractor shall bear all risks for any work begun outside such areas and for any materials ordered before the contract is executed by the City. If the bidder's performance of the requirements of this Section is delayed by circumstances beyond the bidder's control, the City may grant up to 14 calendar days of additional time, provided that the City agrees that circumstances warrant an extension. City of Bremerton March 2015 2015 Sewer Rehabilitation SP - 12 1-03.4 Contract Bond (City of Bremerton GSP) Revise the first paragraph to read: The successful bidder shall provide both executed performance and public works payment bonds for the full contract amount. The bonds shall: 1. Be on Contracting Agency-furnished forms; 2. Be signed by an approved surety (or sureties) that: a. [s registered with the Washington State Insurance Commissioner; and b. Appears on the current Authorized Insurance List in the State of Washington published by the Office of the Insurance Commissioner. 3. Be conditioned upon the faithful performance of the contract by the Contractor within the prescribed time; 4. Guarantee that the surety shall indemnify, defend, and protect the Contracting Agency against any claim of direct or indirect loss resulting from the failure: a. Of the Contractor (or any of the employees, subcontractors, or lower tier subcontractors of the Contractor) to faithfully perform the contract; or b. Of the Contractor (or the subcontractors or lower tier subcontractors of the Contractor) to pay all laborers, mechanics, subcontractors, lower tier subcontractors, material person, or any other person who provides supplies or provisions for carrying out the work. 5. Be accompanied by a power of attorney for the Surety's officer empowered to sign the bond; and 6. Be signed by an officer of the Contractor empowered to sign official statements (sole proprietor or partner). If the Contractor is a corporation, the bond must be signed by the president or vice-president, unless accompanied by written proof of the authority of the individual signing the bond to bind the corporation (i.e., corporate resolution, power of attorney or a letter to such effect by the president or vice- president). 1-03.7 Judicial Review (January 14, 2014 COB GSP) Reference to "Thurston County"shall be a►nended to "Kitsap County." City of Bremerton March 2015 ' 2015 Sewer Rehab�litation SP - 13 1-04 SCOPE OF THE WORK 1-04.2 Coordination of Contract Documents, Plans, Special Provisions, Specifications, and Addenda (City of Bremerton GSP) Delete the first two paragraphs of this Section and replace them with the following: The complete Contract includes these parts: Contract (Agreement) form, bidder's completed Proposal Form, the 2014 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal ' Construction and amendments thereto, Contract Provisions, Plans, Standard Plans, addenda, all required certificates and affidavits, performance and labor and material payment bonds, and change orders. These parts complement each other in describing a complete Work. Any requirement in one part binds as if stated in all parts. The Contractor shall provide any work or materials clearly implied in the Contract even if the Contract does not mention it specifically. Any inconsistency in the parts of the Contract shall be resolved by following this order of precedence (e.g., 1 presiding over 2, 2 over 3, 3 over 4, and so forth): 1. Permits from other agencies as required by law 2. Change Orders, 3. Agreement, 4. Addenda, 5. Contractor's Bid (Bid Forms), 6. Special Provisions, 7. Amendments to the Standard Specifications, 8. WSDOT/APWA Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction (current version) 9. Contract Plans, 10. Contracting Agency's Standard Plans or Details (if any), and 11. WSDOT/APWA Standard Plans for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction 1-04.4 Changes (City of Bremerton GSP) Replace the wording "written change order" with "Work Change Directive." This Section is supplemented with the following: The City has included the Bid Item "Force Account" in the Bid Proposal to pay for changes in the work as described in this section. In order to maintain equity among Bidders, the Contracting Agency has entered a fixed amount for this Bid item as listed in the Proposal. Payment from this Bid Item shall occur only upon executing a Work Change Directive signed by both the City and the Contractor. The Owner and Contractor shall agree upon pricing of the work change as either a negotiated Lump Sum cost or to be tracked as Time and Materials (Force Account). For a Lump Sum cost, the Contractor shall submit a detailed breakdown of estimated labor, City of Bremerton March 2015 2015 Sewer Rehab�lrtahon Sp - l4 �J �� ' 1 ' ' ' equipment, materials, and subcontracted work to perform the change, along with all markups. The Owner and Contractor must agree upon the Lump Sum cost prior to performing the Work. To avoid delaying the performance of the change in Work, the Contractor shall prepare and submit the Lump Sum cost immediately upon request. When the Owner and Contractor agree to pay for the changed Work as Time and Materials, pricing and tracking of the work shall be done in accordance with Section 1-09.6. 1-04.4(1) Minor Changes (February 15, 2008 G&0 GSP) Delete this Section in entirety. 1-04.6 Variation in Estimated Quantities (June 16, 2006 G&0 GSP) Delete this Section and replace it with the fo/lowing: Payment to the Contractor will be made only for the actual quantities of Work performed and ' accepted in conformance with the Contract. When the accepted quantity of Work performed under a unit item varies from the original Proposal quantity, payment will be at the unit Contract price for all Work. � ' � 1-05 CONTROL OF WORK 1-05.2 Authority of Assistants and Inspectors (Ciry of Bremerton GSP) This Section is supplemented with the fo/lowing: The presence or absence of an Inspector at the Work site will be at the sole discretion of � the Contracting Agency and will not in any way relieve the Contractor of its responsibility to properly perform the Work as required by the Contract Provisions. The Inspector does not purport to be a safety expert, and is not engaged in that capacity under this Contract. The Inspector may inform the Contractor of conditions that may constitute safety issues or violations. Such information will be provided solely to cooperate with and assist the Contractor and shall not make the [nspector or the Engineer responsible for the enforcement of safety laws, rules, regulations or procedures. After receiving information relating to safety issues, the Contractor shall make its own examination and analysis of the situation reported and take such action, if any, that the Contractor determines to be appropriate. The lnspector's performance of project representation and observation services shall not make the Inspector responsible Por the enforcement of safety laws, rules, regulations or procedures; nor shall it make the Inspector responsible for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures, or for the Contractor's ability to properly perform the Work, all of which are entirely the responsibility of the Contractor. C�ty of Bremerton March 2015 ' 2015SewerRehabilitation SP-15 1-05.5 Submittals (City of Bremerton GSP, New Section) 1-05.5(1) General The Contractor shall submit information for review by the Owner related to all material to be used on the project. Additional submittals are described in this section, as well as in Division 7. Each submittal shall be transmitted to the Owner with the Submittal cover sheet included in Appendix B. If the Contractor desires to use their own submittal cover sheet, it must be approved by the Owner prior to use. Each submittal shall be uniquely numbered. Submittals and cover sheets may be transmitted to the Owner in the Adobe PDF format through e-mail. 1-05.5(2) Required Submittals The Contractor shall provide the City all required submittals as identified in this section, in Division 7, and where identified elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 1-05.5(2)A Submittals for the Pre-construction Conference The following items shall be submitted at the pre-construction conference prior to the Notice to Proceed. For each item, submit 3 hard copies and an electronic copy on a CD-ROM disk. 1. Contractor's and Subcontracto�s Contact Information - Names and 24-hour contact telephone numbers of contractor's and each subcontractor's key personnel idenrified in Standard Specifications Section 1-05.13. Z. Contractor's Labor Classifications and Rates: Classification of all workers to be employed by the Contractor and its subcontractors in the work, excluding the Contractor's Superintendent and General Foremen (if any), and; straight-time and overtime Weighted Wage Rates for each submitted labor classification, computed as required in Standard Specification Section 1-09.6. Update and resubmit the entire labor classification file whenever worker classifications are changed, added or deleted. Electronic copy shall be in MS Excel. 3. Contractor's Equipment Classifications and Rates: Make and model of each item of equipment and small tools to be employed by the Contractor and its subcontractors in the work, and; working and standby (idle) hourly rates for each submitted item of equipment, computed as required by Standard Specification Section 1-09.6 and the AGC/WSDOT Equipment Rental Rate Agreement referenced therein. Update and resubmit this entire equipment classification file whenever equipment or small tools classifications are changed, added or deleted. Electronic copy shall be i►� MS Excel. 4. Contractor's Progress Schedule �Twe Al: Progress schedule identified in Special Crty of Bremerton March ?015 2015 Sewer Rehabilitation SP - 16 e ' � � �� � � � �� � Provisions Section 1-08.3(2)A. Formatshall be Microsoft Project orsoftware equal 5. Cost breakdown for lump sum items (Schedule of Values). if aQplicable. 6. Traffic Control and Erosion Control Supervisor Certifications -[nclude names, certifications, and contact information. 7. List of all Subcontractors. including. a. Percentage value of work assigned. b. Principal contact(s). c. Address d. Telephone and fax numbers. 8. List of all requested excepdons to the Contract Documents. Note: see 1-08.0(1) Preconstruction Conference � 1-05.5(2)B Construction Submittals � �� �' The following items shall be submitted at least two weeks prior to the associated construction activity to allow ample time for review and resubmittal if necessary. - Catalog information and data sheets for all materials to be installed on project (See section on technical submittals and shop drawings.) - Temporary Bypass Plans for individual pipe sections (See Section 7-08) - Temporary Traffic Control Plans for each area. - Certification for Traffic Control Supervisor (TCS) - Spill Control and Prevention Plan, including 24-hour contact information. - Weekly look-ahead schedule per 1-08.3(2)D. - Any other construction-related submittal identified elsewhere in the Contract Documents. � 1-05.5(2)C Technical Submittals (Shop Drawings) � � � In addition to notification of material suppliers and fabricators, the Contractor shall also furnish for the Engineer's review and approval all required shop drawings. Shop drawings are defined as drawings or data, which illustrate how specific items, shall be fabricated, manufactured, or installed. Shop drawings are required for all shop, field fabricated or manufactured items and shall include all information necessary for the fabrication and installation of the item and to show conformance with these contract documents. The information shall include, but not be limited to: 1. For fabricated items or those constructed in place, component sizes, layout, � materials, and connection details including, but not limited to, connectors, weld type, reinforcement schedules and sizes, and boring and jacking equipment. � C�ty of Bremerton � 2015SewerRehab�6tation 0 March 2015 SP-17 2. Shop drawings for reinforced concrete structures shall include, but not be limited to, reinforcement bending and placing drawings. 3. Piping Fabrication and Placement Drawings. 4. Erection Drawings. 5. Diagrams, Illustrations and Data (product, design, or other). Manufacturers' standard catalog information and details maybe submitted; however, standard manufacturers' information and advertising literature may not necessarily be sufficient. Samples: Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship that are representative of some portion of the Work and which establish the standards by which such portion of the Work will be judged. Samples submitted shall be of sufficient size and quantity to clearly illustrate functional characteristics of products or materials and full range of colors available. 1-05.5(2)D Additional Administrative Submittals The following administrative submittals shall be submitted when noted: - Retainage account information - Submit prior to first invoice -[ntent to Pay Prevailing Wage Rates for prime contractor and subcontractors - Submit prior to performing any work at the site. - Certified Payrolls - Submit weekly. - Affidavit of Wages Paid - Submit prior to release of retainage. - Form titled " Acceptance of Compensation and Release of All Claims". Submit prior to final payment. - Additional submittals where identified in the Contract Documents and as reyuested by the Engineer. 1-05.5(4) Submittal Review Process 1-05.5(4)A Submittal Transmittal Procedure When the Contract Documents require a submittal, the Contractor shall submit the specified information to the designated City representative via e-mail in Adobe PDF format using the cover sheet included in Appendix B. Each submittal shall have a unique number. Only include related items within a single submittal. When multiple items are included, these shall be numbered (e.g. if Submittal #4 has three items, these shall be 4.A, 4.B, and 4.C) Submittals which are incomplete and/or do not have all the information required to be submitted, including but not limited to a signed and dated submittal transmittal form, and copy of marked-up specifications and/or drawings when specified , are not acceptable and will be returned without review. All submittal information provided by subcontractors shall be transmitted through the Contractor and shall bear the Contractor's signature. City of Bremerton Mnrch 2015 2015 Sewer Rehabilitat�on SP -18 u � 1-05.5(4)B Submittal Review and Effect � � ' � � � � � i � , r Unless otherwise specified, within 14 calendar days after receipt of a submittal for review and cornment, the City shall review the submittal and return the reviewed copy with the transmittal cover sheet via e-mail in Adobe PDF format. 1. [f the review indicates that the material or equipment complies with the project manual, submittal copies will be marked "NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN." In this event, the Contractor may begin to incorporate the material or equipment covered by the submittal. 2. If the review indicates limited corrections are required, copies will be marked "MAKE CORRECT[ONS NOTED." The Contractor may begin incorporating the material and eyuipment covered by the submittal in accordance with the noted corrections. Where submittal information will be incorporated in 0&M data, a corrected copy shall be provided. 3. [f the review reveals that the submittal is insufficient or contains incorrect data, copies will be marked "AMEND AND RESUBM[T." Except at his own risk, the Contractor shall not undertake work covered by this submittal until it has been revised, resubmitted and returned marked either "NO EXCEPT[ONS TAKEN" or "MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED." 4. If the review indicates that the material, equipment, or work method does not com}ily with the Contract Documents, copies of the submittal will be marked "REJECTED - SEE REMARKS." Submittals with deviations which have not been identified clearly may be rejected. Except at his own risk, the Contractor shall not undertake the work covered by such submittals until a new submittal is made and returned marked either "NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN" or "MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED." 5. If the review indicates that the submittal is Product Data or a Required Submittal (Product Data) for Information Only the submittal will be marked "PRODUCT DATA/NOT REVIEWED. Acceptability of the material, equipment, or work shall be determined under normal inspection procedures. Review of drawings or information regarding materials or equipment the Contractor proposes to provide, shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for errors therein and shall not be regarded as an assumption of risks or liability by the City, or by any delegated representative, offcer or employee thereof, and the Contractor shall have no claim under the contract on account of the failure, or partial failure, of material, or equipment so reviewed. A mark of "NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN" or "MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED" shall mean that the City has no objection to the Contractor, upon his own responsibility, using the plan or method of work proposed, or providing the materials or equipment proposed. Approval of shop drawings or other submittals by the City is only for general conformance 1 with the design concept of the product and general compliance with the Contract Documents. Any action required is subject to the requirements of the Plans and Specifications. The Contractor is responsible for dimensions which shall be confirmed and correlated at the job � site, coordination of his work with that of all other trades, and the satisfactory performance of his work. � Ciry of Bremerton March 2015 ' 2015SewerRehabilitation SP-19 1-05.7 Removal of Defective and Unauthorized Work (October 1, 2005. APWA GSP) Supplement this section with the following: If the Contractor fails to remedy defective or unauthorized work within the time specified in a written notice from the Engineer, or fails to perform any part of the work required by the Contract Documents, the Engineer may correct and remedy such work as may be identified in the written notice, with Contracting Agency forces or by such other means as the Contracting Agency may deem necessary. If the Contractor �fails to comply with a written order to remedy what the Engineer determines to be an emergency situation, the Engineer may have the defective and unauthorized work corrected immediately, have the rejected work removed and replaced, or have work the Contractor refuses to perform completed by using Contracting Agency or other forces. An emergency situation is any situation when, in the opinion of the Engineer, a delay in its remedy could be potentially unsafe, or might cause serious risk of loss or damage to the public. Direct or indirect costs incurred by the Contracting Agency attributable to correcting and remedying defective or unauthorized work, or work the Contractor failed or refused to perform, shall be paid by the Contractor. Payment will be deducted by the Engineer from monies due, or to become due, the Contractor. Such direct and indirect costs shall include in particular, but without limitation, compensation for additional professional services required, and costs for repair and replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal, or replacement of the Contractor's unauthorized work. No adjustment in contract time or compensation will be allowed because of the delay in the performance of the work attributable to the exercise of the Contracting Agency's rights provided by this Section. The rights exercised under the provisions of this section shall not diminish the Contracting Agency's right to pursue any other avenue for additional remedy or damages with respect to the Contractor's failure to perform the work as required. 1-05.11 Final lnspection (Ciry of Bremerton GSP) Delete this Section and replace it with the following: 1-05.11(1) Substantial Completion Date When the Contractor considers the Work to be substantially complete, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing and request that the Engineer establish the Substantial Completion Date. The Contractor's notice shall list the specific items of the Work that remain to be completed in order to achieve Final Completion. The Engineer will schedule an Gty of Bremerton March 201 S 2015 Sewer Rehabilitat�on SP - 20 � � � ' inspection of the Work with the Contractor to determine the status of completion. The Engineer may also establish the Substantial Completion Date unilaterally. If, after inspection, the Engineer concurs with the Contractor that the Work is substantially complete and ready for its intended use, the Engineer, by written notice to the Contractor, will establish the Substantial Completion Date. If, after inspection, the Engineer does not consider the Work to be substantially complete and ready for its intended use, the Engineer will notify the Contractor in writing and provide the reasons therefor. � Upon receipt of written notice either establishing the Substantial Completion Date or informing the Contractor that the Work is not substantially complete, whichever is applicable, the Contractor shall pursue vigorously, diligently and without unauthorized , interruption, the work necessary to reach substantial completion and physical completion of the Work. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a revised schedule indicating when the Contractor expects to reach substantial and final completion of the Work. ,� � � �� � ' The above process shall be repeated until the Engineer establishes the Substantial Completion Date and the Contractor considers the Work physically complete and ready for final inspection. 1-05.11(2) Final Completion and Acceptance When the Contractor considers the Work to be physically complete in entirety, including site demobilization, restoration, submitting of any record document or inspection reports, and ready for final inspection, the Contractor shall provide written notice to the Engineer requesting a final inspection. The Engineer will then schedule a date for final inspection. The Engineer and the Contractor will then make a final inspection, and the Engineer will notify the Contractor in writing of all particulars in which the final inspection reveals the Work to be incomplete or unacceptable. The Contractor shall immediately take such corrective measures as are necessary to remedy the listed deficiencies. Corrective work shall be pursued vigorously, di(igently, and without interruption until the listed deficiencies have been completed. This process will continue until the Contracting Agency is satisfied the listed deficiencies have been corrected and the Work is physically complete. � If action to correct the listed deficiencies is not initiated within seven days after receipt of the written notice listing the deficiencies, the Contracting Agency may, upon written notice to the Contractor, take whatever steps are necessary to correct those deficiencies pursuant to Section 1-05.7. The Contractor will not be allowed any extension of the Contract time or additional compensation because of a delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise of the Contracting Agency's rights hereunder. � � , Upon correction of all deficiencies, the Engineer will notify the Contractor and the Contracting Agency, in writing, of the date upon which the Work was considered to have obtained Final Completion and acceptance. That date shall constitute the Final Completion Date of the Contract and shall constitute full acceptance of the Work. City of Bremerton March 2015 2015 Sewer Rehabilitation SP - 21 � 1-05.13 Superintendents, Labor and Equipment of Contractor (August 14, 2013 APWA GSP) Delete the sixth and seventh paragraph of this Section. 1-05.15 Method of Serving Notices (March 25, 2009 APWA GSP) Revise the second paragraph to read: All correspondence from the Contractor shall be directed to the Project Engineer. All correspondence from the Contractor constituting any notification, notice of protest, notice of dispute, or other correspondence constituting notification required to be furnished under the Contract, must be in paper format, hand delivered or sent via mail delivery service to the Project Engineer's office. Electronic formats such as e-mails or electronically delivered copies of correspondence will not constitute such notice and will not comply with the requirements of the Contract. Add the following new sections 1-05.16 and 1-05.17: 1-05.16 Water and Power (Ciry of Bremerton GSP, New Section) The Contractor shall make necessary arrangements and shall bear the costs for supplying power for the performance of the work. The Contractor is permitted to use water supplied from City hydrants during the work. There is no guarantee that all fire hydrants will be available for use for cleaning, lining, or any other construction activities associated with this project. Prior to construction activities, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to verify which hydrants will be available by contacting the City. The Contractor shall use only those hydrants permitted by the City. A hydrant meter and backFlow preventer assembly must be installed at the hydrant prior to usage. The meter and assembly will be supplied and installed by City staff at a hydrant to be designated by the Contractor. No charge for water will be made unless there is obvious waste. The Contractor may relocate the meter and assembly as needed to other hydrants during the work. The Contractor is solely responsible for security and protection of the meter and assembly at all times during the work. To obtain a meter and assembly, coordinate directly with the City Inspector or Project Engineer, who will provide additional direction for obtaining the hydrant from Department of Community of Development. A deposit of $2000 is required prior to obtaining the meter and assembly. The deposit will be returned upon completion of the project if the hydrant meter is returned undamaged. City of Bremerton March 2015 201 S Sewer Rehabrlitation Sp _ Zz �� � �� r � , � r � � � � 1-05.17 Oral Agreements (October 1, 2005 AWPA, New Section) No oral agreement or conversation with any officer, agent, or employee of the Contracting Agency, either before or after execution of the contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations contained in any of the documents comprising the contract. Such oral agreement or conversation shall be considered as unofficial information and in no way binding upon the Contracting Agency, unless subsequently put in writing and signed by the Contracting Agency. 1-06 CONTROL OF MATERIAL This Section is supplemented with the following: 1-06.4 Handling and Storing Materials (City of Bremerton GSP) The Contractor may be required to provide off-site storage of equipment and materials to enable construction to occur at the construction site. The Contractor has full responsibility to secure all off-site storage areas, if needed, and shall include the costs for providing such storage areas in the Proposal for the individual equipment and material bid items requiring off-site storage. All off-site storage areas shall be fenced, secure and have access restricted or withheld from the general public. 1-07 LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES TO THE PUBLIC 1-07.1 Laws to be Observed (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) Supplement this section with the following: In cases of conflict between different safety regulations, the more stringent regulation shall apply. The Washington State Department of Labor and Industries shall be the sole and paramount administrative agency responsible for the administration of the provisions of the Washington Industrial Safety and Health Act of 1973 (WISHA). � � ' � The Contractor shall maintain at the project site office, or other well known place at the project site, all articles necessary for providing first aid to the injured. The Contractor shall establish, publish, and make known to all employees, procedures for ensuring immediate removal to a hospital, or doctor's care, persons, including employees, who may have been injured on the project site. Employees should not be permitted to work on the project site before the Contractor has established and made known procedures for removal of injured persons to a hospital or a doctor's care. City of Bremerton March 2015 ' 2015 Sewer Reha6ilitation SP - 23 (April 3, 2006) Confined Space Confined spaces are known to exist at the following locations: – Manholes The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the safety and health of all on-site workers and compliant with Washington Administrative Code (WAC 296-809). The Contractor shall prepare and implement a confined space program For the work. No work shall be performed in or adjacent to the confined space until the Contractor has prepared and implemented the confined space program. The plan shall be kept at the site and made available for review by the Owner upon request.. All costs to prepare and implement the confined space program shall be included in the bid prices for the various items associated with the confined space work. 1-07.2 Sales Tax Delete this section, including its sub-sections, in its entirety and replace it with the following: 1-07.2 Sales Tax (June 27, 2011 APWA GSP) The Washington State Department of Revenue has issued special rules on the State sales tax. Sections 1-07.2(1) through 1-07.2(3) are meant to clarify those rules. The Contractor should contact the Washington State Department of Revenue for answers to questions in this area. The Contracting Agency will not adjust its payment if the Contractor bases a bid on a misunderstood tax liability. The Contractor shall include all Contractor-paid taxes in the unit bid prices or other contract amounts. In some cases, however, state retail sales tax will not be included. Section 1-07.2(2) describes this exception. The Contracting Agency will pay the retained percentage (or release the Contract Bond if a FHWA funded project) only if the Contractor has obtained from the Washington State Department of Revenue a certificate showing that all contract-related taxes have been paid (RCW 60.28.051). The Contracting Agency may deduct from its payments to the Contractor any amount the Contractor may owe the Washington State Department of Revenue, whether the amount owed relates to this contract or not. Any amount so deducted will be paid into the proper State fund. 1-07.2(1) State Sales Tax — Rule 171 WAC 458-20-171, and its related rules, apply to building, repairing, or improving streets, roads, etc., which are owned by a municipal corporation, or political subdivision of the state, or by the United States, and which are used primarily for foot or vehicular traffic. This includes storm or combined sewer systems within and included as a part of the street or Crty of Bremerton March 2015 2015 Sewer Rehabilitation SP - 24 u � � � road drainage system and power lines when such are part of the roadway lighting system. For work performed in such cases, the Contractor shall include Washington State Retail Sales Taxes in the various unit bid item prices, or other contract amounts, including those that the Contractor pays on the purchase of the materials, equipment, or supplies used or consumed in doing the work. 1-07.2(2) State Sales Tax — Rule 170 WAC 458-20-170, and its related rules, apply to the constructing and repairing of new or ' existing buildings, or other structures, upon real property. This includes, but is not limited to, the construction of streets, roads, highways, etc., owned by the state of Washington; water mains and their appurtenances; sanitary sewers and sewage disposal systems unless � such sewers and disposal systems are within, and a part of, a street or road drainage system; telephone, telegraph, electrical power distribution lines, or other conduits or lines in or above streets or roads, unless such power lines become a part of a street or road ' lighting system; and installing or attaching of any article of tangible personal property in or to real property, whether or not such personal property becomes a part of the realty by virtue of installation. � r � � , � � ' For work performed in such cases, the Contractor shall collect from the Contracting Agency, retail sales tax on the full contract price. The Contracting Agency will automatically add this sales tax to each payment to the Contractor. For this reason, the Contractor shall not include the retail sales tax in the unit bid item prices, or in any other contract amount subject to Rule 170, with the following exception. Exception: The Contracting Agency will not add in sales tax for a payment the Contractor or a subcontractor makes on the purchase or rental of tools, machinery, equipment, or consumable supplies not integrated into the project. Such sales taxes shall be included in the unit bid item prices or in any other contract amount. 1-07.2(3) Services The Contractor shall not collect retail sales tax from the Contracting Agency on any contract wholly for professional or other services (as defined in Washington State Department of Revenue Rules 138 and 244). 1-07.4 Sanitation 1-07.4(1) Services (City of Bremerton GSP) Supplement this section with the following text: Provide portable sanitary facilities at individual work sites. Facilities shall be kept clean, maintained regularly, and immediately removed upon work completion in that area. � 1-07.5 Environmental Regulations � Ciry of Bremerton March 2015 ' 2015 Sewer Reha6ilitation SP - 25 1-07.5[2) State Department of Wildlife and Fisheries (Ciry of Bremerton GSP) Delete the last paragraph and replace with the following: Work in all items (1) through (8) above shall be incidental to other contract pay items. 1-07.6 Permits and Licenses (Ciry of Bremerton GSP) Supplement this section with the following: The Contractor shall obtain a City of Bremerton business license before mobilizing to the site. No City of Bremerton permits are required for this project. Any additional permits required for the work from state and federal agencies must be obtained by Contractor. Add the following new section: 1-07.16 (5) Public Notification Prior to Starting Work (City of Bremerton GSP, New Section) GENERAL NOTIFICATION PRIOR TO STARTING WORK: The Contractor shall contact all property owners and tenants along the project route, via newsletter/mailing or doorknob hanger, a minimum of one (1) week prior to start of any construction activity. [f the Contractor chooses to mail out an information letter or newsletter, the City will provide the names and address of all property owners along the pipe route. The Contractor shall submit a draft of the property owner notification to the City for review at least 5 calendar days prior to distribution. The newsletter/mailing shall advise the owners and tenants of the type of construction, any expected nuisances (e.g. odor, sound, debris, etc.) schedule for the work (day/night work), and indicate the Contractor's name, contact person and telephone numbers. NOTIF[CAT[ON IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO LINING WORK: The Contractor shall contact all property tenants, via flyer or door hanger, a minimum of 72 hours prior to start of the lining operation. The Contractor shall submit a draft of the property owner notification to the City for review at least 5 calendar days prior to distribution. The notification shall advise the owners and tenants of the type of construction, schedule and indicate the Contractor's name, contact person and telephone numbers. The notification shall state to avoid water use and Flushing of toilets during the operation and describe any noxious odors or loud activities that may result from the work. 1-07.17 Utilities and Similar Facilities Add the following new section: City of Bremerton March 2015 2015 Sewer Rehabilitation SP - 26 � � � ' 1-07.17(3) Contractor's Responsibility for Utility Properties & Services (City of Bremerton GSP, New Section) Where the Contractor's operations could cause damage or inconvenience to railway, telegraph, telephone, television, power, oil, gas, water, sewer, storm sewer, or irrigation systems, operations shall be suspended until all arrangements necessary for the protection of these utilities and services have been made by the Contractor. The Contractor shall protect, in place, all railway, telegraph, telephone (including poles, ' guy wires and anchors), television, power (including poles, guy wires, and anchors), oil, gas, water, sewer, storm sewer, or irrigation systems from damage. If interfering railway, telegraph, telephone (including poles, guy wires, and anchors), television, power � (including poles, guy wires, and anchors), oil, gas, water, sewer, storm sewer, or irrigation systems are encountered notify the Engineer and the appropriate utility company at least two (2) working days in advance of construction operations to permit the necessary ' arrangements for protection or relocation of the interfering structure. The Contractor shall pay all costs of protecting and/or relocation of such facilities. In the event of interruption to domestic water, sewer, storm drain, or other utility services �� as a result on accidental breakage due to construction operations, the Contractor shall promptly notify the proper authority, cooperate with said authority in restoration of � service as promptly as possible and bear all associated costs of repair subject to determination of responsibility. In no case shall interruption of any water or utility service be allowed to exist outside working hours unless prior approval is granted. � � � � 1 [n the event the Contractor encounters water and sewer service lines that interfere with trenching or that must be relocated to avoid the new pipeline, the services may be cut, and the trench dug through, only after obtaining prior approval of the Water Department, Engineering Department, or Fire Department, as applicable, and the Engineer. All work and repairs to the water system shall be performed by City forces only. The services will be restored with similar or equal materials. The Contractor shall replace, at his own expense, any and all other existing utilities or structures removed or damaged during construction, unless otherwise provided for in these Contract Documents or ordered by the Engineer. Existing water mains are generally buried at 3' depth from the ground surface to the top of pipe. ' 1-07.17(5) List of Utility Owners � , ' Following is a list of the utilities serving the work area indicating the name (if available) and telephone number of the responsible authority of the various utilities which should be notified if conflicts or emergencies arise during the progress of the work. Outside normal working hours, report emergencies and initiate contact with the appropriate individual by calling 911. City of Bremerton March 2015 � 2015SewerRehabilitadon SP-27 � UTILITY CONTACT TABLE . Within City of Bremerton, Department of Public Works and Utilities (PWU): UTILITY UTILITY NAME CONTACT TELEPHONE # Bremertonl PWU First Response 473-5920 Storm and Sanitary PWU Pat Jacobsen 473-5920 Sewers Ned Lever 473-2398 Water PWU Bob Zurbrugg 473-5249 Ned Lever 473-2398 � Bill Davis 473-2312 Streets PWU Jim Orton 473-5359 Tom Knuckey 473-2376 Contact City Engineer Tom Knuckey at 473-2376 if unable to contact PWU individuals above � OTHER UTILITIES Power Puget Sound Energy Dispatcher 888-225-5773 Telephone Century Link Repair Dept. 800-573-1311 Gas Cascade Natural Gas Mike Dunn 479-3966 Cable TV Comcast Jerry Biggs 377-8528 415-2477 (pager) Underground Utilities Locate Service 800-424-5555 All numbers are 360 refix unless noted otherwise C�ty of Bremerton March 201 S 2015 Sewer Rehabilitation SP - 28 � � ' � � ' � � I � , � , , r � L � � � � � 1-07.18 Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance Delete this section in its entirety, and replace it with the following: 1-07.18 Insurance (City of Bremerton GSP) � 1-07.18(1) General Requirements A. The Contractor shall obtain the insurance described in this section from insurers approved by the State Insurance Commissioner pursuant to RCW Title 48. The insurance must be � provided by an insurer with a rating of A-: VII or higher in the A.M. Best's Key Rating Guide, which is licensed to do business in the state of Washington (or issued as a surplus line by a ashington Surplus lines broker). The Contracting Agency reserves the right to approve or , reject the insurance provided, based on the insurer (including financial condition), terms and coverage, the Certificate of Insurance, and/or endorsements. � B. The Contractor shall keep this insurance in force during the term of the contract and for thirty (30) days after the Physical Completion date, unless otherwise indicated (see C. below). � � � , � � � � , ' C. If any insurance policy is written on a claims made form, its retroactive date, and that of all subsequent renewals, shall be no later than the effective date of this Contract. The policy shall state that coverage is claims made, and state the retroactive date. Claims-made form coverage shall be maintained by the Contractor for a minimum of 36 months following the Final Completion or earlier termination of this contract, and the Contractor shall annually provide the Contracting Agency with proof of renewal. If renewal of the claims made form of coverage becomes unavailable, or econo►nically prohibitive, the Contractor shall purchase an extended reporting period ("tail") or execute another form of guarantee acceptable to the Contracting Agency to assure financial responsibility for liability for services performed. D. The insurance policies shall contain a"cross liability" provision. E. The Contractor's and all subcontractors' insurance coverage shall be primary and non- contributory insurance as respects the Contracting Agency's insurance, self-insurance, or insurance pool coverage and shall contain a waiver of subrogation against the Contracting Agency for claims arising out of any operations, liabilities and obligations to which coverage applies. F. The Contractor shall provide the Contracting Agency and all Additional [nsureds with written notice of any policy cancellation, within two business days of their receipt of such notice. G. Upon request, the Contractor shall forward to the Contracting Agency a full and certified copy of the insurance policy(s). Ciry of Bremerton March 2015 � 2015 Sewer Reh�bilitation SP - 29 H. The Contractor shall not begin work under the contract until the required insurance has been obtained and approved by the Contracting Agency. Failure on the part of the Contractor to maintain the insurance as required shall constitute a material breach of contract, upon which the Contracting Agency may, after giving five business days notice to the Contractor to correct the breach, immediateIy terminate the contract or, at its discretion, procure or renew such insurance and pay any and all premiums in connection therewith, with any sums so expended to be repaid to the Contracting Agency on demand, or at the sole discretion of the Contracting Agency, offset against funds due the Contractor from the Contracting Agency. J. All costs for insurance shall be incidental to and included in the unit or lump sum prices of the�contract and no additional payment will be made. 1-07.18(2) Additional Insured All insurance policies, with the exception of Professional Liability and Workers Compensation, shall name the following listed entities as additional insured(s): — the Contracting Agency and its officers, elected officials, employees, agents, and volunteers The above-listed entities shall be additional insured(s) for the full available limits of liabiliry maintained by the Contractor, whether primary, excess, contingent or otherwise, irrespective of whether such limits maintained by the Contractor are greater than those required by this Contract, and irrespective of whether the Certificate of Insurance provided by the Contractor pursuant to 1-07.18(3) describes limits lower than those maintained by the Contractor. 1-07.18(3) Subcontractors Contractor shall ensure that each subcontractor of every tier obtains and maintains at a minimum the insurance coverages listed in 1-07.18(5)A and 1-07.18(5)B. Upon request of the Contracting Agency, the Contractor shall provide evidence of such insurance. 1-07.18(4) Evidence of Insurance The Contractor shall deliver to the Contracting Agency a Certificate(s) of Insurance and endorsements for each policy of insurance meeting the requirements set forth herein when the Contractor delivers the signed Contract for the work. The certif cate and endorsements must conform to the following requirements: An ACORD certificate or a form determined by the Contracting Agency to be equivalent. Copies of all endorsements naming Contracting Agency and all other entities listed in 1-07.18(2) as Additional [nsured(s), showing the policy number. The Contractor may submit a copy of any blanket additionai insured clause from its policies instead Ciry of Bremerton March 201 S 201 S Sewer Rehabd�tation SP - 30 of a separate endorsement. A statement of additional insured status on an ACORD Certificate of Insurance shall not satisfy this requirement. 3. Any other amendatory endorsements to show the coverage required herein. 1-07.18(5) Coverages and Limits The insurance shall provide the minimum coverages and limits set forth below. Providing coverage in these stated minimum limits shall not be construed to relieve the Contractor from liability in excess of such limits. All deductibles and self-insured retentions must be disclosed and are subject to approval by the Contracting Agency. The cost of any claim payments falling within the deductible shall be the responsibility of.the Contractor. Commercial General Liabilitv A policy of Commercial General Liability Insurance, including: - Per project aggregate - Premises/Operations Liability - Products/Completed Operations - for a period of one year following final acceptance of the work. - Personal/Advertising Injury - Contractual Liability - Independent Contractors Liability - Stop Gap / Employers' Liability - Explosion, Collapse, or Underground Property Damage (XCU) - Blasting (only required when the Contractor's work under this Contract includes exposures to which this specified coverage responds) Such policy must provide the following minimum limits: - $1,000,000 Each Occurrence - $2,000,000 General Aggregate - $1,000,000 Products & Completed Operations Aggregate -$1,000,000 Personal & Advertising Injury, each offence Stop Gap / Employers' Liability - $1,000,000 Each Accident - $1,000,000 Disease - Policy Limit - $1,000,000 Disease - Each Employee Automobile Liabilitv Automobile Liability for owned, non-owned, hired, and leased vehicles, with an MCS 90 endorsement and a CA 9948 endorsement attached if "pollutants" are to be transported. Such policy(ies) must provide the following minimum limit: - $1,000,000 combined single limit Worker's Compensation The Contractor shall comply with Workers' Compensation coverage as required by the Industrial Insurance laws of the state of Washington. City of Bremerton March 2015 � 2015 Sewer Rehabilitahon SP - 31 All Risk Builder's Risk Contractor shall purchase and maintain Builders Risk insurance covering interests of the Contracting Agency, the Contractor, Subcontractors, and Sub-subcontractors in the work. Builders Risk insurance shall be on a all-risk policy form and shall insure against the perils of fire and extended coverage and physical loss or damage including flood, earthquake, theft, vandalism, malicious mischief and collapse. The Builders Risk insurance shall include coverage for temporary buildings, debris removal, and damage to materials in transit or stored off-site. Such insurance shall cover "soft costs" including but not limited to design costs, licensing fees, and architect's and engineer's fees. Builders Risk insurance shall be written in the amount of the completed value of the project, with no coinsurance provisions. The Builders Risk insurance covering the work shall have a deductible of $5,000 for each occurrence, which will be the responsibility of the Contractor. Higher deductibles for flood, earthquake and all other perils may be accepted by the Contracting Agency upon written request by the Contractor and written acceptance by the Contracting Agency. Any increased deductibles accepted by the Contracting Agency will remain the responsibility of the Contractor. The Builders Risk insurance shall be maintained until final acceptance of the work by the Contracting Agency. The Contractor and the Contracting Agency waive all rights against each other any of their Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors, agents and employees, each of the other, for damages caused by fire or other perils to the extent covered by Builders Risk insurance or other property insurance applicable to the work. The policies shall provide such waivers by endorsement or otherwise. Excess or Umbrella Liabilitv The Contractor shall provide Excess or Umbrella Liability coverage at limits of one (1) million per occurrence and annual aggregate. This excess or umbrella liability coverage shall apply, at a minimum, to both the Commercial General and Auto insurance policy coverage. This requirement may be satisfied instead through the Contractor's primary Commercial General and Automobile Liability coverage, or any combination thereof. Pollution Liabilitv The Contractor shall provide a Pollution Liability policy, providing coverage for claims involving bodily injury, property damage (including loss of use of tangible property that has not been physically injured), cleanup costs, remediation, disposal or other handling of pollutants, including costs and expenses incurred in the investigation, defense, or settlement of claims arising out of: 1. Contractor's operations related to this project; and/or 2. Remediation, abatement, repair, maintenance or other work with lead-based paint or materials containing asbestos; and/or 3. Transportation of hazardous materials away f'rom any site related to this project. City ojBremerton March 2015 2015 Sewer Rehabilitation SP - 32 ' , r ' , ' ' Such Pollution Liability policy shall provide the following minimum coverage: — $1,000,000 each loss and annual aggregate 1-07.23 Public Convenience and Safety (City of Bremerton GSP) Supplement this section with the following Work areas shall be barricaded to prevent public access and provide a buffer between the work zone and the public. 1-07.23(2) Construction and Maintenance of Detours (City of Bremerton GSP) Delete this section and replace with the following: Unless otherwise noted, the Contractor shall maintain two-way traffc during construction. � The Contractor shall build, maintain in a safe condition, keep open to traffic, and remove when no longer needed: r ' ' � 1 L� 1. Detours and detour bridges that will accommodate traffic diverted from the roadway or bridge during construction, 2. Detour crossings of intersecting highways, and 3. Temporary approaches. The construction and maintenance of detours including traffic control and signing is the sole responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor will be required to submit Traffic Control Plans in accordance with MUTCD, WSDOT requirements, and these specifications. Payment for Construction and Maintenance of Detours will be incidental to the project and included into other bid items. 1-07.24 Rights of Way (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) Delete this section in its entirety, and replace it with the following: Street right of way lines, limits of easements, and limits of construction permits are � indicated in the Plans. The Contractor's construction activities shall be confined within these limits, unless arrangements for use of private property are made. ' � , Generally, the Contracting Agency will have obtained, prior to bid opening, all rights of way and easements, both permanent and temporary, necessary for carrying out the work. Exceptions to this are noted in the Bid Documents or will be brought to the Contractor's attention by a duly issued Addendum. City of Bremerton March 2015 ' 2015 Sewer Rehabilitation SP - 33 Whenever any of the work is accomplished on or through property other than public right of way, the Contractor shall meet and fulfill all covenants and stipulations of any easement agreement obtained by the Contracting Agency from the owner of the private property. Copies of the easement agreements may be included in the Contract Provisions or made available to the Contractor as soon as practical after they have been obtained by the Engineer. Whenever easements or rights of entry have not been acquired prior to advertising, these areas are so noted in the Plans. The Contractor shall not proceed with any portion of the work in areas where right of way, easements or rights of entry have not been acquired until the Engineer certifies to the Contractor that the right of way or easement is available or that the right of entry has been received. If the Contractor is delayed due to acts of omission on the part of the Contracting Agency in obtaining easements, rights of entry or right of way, the Contractor will be entitled to an extension of time. The Contractor agrees that such delay shall not be a breach of contract. Each property owner shall be given 48 hours notice prior to entry by the Contractor. This includes entry onto easements and private property where private improvements must be adjusted. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing, without expense or liability to the Contracting Agency, any additional land and access thereto that the Contractor may desire for temporary construction facilities, storage of materials, or other Contractor needs. However, before using any private property, whether adjoining the work or not, the Contractor shall file with the Engineer a written permission of the private property owner, and, upon vacating the premises, a written release from the property owner of each property disturbed or otherwise interfered with by reasons of construction pursued under this contract. The statement shall be signed by the private property owner, or proper authority acting for the owner of the private property affected, stating that permission has been granted to use the property and all necessary permits have been obtained or, in the case of a release, that the restoration of the property has been satisfactorily accomplished. The statement shall include the parcel number, address, and date of signature. Written releases must be filed with the Engineer before the Completion Date will be established. 1-08 PROSECTION AND PROGRESS Add the following new section(s): 1-08.0 Preliminary Matters (City of Bremerton GSP) 1-08.0(1) Preconstruction Conference (City of Bremerton GSP) Prior to the Contractor beginning the Work, a preconstruction conference will be held between the Contractor, the Contracting Agency, the Engineer and such other persons as may be invited. The purpose of the preconstruction conference will be: � City of Bremerton March 2015 2015 Sewer Rehabi6tation SP - 34 � L� 1 ' ' ' , ' ' � To review the initial progress schedule; 2. To establish a working understanding among the various persons associated with or affected by the Work; 3. To establish and review procedures for progress payment, notifications, approvals, submittals, etc.; 4. To establish normal working hours for the Work; 5. To review traffic control; and 6. To discuss such other related items as may be pertinent to the Work. The Contractor shall prepare and bring to the meeting the pre-construction submittals listed in paragraph 1-05.5(2)A. 1-08.0(2) Hours of Work (City of Bremerton GSP) Except in the case of emergency, or unless otherwise approved or directed by the Contracting Agency, the normal straight time working hours for the Contract shall be any consecutive 8-hour period between 7:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. of a working day with a maximum 1-hour lunch break and a 5-day work week. The normal straight time 8-hour working period for the Contract shall be established at the preconstruction conference or prior to the Contractor commencing the work. A 10-hour work day four days per week will also be permitted by the Owner upon written request by the Contractor. ' Written permission from the Engineer is required, if a Contractor desires to perform work on holidays, Saturdays, or Sundays; before 7:00 a.m. or after 6:00 p.m. on any day; or longer than the regularly scheduled workday (8 or 10 hour workday) on any day. The ' Contractor shall apply in writing to the Engineer for such permission to work outside the work window at least 7 days in advance. ' If the Owner approves work between the hours of 10:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m. during weekdays and between the hours of 10:00 p.m. and 9:00 a.m. on weekends or holidays, it will be subject to noise control requirements. Approval to continue work during these � hours may be revoked at any time the Contractor exceeds the Contracting Agency's noise control regulations or if complaints are received from the public or adjoining property owners regarding the noise from the Contractor's operations. The Contractor shall have � no claim for damages or delays should such permission be revoked for these reasons. If requesting to work at night, at least 7 days of notice to the City shall be given to allow time for the City inspector to adjust their schedule. LJ 1 1 � The Engineer may require designated representatives to be present during the work. Representatives who may be deemed necessary by the Engineer include, but are not limited to: survey crews; personnel from the Contracting Agency's material testing lab; inspectors; and other Contracting Agency employees when in the opinion of the Engineer, such work necessitates their presence. The Contractor will be reyuired to reimburse the Contracting Agency for the costs in excess of straight-time, costs for Contracting Agency representatives who worked during such times. City of Bremerton Mnrch 2015 � 2015 Sewer Rehabilitat�on SP - 35 [f the Owner permits the Contractor to work outside the agreed upon work hours, this does not imply that the Owner agrees to pay for any wages or costs associated with overtime or extra work. Costs associated with overtime work shall always be borne by the Contractor, unless the Owner specifically directs in writing that overtime work must be used to accomplish a task. 1-08.1 Subcontracting (City of Bremerton GSP) Delete the 8�h and 9�h paragraphs. The 8th paragraph starts with "On all projects..." 1-08.3(2)A Type A Progress Schedule (March 13, 2012 APWA GSP) Revise this section to read: The Contractor shall submit five copies of a Type A Progress Schedule no later than at the preconstruction conference, or some other mutually agreed upon submittal time. The schedule may be a critical path method (CPM) schedule, bar chart, or other standard schedule format. Regardless of which format used, the schedule shall identify the critical path. The Engineer will evaluate the Type A Progress Schedule and approve or return the schedule for corrections within 15 calendar days of receiving the submittal. 1-08.0(3) Construction Meetings (City of Bremerton GSP, New Section) Weekly meerings shall be held at a mutually agreed-upon location and day of the week and time. The purpose of the meeting will be to discuss the work, resolve any quantity or force account disagreements, review the Contractor's Progress and Schedule, and review the record drawings. The Contracting Agency shall develop an agenda for each weekly meeting. The Gontractor shall provide an updated 3-week look-ahead schedule for each meeting. At the Owner's discretion, these meetings may be cancelled. The Owner may schedule additional meetings that the Contractor shall attend to review and discuss specific issues on topics that may be too involved for inclusion in the weekly progress meeting or require involvement from others not directly associated with the project. When a special meeting is required, the Engineer will coordinate time and place for all required attendees. Special meeting topics may include, traffic control, work sequence, and bypassing Flow. 1-08.3 Progress Schedule 1-08.3(1) General Requirements (City of Bremerton GSP) Supplement this section with the following: City of Bremerton March 2015 2015 Sewer Rehabi(itation SP - 36 ' , ' 1 1 ' ' ' � 1 1 � ' , � ' �� � The Contractor shall submit a Type A Schedule. The Contractor shall use the following scheduling software: - Primavera Systems, Primavera Project Planner or SureTrak 2007 or later - Microsoft Project 2003 or later - Other, only as approved by the Owner 1-08.4 Notice to Proceed (City of Bremerton GSP) Delete the text in this section and replace with the followrng paragraph: Notice to Proceed will be given after the contract has been executed and the contract bond and evidence of insurance have been approved and filed by the Contracting Agency. The Contractor shall not�commence with the work until the Notice to Proceed has been given by the Engineer. The Contractor shall commence construction activities on the project site within ten days of the Notice to Proceed Date, unless otherwise approved in writing. The Contractor shall diligently pursue the work to the physical completion date within the time specified in the contract. Voluntary shutdown or slowing of operations by the Contractor shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility to complete the work within the time(s) specified in the contract. 1-08.5 Time of Completion (City of Bremerton GSP) Delete the text in this section and replace with the following paragraph: The Contractor shall begin work within ten (10) calendar days of the Notice to Proceed date. The Work shall obtain Substantial Completion within the time designated in 'Article 2' of the CONTRACT. Time lost in replacing improper work or material shall not furnish any grounds to the Contractor for claiming an extension of time for the completion of the work and shall not release the Contractor from damages or liabilities for failure to complete the work within the time stipulated. 1-08.9 Liquidated Damages (City of Bremerton GSP) Delete and replace the second paragraph with the following: Liquidated damages are established per 'Article 3' of the CONTRACT. The Engineer will deduct the accumulated amount from any money due or coming due to the Contractor. City of Bremerton March 2015 ' 2015SewerRehabilitation SP-37 1-09 Add the followrng new section: MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 1-09.1(1) Quantity Reporting Requirements (City of Bremerton GSP, New Section) 1. General. Requirement: Preparation of daily Quantity Reports generally as described in this Section is hereby required of both the City and Contractor. b. Controlling Record: City and Contractor hereby acknowledge that the purpose of such daily Quantity Reports is to create a valid, contemporaneous record of all bid-item work performed by the Contractor, with the goal of limiting disputes by tracking and agreeing on the various quantities of work as it is performed. The daily Quantity Reports required herein shall become the controlling record and source documentation of the work performed and the materials provided by the Contractor each day. Correction of Errors: Nothing in this Section shall bar later adjustment of quantities for the purpose of correcting errors or omissions when such adjustment is authorized by the Engineer. City and Contractor hereby agree that the Engineer's decision regarding corrections shall be final, as provided in Standard Specifications Section 1-05.1. 2. d. Dispute Resolution: For the purposes of this Section only, daily Quantity Reports for the preceding week shall be reviewed by the Contractor and Engineer at each weekly construction meeting and, to the extent possible, any dispute related to the quantity work performed during the preceding week shall be resolved and final bid item quantities agreed upon. Daily Quantity Report a. Report Preparation: The Engineer will complete a daily Quantity report for each day that work is performed. The Contractor shall furnish any required material invoices or load receipts to the Engineer each day in time for completion of the day's report. The Engineer and Contractor shall review each day's report not later than the end of the next business day. Both the Engineer and Contractor shall sign each day's Quantity Report, acknowledging the quantities of work and materials indicated in the Report. A sample of the City-provided form that will be used for all such reports is included in the Appendix of'these Special Provisions. 1-09.6 Force Account (City of Bremerton GSP) Supplement this section wrth the following: City of Bremerton March 2015 2015 Sewer Rehabilitation SP - 38 The bid item "Force Account" has been included in the Bid Proposal for changes: - As directed by the Owner in accordance with Section 1-04.4. This will be issued as Work Change Directives and incorporated into the contract via a Change Order. - Due to differing site conditions, as described in Section 1-04.7, for which the Engineer determines the Contractor is due additional compensation per Section 1-04.7 and which is not covered by the contract unit prices. No payment will be made for any work from this bid item that has not been expressly approved in writing by the Engineer. Add the following new section: 1-09.6(1) Force Account Reporting Requirements (City of Bremerton GSP, New Section) 1. General. a. Requirement: Preparation of daily reports generally as described in this Section, of all Force Account Work authorized by the City, is hereby required of both the City and Contractor. b. Controlling Record: City and Contractor hereby acknowledge that the purpose of such daily reports is to create a valid, contemporaneous record of all work performed by the Contractor in response to Work Change Directives (WCD) issued by the City, with the goal of limiting disputes by agreeing on the amounts and costs of work as the work is performed. The daily reports required herein shall become the controlling record and source documentation of the work actually performed, and the materials actually provided, by the Contractor for Force Account Work. c. Error Correction: Nothing in this Section shall bar later adjustment of quantities or costs for the purpose of correcting errors or omissions when such adjustment is authorized by the Engineer. City and Contractor hereby agree that the Engineer's decision regarding corrections shall be final, as provided in Standard Specifications Section 1-05.1. d. Dispute Resolution: For the purposes of this Section only, Daily Force Account Reports for the preceding week shall be reviewed by the Contractor and Engineer at each weekly Construction Meeting and, to the extent possible, any dispute related to the quantity of Force Account work performed during the preceding week shall be resolved and final material quantities, labor hours and equipment hours agreed upon. 2. Daily Force Account Report a. Report Preparation: The Engineer will complete a daily Force Account report for each unit of Force Account work, for each day that such work is performed. The Contractor shall furnish the material and equipment invoices required by Standard Specification Section 1-09.6 to the Engineer each day in time for completion of that day's reports. The Engineer and Contractor shall review each day's reports not later than the end of the next business day. Both the Engineer and Contractor shall sign each day's Force Account reports, acknowledging the quantities of materials City of Bremerton March 2015 ' 2015 Sewer Reha6ilitation SP - 39 and hours of use of labor and equipment indicated in the report The City uses an equivalent of WSDOT Form # 422-008 titled 'Daily Report of Force Account Worked' for tracking force account work. A sample of the City-provided form that will be used for all such reports is included in the appendices. 1-09.7 Mobilization (City of Bremerton GSP) Supplement this section with the following: The lump sum amount for "Mobilization" in the Bid Schedule shall be approximately 10% of the total bid amount. 1-09.8 Payment for Material on Hand (City of Bremerton GSP) Delete al! the provisions in this section and substitute the following: The Owner will not make payment for material on-hand. Payment will be in accordance with items as described in Division 7. 1-09.9 Payments (City of Bremerton GSP) Delete the first four paragraphs and replace them with the following: The basis of payment will be the actual quantities of Work performed according to the Contract and as specified for payment. The Contractor shall submit a breakdown of the cost of lump sum bid items at the Preconstruction Conference, to enable the Project Engineer to determine the Work performed on a monthly basis. A breakdown is not required for lump sum items that include a basis for incremental payments as part of the respective Specification. Absent a lump sum breakdown, the Project Engineer will make a determination based on information available. The Project Engineer's determination of the cost of work shall be final. Progress payments for completed work and material on hand will be based upon progress estimates prepared by the Engineer. A progress estimate cutoff date will be established at the preconstruction conference. The initial progress estimate will be made not later than 30 days after the Contractor commences the work, and successive progress estimates will be made every month thereafter until the Completion Date. Progress estimates made during progress of the work are tentative, and made only for the purpose of determining progress payments. The progress estimates are subject to change at any time prior to the calculation of the final payment. City of Bremerton Mar•ch 2015 2015 Sewer Rehabilitation SP - 40 � L.J i 1 , , ' The value of the progress estimate will be the sum of the following: 1. Unit Price Items in the Bid Form — the approximate quantity of acceptable units of work completed multiplied by the unit price. 2. Lump Sum Items in the Bid Form — based on the approved Contractor's lump sum breakdown for that item, or absent such a breakdown, based on the Engineer's determination. 3. Change Orders — entitlement for approved extra cost or completed extra work as determined by the Engineer. Progress payments will be made in accordance with the progress estimate less: 1. Retainage per Section 1-09.9(1), on non FHWA-funded projects; 2. The amount of progress payments previously made; and 3. Funds withheld by the Contracting Agency for disbursement in accordance with the Contract Documents. ' Progress payments for work performed shall not be evidence of acceptable performance or an admission by the Contracting Agency that any work has been satisfactorily completed. The determination of payments under the contract will be final in accordance with Section 1-05.1. � 1-09.11 Disputes and Claims ' ' ' � ' 1-09.11(3) Time Limitation and Jurisdiction (City of Bremerto►1 GSP) Replace all references to Thurston County with Kitsap County. Delete Sections 1-09.13(3) and 1-09.13(4) and replace with the followrng section: 1-09.13 (3) Claims of Any Value (City of Bremerton GSP, New Section) The Contractor and the Contracting Agency mutually agree that claims, whatever the value, � submitted in accordance with Section 1-09.11 and not resolved by: nonbinding arbitration ADR processes, shall be resolved by litigation unless the parties mutually agree to resolve the claim through binding arbitration. Each party is responsible for its own attorney fees and litigation costs. ' � 1-10 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL � ' C�ty of Bremerton 2015 Sewer Rehabilitation March 2015 SP-41 1-10.1 General (City of Bremerton GSP) Supplement this section by inserting the following: Any materials, labor or equipment required for maintaining traffic flow during the life of this Contract shall be furnished, placed and maintained by the Contractor, immediately upon request by the Engineer. Furnishing of and preservation and maintenance of traffic control devices shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. Emergency traffic such as police, fire, and disaster units, shall be provided access at all times. The Contractor shall be liable for any damages, which may result from failure to provide reasonable access or coordination. Existing Signs, Devices. and Pavement Markings: Existing traffic control and street name signs which interfere with construction shall be relocated, covered, or removed by the Contractor and temporarily stored in a safe place. "Stop", "Yield', and "One-Way" signs shall be removed, covered or relocated only upon approval of the Engineer. Existing signs shall not be removed until the Contractor has provided temporary measures sufficient to safeguard and direct traffic after the existing signs have been removed. Except as otherwise specifically provided in the contract documents, preservation and maintenance of traffic control and street name signs shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. As work progresses and as permits, temporarily relocated or removed traffic and street name signs shall be reset in their permanent location by the Contractor. Signs and other traffic control devices damaged or lost by the Contractor, shall be replaced or repaired by the Contractor at no cost to the City. The option of whether a sign can be repaired or shall be replaced shall be the Engineer's, and such decision shall be f nal and binding on the Contractor. When paint lines are obliterated due to construction activities or pavement restoration, temporary pressure sensitive pavement marking tape, traffic buttons or delineators shall be installed where designated by the Engineer. These temporary features shall be removed only upon installation of permanent traffic channelization. Unless otherwise provided for by a separate bid item in the proposal, removal of permanent striping and installation and removal of temporary striping shall be incidental to the unit contract price for other items in the proposal. Maintaining Two-way Traffic and Access: Except as permitted by the Engineer, two-way traffic shall be maintained at all times. No dead-end streets will be allowed to have less than one way access at any time. During working hours, the Contractor shall maintain, in a safe, acceptable condition, all approaches and intersections with roads, streets, alleys, and driveways to businesses, parking lots, residences, etc. All streets shall be open to local traffic at the end of each working day unless otherwise noted in the approved Traffic Control Plans. Except where permitted elsewhere in the Contract Documents or authorized by the Engineer in writing, during non-working hours, excavations within roadways, driveways, pedestrian pathways, or similar areas within rights of way or easements used by the public shall be backfilled, compacted and covered with cold mix asphalt or covered with steel plates or other approved temporary bridging. City of Bremerton March 2015 2015 Sewer Rehabilitation SP - 42 ' r ' � ' , � CJ � ' � u � , ' ' � The Contractor shall conduct the work so as to obstruct and inconvenience traffic as little as possible. The Contractor shall not open sections of the work and leave them in an unfinished condition. During normal working hours, the Contractor shall maintain, in a safe, acceptable condition, all approaches and intersections with roads, streets, alleys, and driveways to businesses, parking lots, residences, etc. All streets shall be open to local traffic at the end of each working day unless otherwise noted in the approved Traffic Control Plans. During non- working hours, the Contractor shall keep existing traffic lanes clear, without interference from construction operations, equipment or materials. 1-10.1(2) Description (May 25, 2006 APWA GSP) Revise the third paragraph to read: The Contractor shall provide signs and other traffic control devices not otherwise specified as being furnished by the Contracting Agency at no additional cost. The Contractor shall erect and maintain all construction signs, warning signs, detour signs, and other traffic control devices necessary to warn and protect the public at all times from injury or damage as a result of the Contractor's operations which may occur on highways, roads, streets, sidewalks. or�aths. No work shall be done on or adjacent to anv traveled way until all necessary signs and traffic control devices are in place. 1-10.2 Traffic Control Management 1-10.2(1) General (Ciry of Bremerton GSP) Supplement this section with the following: The TCS will be contacted to correct any traffic control or signing deficiencies during normal working hours or during evenings or weekends as necessary or required. The TCS shall respond as required by Standard Specification 1-10.2(1)B. [f the Traffic Control Supervisor or the Contractor's forces do not respond within the required time, the City will make any necessary corrections using its own or other forces and shall deduct the entire cost of all such work from sums due, or to become due, to the Contractor. All such charges against the Contractor's payments shall be made at the City's then current rates for labor, equipment, and materials. The TCS shall be certified by one of the following organizations. The TCS certification shall be submitted to the City prior to any construction: American Traffic Safety Services Association 5440 Jefferson Davis Hwy. Fredericksberg, VA 22407 (703) 898-5400 Evergreen Safety Council ' City of Bremerton March Z015 2015 Sewer Rehabilitation SP - 43 1 401 Pontius Avenue North Seattle, Washington 98109 1-800-521-0778 or (206) 382-4090 The Northwest Laborers-Employers Training Trust 27055 Ohio Ave. Kingston, WA 98346 (360) 297-3035 1-10.2(2) Traffic Control Plans (City of Bremerton GSP) Supplement this section by inserting the following: Where work occurs in the ROW, the Contractor shall prepare and submit a traffic control plan to the City for review. The plan shall be in accordance with MUTCD requirements. The plan shall be submitted at least 7 days in advance of the actual work. 1-10.3 Traffic Control Labor, Procedures and Devices 1-10.3(3) Traffic Control Devices Supplement this section by inserting the following: All signs required for traffic control as well as any other signs prescribed by the Engineer shall be furnished by the Contractor. Add the following new section 1-10.3(3)L Parking Restriction Signs (City of Bremerton GSP, New Section)) Where, in the opinion of the Engineer, parking is a hazard to thru-traffc, or to the construction work, parking may be restricted either entirely or during the time when it creates a hazard. Signs for restricting parking shall be approved by the Engineer and provided and placed by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be responsible for and shall maintain the signs, if they are used in any street that is directly involved in the construction work. If parking signs are used beyond the confines of the work area, such as in another street being used as a detour, the signs will be the responsibility of the Contractor. The placement of signs restricting parking shall be as approved by the Engineer and shall be placed at least 72 hours in advance of the needed parking removal. Parking restriction signs shall be placed two working days in advance oE needing the parking removed, with the start date of the "no parking" clearly shown. The area to be restricted shall be clearly marked with Type I barricades carrying signs that give the specific period (dates and times) that the area is to be clear of vehicles. Signs shall be large enough to be easily read from a distance of 50 feet and shall advise where impounded vehicles will be City of Bremerton March 2015 2015 Sewer Rehabilitation SP - 44 stored or indicate a 24-hour telephone number for obtaining that information. A minimum of 72 hours advance notice is required before towing vehicles. All signs must be approved by the Engineer prior to use. Example wording of the signs is as follows: WARNING! TOW AWAY ZONE NO PARKING FROM: DATE and TIME TO: DATE and TIME FOR CONSTRUCTION WORK ALL VEHICLES REMAINING WILL BE TOWED 1-10.4 Measurement (City of Bremerton GSP) Delete the entire section and replace with the following: No specific unit of ineasurement will apply to temporary traffic control. 1-10.5 Payment (City of Bremerton GSP) De/ete the entire section and replace with the following: Temporary traffic control includes all equipment, labor and vehicles for developing and implementing traffc control plans, providing flagging, uniformed traffic control, Traffic Control Supervisor, Class A and Class B construction signs, detour routes, cones, barricades, flashers, sequential arrow signs, traffic safety drums, removal of permanent striping, installing and removing temporary striping and arrows, and other temporary traffic control devices, all of which shall be considered incidental to the rest of the work. During the course of the work, the Engineer may direct the furnishing and implementation of additiona( signage as needed, which shall be considered incidental to the rest of the work. Variable message boards (VMS), where used as directed by the Engineer, shall be paid as force account. END OF DIVISION 1 C�ty of Bremerton March 2015 2015 Sewer Rehabilitation SP - 45 , DIVISION 7 DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY SEWERS, WATER MAINS AND CONDUITS � 7-08 GENERAL PIPE INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS (City of Bremerton GSP) Section 7-08.3 is supplemented with the following: 7-08.3(5) Temporary Bypass Pumping 7-08.3(5)A General Requirements In the performance of the cure-in-place-pipe (CIPP) lining work, the Contractor shall ensure that existing sanitary sewer service to customers is maintained by the design, installation, and operation of a temporary bypass pumping system at each lining site. The bypass pumping system shall consist of pumps, piping, flow-through plugs, sand bags, and other means/materials for temporarily diverting flow from the upstream manhole and directing it to a manhole downstream of the rehabilitation operation. Bypass pumping shall be done in such a manner as not to damage private or public property, or create a nuisance or public menace. The pumped sewage shall be in enclosed hoses or pipes that are adequately protected from traffic, and shall be redirected into the appropriate sewer system. The discharge of sewage to private property, citv streets. sidewalks, storm sewer, wetlands. or anX location other than an approved sanitarv sewer is prohibited. The Contractor shall be liable for all cleanup, damages, and resultant fines should the Contractor's operation cause any backups, overflows, or property damage. The Contractor shall notify property and business owners prior to the work in accordance with SP 1- 07.16(5). � Discharge water from storm lines should be captured and disposed/treated in accordance with local, state, and federal laws. 7-08.3(5)B Backup Equipment and Monitoring Bypass pumping shall be scheduled for continuous operation with back-up pumps, generators, and/or other equipment available on-site at all times for periods of maintenance and refueling or failure of the primary bypass pump(s). The Contractor shall provide experienced monitoring personnel on site at all times to verify the bypass pumping system remains functional. These individuals shall have the experience to operate and maintain the bypass system to ensure there is continuous operation of the bypass system. 7-08.3(5)C Flow for Bypass System Design The City visually observed the sanitary flow and estimated the flow rate through pipe sections that will be affected by the lining work. The observations were made during dry weather at 2 p.m., with no precipitation several days prior to the observation. The estimated flow rates are City of Bremerton March 2015 2015 Sewer Rehabilitation SP - 46 � J '�� ' ' ' ' ' ' � � � indicated on the plan sheets and may be used by the Contractor to assist in sizing the bypass pumping systems. The Contractor shall use a safety factor of 2.5 for sizing bypass pumping equipment based on the tlows given on the plan sheets. The Contractor is solely responsible for ensuring that the properly sized pumping equipment is available for the work, regardless of the weather conditions. The Owner reserves the right to stop the Contractor's work if the Inspector believes that the provided pumping equipment is inadequate for the anticipated weather conditions. [n this case, the Contractor will be required to schedule the work for another day. 7-08.3(5)D Bypass Side Sewer Laterals If the Contractor is unable to install the pipe liner and reconnect an active side sewer(s) within the time duration specified to the property owner, bypass pumping of the side sewer to the sanitary sewer system shall be required if directed by the Owner. The Contractor shall verify whether service at a property is able to be interrupted prior to lining operations. When there exist situations where impacted properties cannot be disconnected, plugged, or subjected to any other service inter► i.e., hospitals, care facilities, restaurants, etc., bypass pumping of the side sewer to the downstream sanitary sewer system shall be required prior to insertion oP the liner system. If necessary, the contractor may install a cleanout to facilitate bypass pumping. . Payment for bypassing a side sewer and/or installing a cleanout for a specific property or business in order to maintain sanitary service, where directed by the Owner, shall be paid via force account as described in Section 1-09.6. 7-08.3(5)E Bypass Pumping Plan The Contractor shall prepare and submit bypass pumping plans in accordance with Section 1-05.5. ' The plan shall show bypassing from the upstream to a downstream manhole. The Contractor's plan for bypass pumping shall be reviewed by the City before the Contractor will be allowed to commence bypass pumping and lining work at a particular site. Submit the plan at least 2 weeks ' before the actual work to allow sufficient time for review by the City. The review of the bypassing system and equipment by the Engineer shall in no way relieve the Contractor of his responsibility and public liability. ' ' , , ' At a minimum, the bypass pumping plan shall include the following information: • A plan showing the location of the pumps, generators, piping, and plugs. • Method of equipment noise control in accordance with City noise ordinance. • Plugs: Method, rype, and size • Piping: Size, material, location, method of installation, and sizing calculations. • Pumps: capacity, number, performance curve, method of noise control. Include calculations demonstrating the pump can hydraulically perform with consideration of static lift, friction losses, and flow velocity. • Primary and standby power generator: Power and sizing calculations for application • List of backup equipment including pumps, hoses, generators, and pipe City of Bremerton March 2015 2015 Sewer Rehabilitat�on SP - 47 , 7-08.4 Measurement This section is supplemented with the following: No specific measurement shall apply to temporary bypass pumping. 7-08.5 Payment This section is supplemented with the following: Temporary bypass pumping, including but not limited to bypass pumping plan, personnel, fuel, monitoring, power, pumps, piping, barricades, emergency stand-by equipment, trenching for burial of pipe, removal of pipe, pavement restoration costs, and all other work necessary to maintain uninterrupted sanitary sewer services by bypassing the applicable sewer system flows associated with the work, shall be considered incidental to the bid items for C[PP-lining work as described in Section 7-21. 7-20 PIPE PRE-INSTALLATION CLEANING, INSPECTION AND ASSESSMENT (City of Bremerton GSP, New Section) . 7-20.1 Description This work shall generally consist of cleaning, removing and disposing of waste materials, and performing CCTV inspections of all the sewer main segments included in this project. 7-20.1(1) Submittals Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 1-05.5 of these specifications. Submittals shall include, but not be limited to, the items identified in these specifications and in Section 1-05.5. The following items shall be submitted prior to any cleaning and inspection work being performed. 1. Pre-Lining Inspection Reports After each video inspection has been completed, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer with two (2) copies of the Pre-Installation Inspection CD/DVD and associated Inspection Report for each sewer main segment. Each designated sewer main, which may include multiple pipes, shall be on a separate disk. The Pre-Installation Inspection CD/DVD and associated Inspection Report for a sewer main segment shall be submitted to the Engineer at least five (5) working days prior to requesting "wet-out" for that sewer main segment. 7-20.3 Construction Requirements 7-20.3(1) Equipment Cleaning Equipment City of Bremerton March ZO15 2015 Sewer Rehabil�tation SP - 48 ' ' ' � ' ' ' � r , ' ' J ' ' ' ' �l Cleaning equipment shall be capable of removing dirt, grease, rocks, sand, roots and other materials and obstructions from the sewer lines. Selection of equipment shall be based on field condition such as access to manholes, quantity of debris, size of sewer main pipe, condition of sewer main pipe, and pipe lining activities. Video Inspection Equipment The Contractor shall inspect the sewer interior walls of the sewer main pipe using a color CCTV camera with a lens capable of rotating 360 degrees to allow the Contractor to look directly up tees and wyes. It is entirely the Contractor's responsibility to choose and provide the correct equipment and software which will produce CCTV inspections and reports that meet the minimum CCTV inspection standards of'this specification. Should any of the CCTV inspection equipment become damaged or degraded during the course of this project, such that it is not capable of producing the minimum standards, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to repair or replace the affected equipment. No additional work days or payment will be granted for the repair or replacement of damaged or degraded equipment. 7-20.3(2) Personnel All CCTV inspections shall be perPormed by a trained operator who documents the date of the inspection, tlie condition of the pipe at each phase including before and after liner installation, breaks, obstacles, and side sewers by closed circuit television. 7-20.3(3) Cleaning Prior to conducting CCTV inspection, the Contractor shall clean the sewer main segment. Clean shall be defined as the removal of all accumulations including sludge, dirt, sand, rocks, asphalt, concrete, grout, grease, roots, and any other solid or semi-solid material existing in the pipe with 100% debris removal. [t will be the Contractor's responsibility to make as many cleaning passes as necessary to meet the above definition of'clean'. Sludge, dirt, sand, rocks, grease, and other solids or semi-solid material resulting from the cleaning operation shall be removed at the downstream manhole of the section being cleaned. Passing materials from manhole section to manhole section is not permitted. All roots shall be removed from the sewer lines. Special attention shall be used during the cleaning operation to assure removal of roots from the joints and side sewer connections. Procedures may include the use of inechanical equipment such as rodding machines, root cutters, porcupines, and high-velocity hydro-jet cleaner. During sewer cleaning operations, precautions shall be taken by the Contractor in the use of cleaning equipment to avoid any damage to the existing pipe. Any damage of the sewer main pipe resulting from the Contractor's cleaning operations, regardless of the existing condition of the pipe, shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. City of Bremerton 2015 Sewer Rehabilitatron March 2015 SP-49 �l � Some of the pipes within this project are fragile with broken sections, offset joints, and holes in the pipes. The Contractor shall use extreme care to not further damage the pipe during cleaning operations. 7-20.3(4) Waste Material Disposal The Contractor shall dispose of all waste materials removed from the sewers during the cleaning operation at an ofP-site location that accepts waste material. Trucks hauling solids or semi-solids from the site shall be watertight so that no leakage or spillage will occur. Under no circumstances shall sewage or solids be dumped onto the ground surface, streets. catch basins. or storm drains. 7-20.3(5) CCTV Inspection The Contractor shall perform CCTV inspection after cleaning the sewer lines to document the condition of the host pipe, verify the number and footages of side sewer connections, and verify the lines were cleaned in accordance with these specifications. In order to allow for an accurate analysis of the condition of the existing sewer main/host pipe, the Contractor shall ensure that the entire surface of the sewer main under inspection is clearly visible. When the depth of sewage, which may be caused by existing defects such as sags, offsets, voids, etc., obstructs the ability of the Engineer to clearly view the sewer main/host pipe surface, the Contractor shall halt the inspection and remove the sewage from the main using high velocity jetting machines, or other non-destructive methods acceptable to the Engineer. Once the main section under inspection is clear of sewage the inspection may resume. � When obtaining video footage of the side sewer connections, the video shall provide sufficient detail to allow the Owner to determine whether the connection is still active. If the incoming flows are sufficient to obstruct the ability of the Engineer to clearly view the entire surface of the sewer main/host pipe under inspection, the Contractor shall temporarily plug all incoming flows to the upstream manhole, and bypass pump around the plugged segment and the sewer main segment under inspection. Bypass pumping from the upstream manhole shall be utilized as needed. Flows introduced by laterals are unavoidable and expected, however, should these flows introduce sufficient fluids to obscure the visibility of the pipe, the Contractor shall halt the inspection until the sewage has been removed. [f the Contractor should find rocks and sediments, grease, grout, protruding laterals, or other obstructions that would otherwise prevent the installation of a liner, they shall halt the inspection and remove said obstructions prior to completing the CCTV inspection. The Contractor shall maintain a clean and clear lens for the duration of the CCTV inspection. Should the lens become soiled, or fogged, or otherwise impaired to any degree that impedes the ability to clearly see the condition of the pipe, the Contractor shall halt the inspection and clean/clear the lens of any foreign matter impeding the visual inspection. No additional City of Bremerton March 2015 2015 Sewer Rehabil�tation SP - 50 ' 1 ' ' compensation will be made for re-inspections required by the Engineer due to soiled, fogged, or otherwise impaired camera lenses. The Contractor shall maintain sufficient light levels within the main to allow for visual inspection of the pipe walls for a minimum distance of three (3) feet in front of the camera lens for a118" to 10" pipe, and four {4} feet for all pipe sizes 12" and up. Additionally, the Contractor shall make certain that the light levels are not so bright that visual inspection is impeded. � Should the camera get stuck in the sewer, the Contractor shall be responsible for all costs in extracting it. Costs related to difficulties encountered during internal video inspection are incidental to the contract, and claims will not be considered. ' Information to be included for video and insnection reports The video files shall be recorded and submitted in MPEG-4 format and be PACP compliant databases. No other file format will be accepted unless approved by the Engineer. The CC video shall include the following information: Continuous display: - Date of inspection - Main segment number - Upstream and downstream manhole numbers �- Current distance along the mainline Audio: Date of inspection Confirmation of upstream and downstream pipe manhole numbers Description of pipe size and pipe material Description of setup Description and location of defects Description and location of lateral connections. Upstream and downstream manhole numbers -- Current distance along the mainline ' The inspection report shall include the following information: ' • Date of Inspection •Reference to name of video (MH to MH) •Corresponding plan sheet number for segment ' •Main segmentnumber • Upstream and Downstream Manhole Numbers ' , •Street Location •Basin Name •Setup (Normal or Reverse Flow) � City of Bremerton 2015 Sewer Rehabilitation 1 March 2015 SP-51 • Pipe size and material •Status (Active or Inactive) of all side sewers • Location, length, and depth of water of sags • Location and description of defects •Confirmation of ability or inability to rehabilitate the subject sewer main segment using CIPP 7-20.3(6) Assessment of Sewer Lines 7-20.3(6)A General This work shall generally consist of assessing the existing condition and ability to line a sewer main segment. In addition to the videos, the Contractor shall prepare and submit a Pre-Lining Inspection Report which shall note the pipe condition, lateral footages and clock position, root protrusions, and any other information required to understand the pipe condition for lining. Based on a review of the video and report, the Owner will make a determination of which laterals must be restored (active) and whether spot repairs of the pipe are required prior to the work. 7-20.3(6)8 Lining Feasibility Minimum Acceptable Conditions The Contractor is responsible for determining whether or not a sewer main segment is suitable for CIPP lining. The Contractor shall not install a CIPP liner in any sewer main segment with existing defects that interfere with or cause a reduction in hydraulic capacity, or which may interfere with future CCTV inspection operations, or which may hinder in any way the quality of installation of the CIPP liner system. If a sewer main segment is not suitable for lining it shall be noted in the Pre-Lining Inspection Report and presented to the Engineer. The following sewer main pipe defects and conditions shall be considered as guidelines when performing CCTV Inspection review and making lining feasibility assessments. S�S_ . Any section of a sewer main segment that has a sag which causes sewage levels to continuously reach half pipe or greater, and which is longer than ten (10) feet in length shall be noted on the Pre-lining inspection report and presented to the Engineer. The Engineer shall make the final determination of whether the sag is acceptable or needs repair prior to lining. Protruding Laterals: Any side sewer lateral that encroaches into the inside diameter of the sewer main host pipe shall be considered a protruding lateral. The Contractor shall take appropriate measures to internally remove that portion of the lateral that is protruding. The method used to remove City of Bremerton March 2015 2015 Sewer Rehab�litation SP - 52 1 � � � � � the protrusion shall not be destructive to that portion of the side sewer lateral outside of the inside surface of the of the sewer main host pipe, and shall result in a smooth, non- jagged edge which will not hinder in any way the quality of the installation of the CIPP liner system. If the Contractor is unable to remove the protrudix�g lateral it shall be noted in the Pre- Installation Inspection Report and presented to the Engineer. The Engineer shall make the final determination of whether the protruding lateral is acceptable or needs repair prior to lining. Internal removal of protruding laterals shall be included in the cost for "Pre- Installation Cleaning and Inspection", per linear foot. Bends and Curves: If, in the opinion of the Contractor, there exists a section in the sewer main segment with bends or curves which may prevent lining operations, or future CCTV inspections after a liner has been installed, or which may hinder in any way the quality of installation of the CIPP liner system, it shall be noted in the Pre-Lining [nspection Report and presented to the Engineer. Offset Joints: � �' � � Any joint that is offset by more than one half (1/2) of an inch in an 8-inch diameter pipe or one (1) inch in a 10-inch diameter pipe or larger shall be noted on the Pre-lining inspection report and presented to the Engineer. The Engineer shall review the defect and make a final determination of whether the offset is acceptable or needs to be repaired prior to lining. Roots: The contactor is required to remove all roots within the sewer main pipe as part of the cleaning operations. If there are any roots growing into the main from a side sewer lateral the Contractor shall take measures to cut them back to the point that they are no longer in the main. The Contractor shall note these occurrences in the Pre-Lining Inspection Report. Other Defects: � � �. � Any other defects in a sewer main segment that, in the Contractor's opinion, will impede the Contractor's ability to clean and/or line to the level of quality required within these contract provisions shall be noted in the Pre-Lining Inspection Report and presented to the Engineer. 7-20.4 Measurement Pre-installation cleaning and video inspection of sanitary and storm sewer pipe prior to installation of the CIPP lining is not measured. � Disposal of waste materials shall not be measured. City of Bremerton March 2015 � 2015 Sewer Rehabil�tation SP - 53 7-20.5 Payment As described in this section and elsewhere in the contract documents, pre-installation cleaning, video inspection, and evaluation of sanitary and storm sewer pipe prior to installation of the CIPP lining, including t►•affic control, bypassing flow, and removal of any protruding laterals, roots, and other foreign objects in the main, shall be included in the unit prices for the CIPP lining work as described in Section 7-21. Disposal of waste materials shall be considered incidental to other bid items. Where the Owner directs spot repairs of the pipe, including excavation, exposing and repair/replacement of portions of the pipe, prior to the lining installation work, these shall be paid via force account in accordance with Section 1-09.6. 7-21 CURE-IN-PLACE PIPE (CIPP) REHABILITATION (New Sectaon) (Ciry of Bremerton GSP, New Section) 7-21.1 Description This work shall consist of rehabilitating sanitary sewer pipelines using CIPP lining within the existing, structurally deteriorated pipe. The rehabilitation of pipelines utilizing CIPP shall generally consist of the installation of a resin-impregnated flexible felt tube or composite felt and carbon or glass fiber tube which, when cured, shall extend the full length of the original pipe and provide a structurally sound, smooth, joint-less and watertight pipe. The Contractor is responsible for proper, accurate and defect free installation of the new pipe regardless of the methods described herein. Piping plan sheets with stationing from beginning to end are in Appendix C. 7-21.1(1) Reference Specifcations, Codes, and Standards The following documents form a part of this specification to the extent stated herein and shall be the latest editions thereof. Where differences exist between codes and standards, the one affording the greatest protection shall apply, as determined by the City. ASTM F2019 Standard Practice for Rehabilitation of Existing Pipelines and Conduits by the Pulled in Place Installation of Glass Reinforced Plastic (GRP) Cured-in-Place Thermosetting Resin Pipe (CIPP) ASTM F1216 Standard Practice for Rehabilitation of Existing Pipelines and Conduits by the [nversion and Curing of a Resin-Impregnated Tube. Ciry ofBremerton March 20]5 201 S Sewer Rehabi(itation SP - 54 ASTM F1743 Standard Practice for Rehabilitation of Existing Pipelines and Conduits by the Pull in and inflate and Curing of a Resin-Impregnated Tube. ASTM 0543 Test Method for Resistance of Plastics to Chemical Reagents ASTM 0578 Standard Specification Glass Fiber Strands ASTM 0638 Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics. ASTM 0790 Standard Test Methods for Flexural Properties of Unreinforced and Reinforced Plastics and Electrical Insulating Materials. ASTM 02122 Standard Test Method for Determining Dimensions of Thermoplastic Pipe and Fittings ASTM 03567 Standard Practice for Determining Dimensions of "Fiberglass" (Glass-Fiber- Reinforced Thermosetting Resin) Pipe and Fittings ASTM D5813 Standard Specification for Cured-in Place Thermosetting Resin Sewer Pipe NASTT Paper A-5-02 Styrene Free Resins for Cured-in-Place-Pipe (CIPP) Provide Comparable Mechanical Properties and Ease 7-21.1(2) Contractor Submittals Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 1-05.5 of these specifications. Submittals shall include, but not be limited to, the items identified in these specifications and in Section 1-05.5 of these specifications. A. Written guarantee indicating intent to comply with the manufacturer's standards for all materials and techniques being used in CIPP process. Any proposed modifications to the manufacturer's recommended standards shall be approved by the Engineer prior to installation of the product. Submit prior to purchase of any materials. B. Certified test results from the manufacturers which indicate that all -- materials conPorm to the applicable requirements. Submit prior to purchase of lining materials. C. Wall thickness calculations, stamped by a professional engineer, per 7- 21.2(5). D. Chemical Resistance Data — The Contractor shall submit CIPP test results that meet the chemical resistance requirements of ASTM F1216 and ASTM F1743. Section 5.2.6. CIPP samples tested shall be of fabric tube and the specific resin proposed for actual construction. It is required that CIPP samples without plastic coating meet these chemical testing requirements. Also reference Section 7-21.2(6). City of Bremerton March 2015 2015 Sewer Rehabilitation SP - 55 � E. CIPP Field Samples - The Contractor shall submit test results from previous field installations of the same resin system and tube materials as proposed for the actual installation, Field sampling procedure shall be in accordance with ASTM F1216 or ASTM F1743 and in accordance with ASTM D5813. Obtain post-installation field samples for each installed lining and submit to the City upon request. F. MSDS Sheets - The Contractor shall submit Material Safety Data Sheets for all resins, and other additives such as accelerants, colorants, and lubricants utilized in the pipe liner/lining process. G. Informational Handout for Public - The Contractor shall submit an informational handout that describes the materials, processes, installation, pressures, temperatu: limitations, and odors associated with the lining process that shall be provided at the request of concerned residents. H. "Wet-out" sheets -The person in charge of the "wet-out" process, as identified in the Statement of Qualifications for CIPP Rehabilitation, shall complete and sign a"wet-out" sheet for each liner to be delivered to the site. The certified "wet-out" sheet shall include, but is not limited to, "wet-out" date, resin identification, tube length, diameter, and thickness. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer the signed "wet-out" sheet for each liner delivered to the site. Additionally, the Contractor shall submit a sample "wet-out" sheet from a previous job for the Engineer's review prior to the start of the "wet-out" process for the current project. Post-Installation Inspection Report. Reference paragraph 7-21.3(5). Written Non-pro rata 2-year warranty. Reference paragraph 7-21.3(8). Final payment will not be issued until written warranty is submitted. 7•21.2 Materials 7•21.2(1) General Neither the CIPP product, nor installation, shall cause adverse effects to any of the City processes or facilities. The use of the product shall not result in the formation or production of any detrimental compounds or by-products at the wastewater treatment plant. The Contractor shall notify the City and identify any by-products produced as a result of the operations, test and monitor the levels, and comply with any and all local waste discharge requirements. City of Bremerton March 2015 2015 Sewer Rehab�litat�on SP - 56 �� � 7.21.2{2) Product Storage and Handling All materials shall be accompanied by test reports certifying that the material conforms to � the ASTM standards listed herein. Materials shall be shipped, stored, and handled in a manner consistent with written recommendations of the manufacturer. Storage locations � � � shall be approved by the Engineer. All damaged materials and pipe rejected by the Engineer shall be promptly removed from the site at the Contractor's expense and disposed of in accordance with current applicable regulations. Damage Includes, but is not limited to, gouging, abrasion, flattening, cutting, puncturing, or ultra-violet (UV) degradation. 7•21.2(3) Tube 1. The tube shall consist of one or more layers of flexible, needled felt or an equivalent non-woven or woven material, or a combination or non-woven and woven materials, � capable of carrying resin, and withstanding installation pressures and curing temperatures, as required in ASTM F 1216, Section 5 or ASTM F 1743, Section 5; and ASTM D 5613, Sections 5, 6 and 8. The tube may also contain fell layers reinforced with � � � � � � �� r� , � glass or carbon fibers. 2. The tube shall be manufactured to a size that when installed will lightly fit the internal circumference and the length of the original pipe. The tube shall have sufficient strength to bridge missing pipe sections and be able to stretch to fit irregular pipe sections and negotiate bends. Allowance shall be made for circumferential and longitudinal stretching during installation. Diametric shrinking during the curing process shall meet the requirements of ASTM D 5813, Section 6.3.1 or better. , 3. The outside layer of the tube shall be coated with an impermeable, flexible membrane that will contain the resin during and after fabric rube impregnation, and facilitate monitoring of the resin saturation during the resin Impregnation (wet-out) procedure. 4. The tube felt shall be homogeneous across the entire wall thickness containing no intermediate or encapsulated elastomeric layer. 1Vo material shall be Included in the tube that may cause de-lamination in the cured C[PP. No dry or unsaturated layers shall be acceptable upon visual inspection as evident by color contrast between the felt fabric and the activated resin containing a colorant. 5. The wall color of the interior pipe surface of CIPP after installation shall be a light reflective color so that a clear detailed examination with CCTV Inspection may be made. The hue of the color shall be dark enough to distinguish a contrast between the fully resin saturated felt fabric and dry or resin lean areas. 6. Seams in the tube shall be equal to, or greater in strength than the non-seamed felt material. City of Bremerton March 2015 ' 2015 Sewer Rehabilitat�on SP - 57 7. The outside of the tube shall be marked with the name of the manufacturer. :, 0 The nominal tube wall thickness shall be constructed to the nearest 1.5 mm increment, rounded up from the design thickness for that section of installed CIPP. Wall thickness transitions, in 1.5 mm increments or greater as appropriate, may be fabricated into the fabric tube between installation entrance and exit access points. The minimum length of the tube for any sewer main segment shall be that deemed necessary by the installer to effectively span the distance from the starting manhole to the terminating manhole or access point, plus that amount required to run-in and run- out for the installation process. 10. The Contractor shall install a pre-liner in the pipe prior to the felt liner. The preliner tube shall be a reinforced plastic sheet formed to fit the host pipe being lined and shall be continuous from manhole to manhole. 7-21.2(4) Resin 1. The resin/liner system shall meet the 10,000 hour test in accordance with ASTM D2990 or equivalent testing. 2. The resin shall be a chemically resistant thixotropic vinyl ester resin that is compatible with the installation process. The resin shall be s,tyrene-free. The resin should be able to cure both in the presence and without the presence of water and the initiation temperature for cure should be less than 180 degrees Falirenheit. When properly cured the resin/liner system shall meet the structural and chemical resistance requirements of ASTM F1216 and or ASTM F1743. The resin shall be Corezyn CORVE8295 or equal. 3. The activated resin shall contain a colorant compatible with the resin, organic peroxides and the installation and curing process, such as Creallova� CHROMA CHEM 844-7260 Phthalo-Blue, or equivalent, at a level of 0.01-0.035 % by the weight of the resin. The colorant shall be added concurrently with the organic peroxide activator solution, or immediately after adding it to the resin, to serve as a multi-purpose visual quality assurance indicator. For systems using a photo-initiator catalyst no colorant in the activated resin is required. 7-21.2(5) CIPP Structural Requirements 1. Except where the liner thickness has already been provided by the City, the thickness of each liner installed shall be determined using calculation methods that are consistent with industry standards and the requirements of all applicable ASTMs. The Contractor's Design Engineer shall submit stamped and signed designs prior to the installation of any liner. The designs shall include a step by step calculation that shows Ciry of Bremerton Mnr•ch 2015 2015 Sewer Rehabil�tntion SP - 58 � r� � � �� all equations, defines all variables, lists all assumptions, and clearly indicates all values used for the design. a. Except where otherwise noted on the plans, the minimum acceptable liner thickness is 6 mm in all cases. b. The liner thickness shall be the same for all pipe segments for a particular bid item. c. The design depth is given on Sheet G2 and was calculated based on the maximum structure depth (rim to invert) given on the plan sheet. d. The liner thickness for the Bid Items A. 4, A.S, and B.5 shall be 12 mm. No further thickness calculations are required for these Bid Items. 2. The design engineer shall set the long term (50 year extrapolated) Creep Retention � Factor at 50% of the initial design flexural modulus as determined by ASTM D790 test method. � � � 3. The cured in place pipe material (C[PP) shall conform to the structural properties as listed below. Minimum Ph sical Pro erties ' Pro er Test Method Cured Com osite Wall Thickness ASTM D2122 Per ASTM F1216 Flexural Modulus of Elastici ASTM D-790 short term 300,000 si Flexural Stren h ASTM D-790 4,500 si 4. The required structural CIPP wall thickness shall be based as a minimum on the � physical properties indicated above, the Design Equations in the appendix of ASTM F1216, and the following design parameters: � � � Desi n Safe Factor 2.0 Cree Retention Factor 50% Ovali 2% Modulus of assive soil reaction 1,000 si Groundwater De th Assume at surface Soil De th Desi n De th See Sheet G2 Live Load H-20 Hi hwa Loadin Soil Load assumed * 134 Ib cu. Ft. Pi e Condition Full Deteriorated Minimum service life 50 ears C�ty of Bremerton March 2015 ' 2015 Sewer Rehabilitation SP - 59 � ! *No soils investi ation related to this ro'ect has be erformed 7-21.2 (6) Chemical Resistance Chemical resistance tests should be completed in accordance with Test Method D543. Exposure should be for a minimum of one month at 73.4 degrees F. During this period, the CIPP lest specimens should lose no more than 20 percent of their initial flexural strength and flexural modulus when tested in accordance with ASTM F1216 and ASTM F1743, whichever is applicable, when subjected to the following: Chemical Solution Concentration, ercent Ta Water H 6-9 100 Nitric Acid 5 Phos horic Acid 10 Sulfuric Acid 10 Gasoline 100 Ve etable Oil 100 Deter ent 0.1 Soa 0.1 � The Contractor shall be responsible for all costs associated with the chemical resistance tests. � � i �' r 1 � C� ,� 7-21.3 Construction Requirements 7-21.3(1) Preparatory Work 1 2 Notification of property owners along project route. See Section 1-07.16(5) for notification requirements. Cleaning and video inspection of pipes per Section 7-20 of these specifications. �� 3. The values for pipe diameter and length given in the contract documents are based on best available information. Do not order materials based on the information provided in � the contract. The Contractor shall independently verify pipe inner diameter and length in the field prior to ordering and prior to impregnation of the tube with resin, to ensure that the tube will have sufficient length to extend the entire length of the run. � C�ty of Bremerton March ZO15 2015 Sewer Rehabilitation SP - 60 � � i � � � � 1 � � �' L, ' � r � �` 4. Active Side Sewers: Sewers 8" diameter and greater shall be controlled by a temporary bypass as needed or required by City staff. Coordinate all bypassing with City staff. Submit a bypass plan for controlling flow into the pipe for review as described in Section 7-08. "Wet-Out" Process for Resin/Tube Composite a. The quantity of resin used for the tube impregnation shall be sufficient to fill the volume of all voids in the tube material with additional allowances for polymerization shrinkage and the loss of resin through cracks and irregularities in the host pipe wall. b. A vacuum impregnation process shall be used. To ensure thorough resin saturation throughout the length of the tube, the level of the vacuum and the speed of the resin advance shall be coordinated so that white spots (dry areas) at the inside surface of the flexible membrane shall be small, shallow, less than 10% of the tube wall thickness or 3-mm, whichever is less, and be less than 1% of the volume of the resin per unit length. c. A roller system shall be used to uniformly distribute the resin throughout the tube. The roller gap dimension shall be calculated by a method that determines the correct volume of resin/tube per foot contained within the confining perimeter of the flexible membrane. d. The "wet-out" tube shall meet ASTM F 1216, 7.2 or ASTM F 1743, 6.2 as applicable, and shall have a uniform thickness and excess resin distribution that when compressed at installation pressures will meet or exceed the design thickness after cure. e. No dry or unsaturated layers shall be acceptable upon visual inspection as evident by color contrast between the felt fabric and the activated resin containing a colorant. � f. The person in charge of the "wet-out" process, as identified in the Statement of Qualifications for CIPP Rehabilitation, shall complete and sign a"wet-out" sheet for each liner to be delivered to the site. The certified "wet-out" sheet shall include, but is not limited to, "wet-out" dale, resin identification, tube length, diameter, and thickness. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer the signed "wet-out" sheet for each liner delivered to the site. Additionally, the Contractor shall submit a sample "wet-out" sheet from a previous job for the Engineer's review prior to the start of the "wet-out" process for the current project. g. The City reserves the right to inspect all phases of production and testing of materials, from manufacturing, shipping, "wet-out", installation, and cure, to finished product. 7•21.3(2) Pipe Liner Installation Ciry of Bremerton March ZO15 � 2015 Sewer Rehabrlitation SP - 61 7.21.3(2)A General The CIPP liner shall be installed and cured in the host pipe per the manufacturer's specifications as described and submitted in Section 1-05.5 of these Special Provisions. CIPP Installation shall be In accordance with applicable ASTM F1216, Section 7, or ASTM F1743, Section 6, with the following modification: 1. Final Cleaning and Inspection: The existing host pipe shall be given a final cleaning just prior to insertion of the liner to remove any loose material that may have entered the line after the pre-installation cleaning. A maximum of one hour may elapse between this final cleaning/flushing pass and the insertion of the liner. After the cleaning is complete, make a final camera pass to verify the cleanliness of the line. This final pass shall be completed in the presence of'the Engineer and accepted as `clean'. 2. Bypass pumping from upstream manholes shall be utilized in accordance with Section 7-08 of these Special Provisions to exclude any sewage from entering the line during inspection and to maintain sewer service for adjacent piping. All standing sewage shall be removed from the main during final cleaning to provide the Contractor with a completely unobstructed view of the host'pipe. 3. Prior to installation of the liner, the heat source shall be fitted with suitable monitors to gauge the temperature of the incoming and outgoing heat supply. Additional monitors (typically thermocouple probes) are required and shall be installed between the impregnated tube and the pipe invert at the termination to allow for the monitoring and logging of temperatures during the cure cycle. The Contractor shall have back-up monitors available at all times. 4. Tube Insertion - The wet-out tube shall be positioned in the pipeline using either air or water inversion, or a pull-in method. The tube shall be pulled-in or inverted through an existing manhole or approved access point and fully extended to the next designated manhole or termination point. The pressure head shall remain constant to avoid wrinkles in the liner. The Contractor shall protect the manholes to withstand forces generated by equipment, water, or air pressures used while installing the tube. [f a lubricant is used during the installation process the Contractor shall submit a material data to the Engineer prior to its use for approval. No petroleum based lubricants, such as mineral oil, shall be approved for use. The Contractor may be required to place an absorbent material in the area of installation (i.e. around truck area, gutter line, or where appropriate). If a pulling method is used, a cable shall be strung through the existing pipe to be rehabilitated and attached to the liner through an existing manhole or access point. The City of Bremerton March 2015 2015 Sewer Rehabrlitation SP - 62 � � � � � � � �� � � � � � LJ �� �� liner shall be pulled through the existing manhole and through the existing pipe by this cable. Care shall be taken not to damage the liner or host pipe during the installation. Liners installed in pipe segments that contain a vertical or horizontal curve shall utilize the inversion method. If, in the opinion oEthe Contractor, it is deemed suitable to utilize the pull-in method for any pipe with a vertical or horizontal curve, it shall be noted on the pre- installation pre-lining inspection report and presented to the Engineer for approval for this rnethod. If neither method is deemed suitable for liner installation the line segment will be removed from the contract. 7-2fl.3(2)B Curing and Cool �own for Heated VVater or Steam l. After liner placement is completed, a suitable heat source and distribution equipment shall be provided to distribute or re-circulate hot water or stearn throughout the pipe. The equipment shall be capable of delivering hot water or steam throughout the section to uniformly raise the temperature above the temperature required to cure the resin. This temperature shall be determined by the manufacturer based upon the resin/catalyst system employed. The curing of the CIPP must take into account the existing pipe material, the resin system, and ground conditions (temperature, moisture level, and thermal conductivity of the soil). 2. To ensure that each phase of the process is achieved at the approved manufacturer's recommended temperatures, suitable monitors to gauge and record temperatures of the incoming and outgoing heat source during the curing and cooling shall be placed between the tube and pipe invert at each end. A back-up monitor is required in the event of monitor failure. 3. The Contractor shall submit the cure and cool down periods as recommended by the resin manufacturer. If an accelerant is used the Contractor shall submit the adjusted cure and cool down periods based on the accelerant Manufacturer's recommendations. Recirculation of the hot water or steam shall be maintained continuously throughout this period. 4. During the cure and cool down process, the Contractor shall keep logs, charts and/or graphs of the liner temperatures at the specified locations to ensure that proper temperatures and cure times have been achieved. Certified cure logs and cool down schedules shall be submitted for each installed liner. The contractor shall maintain the maximum and minimum pressure required to hold the tube tight against the host pipe during the curing process until finished curing, per manufacturer's recommendation. C�ty of Bremerton March 2015 ' 2015 Sewer Rehnbilitat�on SP - 63 0 7 When cooling with water or air, the exterior "skin" (interface) temperature on both ends reaches 80 F or less, the processing shall be finished. The equipment may then be disconnected. Care shall be taken in the release of the static head so that a vacuum will not develop that could damage the newly installed liner. 7•21.3(2)D Finished Pipe Liner 1. The finished lining shall be continuous over the entire length of an installation run and be free of visual defects, including but not limited to, foreign inclusions, cracks, dry spots or unsaturated layers, pinholes, wrinkles, blisters, bulges, soft spots, and de- lamination. The lining shall be impervious and free of any leakage from the pipe to the surrounding ground or from the ground to the inside the lined pipe. If these conditions are present, the affected portions of CIPP witl be removed and replaced with an equivalent repair equal to the product installed. Any defect, which will or could affect the structural integrity, strength, capacity, or future maintenance of the installed liners, shall be repaired at the Contractor's expense, in a manner approved by the Engineer. 3. The beginning and end of the CIPP shall be cut flush at the inlet and outlet points in the manhole. The annular space at the ends shall be sealed with an epoxy or resin mixture compatible with the liner/resin system and shall provide a watertight seal at both ends of the pipe. Sealing material and installation method shall be submitted and approved by the Engineer prior to start of construction. Hydraulic cements and quick-set cement products are not acceptable. 7-21.3(3) Internal Reinstatement of Side Sewers After the CIPP lining has properly cured and cooled and within 8 hours of starting the lining operation, the Contractor shall cut a temporary opening to relieve sewage flow at each late► This opening is temporary and full-reinstatement will occur as further described. Full side sewer (lateral) reinstatement shall be completed within 48 hours and shall be performed by a qualified individual with experience in successful internal lateral cuttings. The cutting device shall produce a neat, clean and smooth opening 95% minimum and 100% maximum of the same size and configuration of the existing side sewer lateral. Side sewer laterals shall not be overcut beyond the tolerances specified in these Special Provisions. In the event a side sewer lateral is overcut, the Contractor shall repair using a short liner and re-cut the side sewer lateral. No additional payment shall be paid for the repair of overcut side sewer laterals. The Contractor shall independently verify the location and total number of all side sewer laterals. City of Bremerton March 2015 2015 Sewer Rehab�l�tation SP - 64 The Owner will review the videos and pre-lining Inspection report to determine which lines are active and require reinstatement. The Owner will submit to the Contractor a list of all laterals that must be re-instated. For this reason, it is critical that the Contractor provide all Pre-Lining [nspection Reports to the Owner as soon as possible to allow the Owner sufficient time to review them. The Contractor shall only reinstate laterals that the Owner identifies as being "active'. IPthe contractor reinstates a side sewer lateral that is inactive, the Contractor has effectively introduced a point for infiltration to enter the sewer main segment. In this circumstance, the Contractor shall perform, at their expense, an appropriate internal or external spot repair to remove this potential source of infiltration. Spot repair methods and materials shall be approved by the Engineer prior to implementation. No additional payment shall be paid for the spot repair of side sewer lateral reinstatements. If the Contractor fails to reconnect an active side sewer lateral the Contractor shall use whatever means necessary to reinstate the side sewer lateral at his/her own expense. The Contractor shall be held financially liable for all claims for damages resulting from the missed or untimely sewer reinstatements. Where two laterals come together at a common location at the pipe wall, this shall be considered a single reinstatement. 7•21.3(4) Final Acceptance 1. The Contractor shall perform a CCTV inspection in accordance with section 8.6 of ASTM 1216 and ASTM F1743 after installation of the CIPP liner and reconnection of the active side sewer laterals. The quality of the Post-Installation CCTV inspection shall be held to the same standards as the Pre-Installation CCTV inspection. During the CCTV inspection the pipe invert shall be clear of any standing water and the pipe shall be continuously visible during the inspection. 2. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer, for acceptance and approval, two (2) copies of ' unedited Post-Installation CD/DVDs and associated Inspection Reports for each sewer main segment within 10 working davs of the liner installation. No more than one sewer main � � ' � � segrnent shall be included on a Post-Installation Inspection CD/DVD or inspection report. The inspection report shall note the inspection date, video name (MH to MH), location of all reconnected side sewer laterals, debris, as well as any other defects in the liner, including, but not limited to, gouges, cracks, bumps, or bulges. The Post-Installation CD/DVD and Inspection Report submittals shall be reviewed by the Engineer within 10 working daYs of receipt. Pavment for Sewer Rehabilitation bid items will not occur until Post-Installation CD f DVDs and Inspection Renorts have been submitted. reviewed. and approved bv the Engineer. City of Brernerton March 2015 ' 2015 Sewer Rehabilitation SP - 65 3. [mmediately prior to conducting the post-installation CCTV inspection, the Contractor shall clean and flush the newly installed liner. Acceptance of the line as 'clean', (as previously defined in this Specification), shall be determined by the Engineer based upon the subsequent CCTV inspection of the line. 4. If the CCTV [nspection reveals any deficiencies in the clearing, such as remaining coupons of reinstated laterals, the contractor shall immediately correct these deficiencies at their own expense. 7-21.3(5) Clean-Up After the liner installation has been completed and inspected, the Contractor shall clean up the entire project area. All excess material and debris shall be disposed of by the Contractor in accordance with State and Federal laws and regulations. 7-21.3(6) Sampling and Laboratory Testing The physical properties of the installed CIPP liner shall meet the minimum physical properties per Section 7-21.2(5) verified through field sampling and laboratory testing. Per Section 8 of ASTM F1216 and ASTM F1743, the Contractor shall obtain samples from all actual installed CIPP liners. All samples shall be labeled with the following: • Date of installation s Main segment number The Contractor shall supply samples to the City upon request for testing. All material testing shall be performed at the City's expense. Final payment for the project shall be withheld pending receipt and approval of the test results. If properties tested do not meet minimum requirements, the CIPP liner is subject to rejection or replacement. 7-21.3 (7) Warranty The Contractor shall provide the City a written non pro-rated, full labor and materials warranty to be in force and effect for a period of two (2) years from the date of Substantial Completion of the project. The warranty shall cause the Contractor to repair or replace the liner should failures or damage result from faulty material or installation. Extended warrantees may be required for portions of the project that have not met the requirements of'the contract or are defective or have been repaired. 7-21.4 Measurement The number of lineal feet of CIPP liner will be measured based on the actual pipe footage obtained from the pre-installation CCTV inspections, from end of pipe to end of pipe. Ciry of Bremerton March 2015 2015 Sewer Rehab�litation SP - 66 ' �J � 1 ' r , ' � � � � ' � ,� ' � ' Restoration of side sewer (laterals) connections will be measured per each side sewer that is restored. 7-21.5 Payment "11th St: Wilbert Ave to Ford Ave - 16-inch Dia. " "11th St: Ford Ave to N. Lafayette Ave - 16-inch Dia. " "Campbell Way: Clare Ave to Wheaton Way - 8-inch Dia." "Homer Jones Drive - 8-inch Dia." "Almira Drive to 4220 Wheaton Way - 8-inch Dia." "Hanford Ave Easement -10-inch Dia." "Lewis Ave Easement to Yew St. - 8-inch Dia." "Callahan Drive Easement - 8-inch Dia." "Ryan Easement - 8-inch Dia." "Stewart Easement - 8-inch Dia." "Crane Easement - 8-inch Dia." "Kitsap Way Culvert #1 - 18-inch Dia." "Kitsap Way Culvert #2 - 18-inch Dia." "Kitsap Way Culvert #3 - 18-inch Dia." "Washington Avenue Storm - 15-inch Dia." Payment for rehabilitation of sanitary and storm sewer using the CIPP-lining method, per lineal foot, shall be considered full compensation to clean, video, and inspect the pipe as described in Section 7-20; furnish and install a preliner; furnish, install, cure, perform a post-video inspection of the pipe and receive acceptance as described in this Section; provide temporary bypass pumping as described in Section 7-08; and prepare and implement a traffic control plan as described in Section 1-10. All other work in this contract to furnish and install CIPP-lining in the scheduled pipes that is not included in other bid items shall be considered incidental to the bid items for CIPP-lining work (Bid Items A.4 to A.14 and B.3 to B.6.) Payment for "Side Sewer Reinstatement", per each, shall be considered full compensation for all labor, equipment, and materials necessary to complete work as described in Section 7-21.3(3). Actual quantities will be determined in the field as the work progresses, and will be paid at the original bid price, regardless of final quantity. These bid items shall not be subject to the provisions of 1-04.6 of the Standard Specifications. Temporary traffic control City of Bremertoa March 201 S , 2015SewerRehabi(itation SP-67 ' and bypass pumping that is required for side sewer reinstatement shall be considered , incidental. � END OF SECTION ' ' , , , � � , 1 � , � , � City of Bremerton 2015 Sewer Rehabditation � March 2015 SP-68 ' , �J i 1 � � APPENDIX A KITSAP COUNTY PREVAILING WAGE � RATES � � � 1 , THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK � 3l20/2015 abotd:blaNc � State of Washington Department of Labor & Industries 1 Prevailing Wage Section - Telephone 360-902-5335 PO Box 44540, Olympia, WA 98504-4540 , Washington State Prevailing Wage The PREVAILING WAGES listed here include both the hourly wage rate and the hourly rate of ' frin�e benefits. On public works projects, worker's wage and benefit rates must add to not less than this total. A brief description of overtime calculation requirements are provided on the Benefit Code Key. � Journey Level Prevailing Wage Rates for the Effective Date: 03/23/2015 ■ � Countv � Trade Job Classification Wa e Holiday Overtime� Note K itsap Flag,eers Journey Level $36.17 7A 31 � Kitsap Inspection/Cleanine/Sealin� Of Cleaner Operator, Foamer $9.73 1 t Sewer Ct Water Systems By Operator � Remote Control � Kitsap Inspection/Cleanine/Sealin� Of Grout Truck Operator $11.48 1 � Sewer �t Water Systems By I Remote Control , Kitsap Inspection/Cleanin�/Sealing Of Head Operator $12.78 � 1 I Sewer ft Water Svstems Bv I Remote Control ' Kitsap Inspection/Cleaning/Sealin�Of �Tv Truck Operator $24.17 1 Sewer tt Water Systems By I Remote Control , Kitsap Laborers Air, Gas Or Electric Vibrating $42.67 7A 31 � Screed Kitsap Laborers � �Airtrac Drill Operator $44.00 7A 31 � Kitsap Laborers �Ballast Re�ular Machine $42.67 7A � 31 � _ Kitsap Laborers Batch Weighman $36.17 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Brick Pavers $42.67 7A 31 ' Kitsap Laborers �Brush Cutter $42.67 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Brush Hog F eeder $42 7A 31 r Kitsap Laborers Burner $42_67 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Caisson Worker $44.00 7A 31 ' Kitsap La borers Carpe Tender _ $42. 7A �__ 31 Kitsap Laborers Caulker $42.67 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Cement Dumper-paving $43.46 7A 31 � � Kitsap Laborers __ � Cement Finisher Tend $42.67 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers (Change House Or Dry S hack $4 2.67 7A 31 � Kitsap Laborers Chipping Gun (under 30 Lbs. ) $42.67 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers iChipping Gun(30 Lbs. And $43.46 7A I 31 ' r,t�s!lt�ororress.wa.govnr�/vvac�loac�rprvwagdoacup.aspoc v12 3l2QI2015 about:blaNc � ! Over) � � $ Kitsap iLab ers �� �� Choker Setter ?$42.67� 7A��� 31 � '�� �--- � —�-- ------� 'Kitsap + Laborers Ch Tender �$42.67L_ 7A j 31 � Kitsap Laborers Clary Power Spre �$43.46 7A � 31 � �Kitsap � Laborers � C lean-up Laborer $42.67I 7A � 31 � Kitsap � Laborers Concrete Dumper/chute �$43.46i 7A � 31 Operator I I � Kitsap � Laborers Concrete Form Stripper !$42.67� 7A ' 31 I I Kitsap �Laborers Concrete Placement Crew �$43.461 7A — 31 Kitsap � Laborers �Concrete Saw Operator/core $43.46� 7A j 31 � ��. � Driller � � K� itsap Laborers C rusher Feeder $36.17� 7A � 31 ' —r -- - - --�-�--��----�— -- ---� Kitsap I Laborers Curing Laborer $42.67� 7A ; 31 g Kitsap I Laborers � Demolition:� Wrecking £t � $42.67�7A ! � ��� � Moving (incl. Charred Material)' � " Kitsap � Laborers Ditch Di�ger � �$42.67i 7 A ; 31 � --� — ... - — �----ti --, — ...--� - --- � Kitsap ; Laborers Diver $44.00' 7A ' 31 Kitsap ` Laborers DrillOperator I $43.46i 7A i 31 � (hydraulic,diamond) i , , Kitsap Laborers ��� �� Dry Stack Walls �$42.67; 7A 31 � Kitsap ; Laborers Dump Person ` �$42 7 � 31 _� �— ' -- �!—_ Kit jLaborers � E poxy Technician �$42.67j 7A j� 31 � —�--- _�,�. —, -� Kitsap �Laborers �Erosion Control Worker $42.67� 7A�_ 31 Kitsap �Laborers 'Faller £t Buck Chain Saw $43.46� 7A ' 3� Kitsap � Laborers Fine Graders $42.67! 7A i 31 � Ki tsap ;Laborers Firewat ;$36.17� 7 A � 31 - Kits � Laborers � Form Sette �$4 2.67 � 7 � 3 , Kitsap � Laborers Gabian Basket Builders �$42 7A � 31 � � Kitsa p i Laborers � G eneral Laborer I$ 6 7A � 31 � ....- -- --��-- - - -- �- -�-�-- �Kitsap I Laborers Grade Checker £r Transit j$44.0 j0 7A j 31 -� - Pers ` � ' -� Kitsap Laborers� � �� Grinders ��$42.67t 7A � 31 p Kitsap Laborers , Grou t Mac T ender �$4 2.67� 7A � 31 I Kitsa Laborers — �Groutmen � p ( p r e s s u r e) i n c l u d i n g �$ 4 3. 4 6i 7 A 3 1 i � _ _ _ __ � Post Tension B eams _ I , ; --; � Kitsap Laborers Guardrail Erector $42.67i 7A� 31 � Kitsap I Labore�s Hazardous Waste Worker (level �$44.001 7A � 31 �'�`� � ' I i Kitsap , Laborers I B azardous Waste Worker (level �$43.46 i 7A i 3��� ..� _ � .� I � � Kitsap Laborers Hazardous Waste Worker (level �$42.67� 7A � 31 C) � ; Kitsa 'Laborers __ High S caler ��^ $44 7A 31 � Kitsap Laborers Jackhammer $43.46� 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Laserbeam Operator $43.46� 7A ; 31 � Kitsap , Laborers Maintenance Person $42.67; 7A ; 31 rritpsJ/tatress.wa.yovn�ti/vvageloacup/prvwageloacup.�poc 2/12 � � � 1 � � , , � � ' ' , ' � � ' ' � 3f20f2015 abotrt:blanfcc Kitsap Laborers ___ __ M anhole Builder-mudman $4 3.46� 7A 31 Kitsap�aborers _ _ Material Yard Person ,$42.67) 7A __31 _ Kitsap Laborers Motorman di Locomotive I$43.46 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Noateman (concrete Pump, �$43.46 7A 31 Green Cutter When Using � � Combination Of High Pressure I � Air Et Water On Concrete & I Rock, Sandblast, Gunite, � Sh otcrete, Water Bta � Kitsap Laborers Pavement Breaker $43.46j 7A 31 Kitsap La orers Pilot Ca $36.17i 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers ____ __ Pipe L ayer Lea __ $ 44.00 � 7A _31 __ Kitsap Laborers Pipe Layer/tailor $43�46� 7A � 31 Kitsap Laborers Pipe Pot Tende ,$43 .46j 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Pipe Reliner _ �$43.4� 7A � 31 Kitsap L aborers Pipe Wrapper $43.46 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Pot Tender $42.67 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Powder �$44.00 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Powderman's Helper $42.67� 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Power Jacks $43.46� 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Railroad Spike Puller - Pow $43.46 7A 31 � Kitsap Laborers Raker - Asphalt $44.00'• 7A � 31 � Kitsap Laborers Re-timberman $44.00 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Remote Equipment Operator $43.46 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Ri�ger/signal Person $43.46 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Rip Rap Person $42.67 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Rivet Buster $43.46 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Rodder $43.46 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Sc affold Erector $42.67 7A 31 � Kitsap Laborers Scale Person $42.67 7A 31 , Kitsap Laborers Sloper (over 20") _ $43.46 7A 31 �—� Kitsap Laborers Sloper Sprayer $42.67 7A 31 ;� Kitsap Laborers Spreader (concrete) $43.46 7A 31 � � Kitsap Laborers Stake Hopper $42. 7A 31 � Kitsap Laborers S tock Piler $42.67t I 31 i Kitsap Laborers Tamper �t Similar Electric, Air $43.46 7A 31 � £t Gas Operated Tools � � Kitsap Laborers Tamper (multiple Et Self- $43.46 7A � 31 � propelled) I i Kitsap Laborers �Timber Person - Sewer (la�ger, '$43.46 7A 31 –� Shorer tt Cribber) Kitsap Laborers Too lroom Person (at Jobsite) $42.67 7A � 31 Kitsap Laborers T opper $42.67 7A � 31 Kitsap Laborers Track Laborer $42.67 7A 31 Kitsap Laborers Track Liner (power) $43.46 7A 31 � Mtps•l/forVess.wa.gw/lrti/wagelookuplprvWagelookup.aspx �+�2 3I20l2015 abad:blardc Kitsap Laborers iTraffic Control Laborer $38.68I 7A ' 31 � 8R � Kitsap Laborers 'Traffic Control Supervisor $38.68i 7A 31 8R � Kitsap Laborers �Truck Spotter $42.67, �� - --��--- ---- . .... .... ---� -- �-- 7A _ __ 31 __ � Kitsap Laborers �Tugger Operator $43.46 � 7A � 31 i � Kitsap Laborers �� �� Tunnel Work-Compressed Air� $64.99I 7A i 31 i 8� � � Worker 0-30 psi I , , � Kitsap Laborers !Tunnel Work-Compressed Air $70.02� 7A � 31 � 8�( � Worker 30. 01-44.00 psi ' i Kitsap Laborers Tunnel Work-Compressed Air $73.70j 7A I 31 �� � Worker 44.01-54.00 psi � � Kitsap Laborers Tunnel Work-Compressed Air i$79.40i 7A 31 � _ _ __ __ Worker 54.01-60.00 psi _ � _� —�— -- Kitsap Laborers Tunnel Work-Compre�ssed Air $81.52i 7A 31 � 8�C � Worker 60.01-64.00 si ' —�---- Kitsap Laborers Tunnel Work-Compressed Air r$86.62j 7A I 31 � 8�( Worker 64.01-68.00 psi � � Kitsap Laborers �'Tunnel Work-Compressed Air $88.52 7A I 31 ! 8� � Worker 68.01-70.00 psi j I Kitsap Laborers Tunnel Work-Compressed Air $90.52i 7A 31 8�( � Worker 70.01-72.00 psi I � � L—. Kitsap Laborers ITunnel Work-Compressed Air i$92.52, 7A 31 ( 8� � � Worker 72 .01-74.0 0 psi ; ; --��—�-�---- ---�--- Kitsap Laborers Tunnel Work-Guage and Loc i$44.10! 7A 31 j 8� .� _ _ Tender _ i ___ _ � Kitsap Laborers Tunnel Work-Miner �$44.10' 7A 31 8� Kitsap Laborers Vibrator $43.46' 7A 31 ._ . —.. --------------��--� — -- - Kits Laborers Vi nylSeame r )$42.67i 7A 31 --;-----�----�_ - Kitsap Laborers W atchman i$32.87; 7A 31 K itsap Laborers Welder � � $43.46 7 A 31 � -------.—.—...------- — —I-- � Kitsap Laborers Well Point Labore I$43.46' 7A 31 � Kitsap Laborers Window Washer/cleaner $32.871 7A I 31 � Kitsap Laborers - UnderQround Sewer General Laborer ft Topman ;$42.67 7A � 31 --�- £� Water - — -- - -- I ' �—�— I �---�- Kitsap Laborers - UnderQround Sewer Pipe Layer ;$43.46� 7A � 31 £t Water i ± I --i.— �.-- - Kitsap Plu mbers �t Pipefitters Jour Le vel �$63.57� 5A 1G �� Kitsap Power Equipment Operators A sphalt Pl ant Operators � $55.24 ` 7A 3C 8P �-�- Kitsap Power Equiament Operators Assistant Engineer _� $51.97; 7A � 3C 8P Kitsap IPower Equipment Operators Barrier Machine (zipper) i$54 75 7A 3C 8P Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Batch Plant Operator, ��$54.75 7A 3C 8P Concrete � � Kitsap �Power Equipment Operators Bobcat � $51.97� 7A 3C 8P ---� --� � —, Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Brokk - Remote Demolition $51.97� 7A 3C 8P Equipment � -�--- Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Brooms �$51.97; 7A 3C 8P Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Bump Cutter $54.75� 7A 3C 8P Kitsap I Power Equipment Operators Cableways ,$55.24; 7A , 3C 8P � � � � � ' �' � � �� I , --� �� � � l J , , � nttps:/ltartress.wa.govnrrin�vageloac�/prvwacyeloacup.aspx 4/12 � � ' i , � , , � ' ' ' ' , ' � ' � � 3/2p/2015 about:blaPoc �Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Chi pper $54.751 7A 3 C �_� Kitsap Power Equi�ment Operators Compressor _ _ $51.97� 7A 3C t 8P�, Kitsap Power Equipment O�erators Concrete Pump: Truck Mount $55.24 7A 3C � gp " With Boom Attachment Over , � � 42 M � � - Kitsap Power E�ui'ment O�erators Concrete Finish Machine -laser $51.97 7A 3C 8P � — --- ____� —_ --�---_ �Kitsap Power Ec�uipment Operators iConcrete Pump - Mounted Or $54.33� 7A � 3C 8P� � ,Trailer High Pressure Line � _ _ ___ �Pump, Pump High Pressure. _� _ _ _ Kitsap Power Equipment Ooerators ;Concrete Pump: Truck Mount $54.75I 7A 3C 8P � lWith Boom Attachment Up To i I _ ---� -----�-- �----(— ---- ---� �Kitsap Power Equioment Operators Convey $54.33` 7A 3C 8P � 'Kitsap Power Equi�ment Operators �Cranes: 20 Tons Through 44 $54.75 �7A 3C 8P p �Tons With Attachments � , Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Cranes: 100 Tons Through 199 $55.791 7A 3C 8P �Tons, Or 150' Of Boom j (Including Jib With �Attachments) Kitsap Power Equiament Operators ICranes: 200 Tons To 300 Tons, $56.36 7A 3C 8P IOr 250' Of Boom (including Jib � i With Attachments) Kitsap Power Equiament Operators �Cranes: 45 Tons Through 99 $55.24 7A 3C 8P Tons, Under 150' Of Boom (including Jib With Attachments) Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Cranes: A-frame - 10 Tons And $51.97 7A 3C 8P Under Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Cranes: Friction 100 Tons $56.36 7A 3C 8P Through 199 Tons Kitsap Power Equi�ment Operators Cranes: Friction Over 200 Tons $56.92 7A 3C 8P p Kitsap Power Equi�ment Operators �Cranes: Over 300 Tons Or 300' $56.92 7A 3C 8P ,Of Boom (including Jib With Attachments) Kitsap Power Equi�ment Operators Cranes: Through 19 Tons With $54.33 7A 3C 8P Attachments A-frame Over 10 Tons Kitsa Power Equi�ment OQerators Crusher $54.75 7A 3C 8P Kitsap Power Eauiament OQerators Deck Engineer/deck Winches $54.75 7A 3C 8P (power) Kitsap Power Equiament Operators Derricks, On Building Work $55.24 7A 3C 8P Kitsap Power Equiament Operators Dozers D-9 £t Under $54.33 7A 3C 8P Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Drill Oilers: Auger Type, Truck $54.33 7A 3C 8P Or Crane Mount K itsap � Power Equi�ment O�erators Drill Machine $54.75 7A 3C 8P Kitsap Power Equioment Operators Elevator And Man-lift: $51.97 7A 3C 8P Permanent And Shaft Type 0 � FdtpsJ/fortress.wa.gov/Irri/wagelookup/P�����P•�Px 5�12 3/2Q/2015 Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Kitsap Power Equi�ment Operators �----- Kitsap ' Power Equi�ment Operators Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Kitsap Power E9ui�ment O�rators ----�-- --- Kitsap Power Eaui�ment Operators Kitsap Power Equinment Operators Kitsap Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Kitsap � Power Equipment Operators Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Kitsap Power Equipment Operators I Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Kitsap Power Equiument Operators Kitsap Power Equipment O�erators Kitsap Ipower Equipment Operators Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Kitsap oP wer Equipment Oaerators Kitsap Power Equioment Operators Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Kitsap Power Equi�ment Ooerators Kitsap Power Eauipment Operators Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Kitsap ' Power Equipment Operators Kitsap � Kitsap � Power Equipment Operators � ! MtpsJ/Fortress.wa.govA r�hivagelaok�elprvWagelook�.aspx about:blank �Finishing Machine, Bidwell And �$54.75 7A �Gamaco ft Similar Equipment �_�_ 1 Forklift: 3000 Lbs And Over j$54.33 � 7A � With Attachments __ ! � Forklifts: Under 3000 Lbs. With i$51.97 7A �Attachments ' Grade Engineer: Using Blue I$54.75 7A �Prints, Cut Sheets, Etc Gradech $51.97 7A Guardrail Punch $54.75 7A �Hard Tail End Dump $55.24 7A 'Articulating Off- Road �Equipment 45 Yards. ft Over �Hard Tail End Dump �$54.75 7A 'Articulating Off-road � Equipment Under 45 Yards i.---- ; Horizontal/directional Drill $54.33 7A jLoc �Honzontal/directional Drill $54.75 7A Operator Hydralifts/boom Trucks Over �$54.33� 7A �10 Tons � ��Hydralifts/boom Trucks, 10�$51 97 7A iTons And Unde I Loader, Overhead 8 Yards. ft $55.79 7A ' Over Loader, Overhead, 6 Yards. i$55.24 7A But Not Includi 8 Yar Loaders, Overhead Under 6 $54.75 7A Yar Loaders, Plant Feed j 7A Loaders: Elevating Type Belt $54.33 � 7A Locomotives, All ! , $54.75 7A Material Transfer Device � $54.75 7A Mechanics All leadmen -�' 55.79 7A , ( $ _ $0.50 Per Ho ur Over Mechanic) Motor Patrol Grader - Non- $54.33 7A finishing � Motor Patrol Graders,�Finishing $55.24 7A Mucking Machine, Mole, Tunnel $55.24� 7A Drill, Boring, Road Header And/or Shield Oil Distributors, Blower $51.97 7A Distribution Ft Mulch Seedin� � Operator � Outside Hoists (elevators And $54.33 7A Manlifts), Air Tug�ers,strato Overhead, Bridge Type Crane: $54.75 7A 3C 3C 3C 3C 3C 3C 3C 3C 3C 3C 3C 3C � 3C 3C 3C 3C 3C 3C 3C 3C 3C 3C 8P 8P 8P 8P 8P 8P 8P 8P 8P 8P 8P 8P 8P 8P 8P 8P 8P 8P 8P 8P 8P 8P 8P 3C 8P 3C 8P 3C � 8P ' � � � ' � ' � r � � � ' ' ' � ' � 3l20/2015 ahout:btaNc 20 Tons Through 44 Tons Kitsap IPower Equipment Operators Overhead, Bridge Type: 100 $55.79 7A 3C �8P � Tons And Over Kitsap �Power Equioment Operators Overhead, Bridge Type: 45 $55.24 7A 3C 8P Tons Throu�h 99 Tons Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Pa vement Br eaker $51.97 7A 3C 8P Kitsap�� EQUipment Ooerators IPile Driver (other Than Crane $54.75 7A 3C 8P _�_ Mount) Kitsap �Power Equipment Operators Plant Oiler - Asphalt, Crusher $54.33 7A � 3C 8P Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Posthole Digger, Mechanical $51.97 7A 3C 8P Kitsap Powe Equiomen O perator s Pow Plan __ __ $ 51.9 7 7A 3C _ 8P Kitsap Power Equioment Operators Pumps - Water $51.97 7A 3C 8P Kitsap �Power Equi�ment Oeerators Quad 9, Hd 41, D10 And Over $55.24 7A 3C 8P Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Quick Tower - No Cab, Under $51.97 7A 3C 8P 100 Feet In Height Based To � Boom Kitsap Power Eauipment Ooerators Remote Control Operator On $55.24 7A 3C 8P IRubber Tired Earth Moving � Equipment Kitsap Power Equi�ment Operators Rig ger And Bellman $51.97 7A 3C 8P Kitsap Power Equioment Operators Rollagon $55.24 7A 3C 8P Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Roller, O ther Than Plant Mix $51.97 7A 3C ! 8P � Kitsap Power Equi�ment Operators Roller, Plant Mix Or Multi-lift $54.33 7A 3C I 8P Materials Kitsap Power Eauipment O�erators Roto-mill, Roto-grinder $54.75 7A 3C 8P Kitsap Power Equi�ment Operators Saws - Concrete $54.33 7A 3C 8P Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Scraper, Self Propelled Under $54.75 7A 3C 8P 45 Yards Kitsap Power Eaui�ment OQerators Scr apers - Concre ft Carry All $54.33 7A 3C 8P Kitsap Power Equipment Operators +Scrapers, Self-propelled: 45 $55.24 7A 3C 8P Yards And Over Kitsap Power Equiament Operators .Se rvice Engineers - Eq uipment $54.33 7A 3C 8P Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Shotcret e/�unite Equipment $51.97 7A 3C 8P Kitsap Power Equipment Ooerators iShovel , Excavator, Backhoe, $54.33 7A 3C I 8P iTractors Under 15 Metric Tons. Kitsap Power Equioment Operators �Sh� ovel, Excavator, Backhoe: $55.24� 7A 3C 8P i0ver 30 Metric Tons To 50 I 'Metric Tons � Kitsap Power EQUioment Ooerators {Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes, $54.75 7A 3C 8P �Tractors: 15 To 30 Metric Tons � -t-- -- - Kitsap Power Equioment Operators Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes: �$55.79 7A 3C 8P Over 50 Metric Tons To 90 � Metric Tons Kitsap Power Equiument Operators IShovel, Excavator, Backhoes: $56.36 7A 3C 8P � _� 0� ver 90 Metric Tons i _ � —�--- Kitsap Power Equipment O�erators Slipform Pavers $55.24 7A 3C 8P Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Spreader, Topsider ft $55.24� 7A I 3C � 8P Screedm i , nttps�/fortress.wa.gwnr�nNageloacup/prvwageloacup.aspoc 7�12 r,�r,� about:t�ardc Kitsap Power Eauipment Operators SubgraderTrimmer ! $54.75� 7 � 3C � 8P � Kitsap Power EQUi�ment O�erators To wer Bucke Elevato �$54.33; 7A �� 3C�_�P � Kitsap Power Equi�ment Operators Tower Crane Over 175'in j$56.36� 7A� I 3C � 8P � � Height, Base To Boom ; i � _�i.____� Kitsap . Power Equipment Operators ;Tower Crane Up To 175' In I$55.79� 7A f 3C � 8P � � Height Base To Boom i � f � Kitsap Power Equipment Operators iTransporters, All Track Or �$55.24; 7A � 3C � 8P� Truck Type ; 1 ; � _ i� � � � Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Tren M achines I$54.33� 7A 3C � j 8P � �.._...�,_� b � ! Kitsap Power Equioment Operators �Truck Crane Oiler/driver - 100 j$54.75i 7A � 3C ; 8P ;Tons And Ov : j � ; g Kitsap Power Equi�ment Operators Truck Crane Oiler/driver i$54.33� 7A � 3C � 8P � � U n d e r 1 0 0 T o n s i � � i i .. — J----� - - - l � �----� Kitsap Power Equipment Onerators ITruck Mount Portable Conveyor; $54.75; 7A j 3C 8P � Kitsap Power Equi�ment Operators iWelder �$55.24� 7A 3C ' 8P � Kitsap Power Equipment Operators Whe T Farma Type �$51.9 7� 3C + 8P ; Kitsap Power Equi�ment O�erators �Yo Yo Pay Dozer j$54.75� 7A a 3C ; 8P � Kitsap Power EQUi�ment O�erators- 'Asphalt Plant Operators i$55.24; 7A � 3C � 8P � Under�round Sewer £t Water � ; � Kitsap Power Equi�ment Operators- , jAssistant Engineer �$51.97� 7A 3C ; 8P � Undergro Se wer Et Water � j � � � � Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- ;Barrier Machine (zipper) ;$54.75� 7A 3C j� 8P � , . Under�round Sewer �t Water � i : I ; � — � ------- ----� ---' '- r r----� ---.� Kitsap Power Eauioment Operators- �Batch Plant Operator, ;$54.75; 7A 3C � 8P j Underground Sewer £t Water IConcrete � i � �' Kitsa Power E ui ment 0 erators- � � ! 8P ' p q p p �Bobcat $51.97� 7A 3C ; , Under�round Sewer ft Water_ i_ ___ �_ �_ � _; � Kitsa p Power Equipment Operators- �Brokk - Remote Demolition �$51.97; 7A 3C ' 8P ; _ UnderQround Sewer ft Water �Equipment __ _ j _ �_ __ I � Kitsap Power EQUipment Onerators- ;Brooms �$51.97j 7A 3C �! 8P ` Underground Sewer Et Water i ! ; I + Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- ;Bump Cutter $54.75� 7A I 3C ; 8P � _��Underground Sewer ft Water ; ` �_ � � � i Kitsap Power Equi�ment O�erators- �;Cableways I$55.24' 7A � 3C i 8P 3 Under�round Sewer ft Water � ; � ` Kitsa Power Eaui�ment 0 erators- ! hi �' �� P P �� PPer I $54.75 7A 3C ; 8P � Underground Sewer f� Water � � Kitsap Power Equipment O�erators- 'Compressor $51.97` 7A 3C ' 8 P ' _ _ Underground Sewer £� Water i _____ __I_ I _ __ i ______!_ _.___� Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- �Concrete Pump: Truck Mount I$55.24 7A T 3C 8P � Undereround Sewer £t Water ;With Boom Attachment Over � ; � i 42 M ---- I , � � -' �----' --' -' t Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- ;Concrete Finish Machine -laser 1$51.97 7A 3C 8P � Underground Sewer ft Water !Screed � � � Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- IConcrete Pump - Mounted Or $54.33� 7A 3C 8P UnderQround Sewer Et Water �Trailer High Pressure Line ` � � Pump, Pump High Pressure. I � �-- Kitsap Power Equiament Operators- ;Concrete Pump: Truck Mount $54.75 7A 3C 8P Undereround Sewer & Water ;With Boom Attachment Up To � I � Mq�s//fortress.wa.gavllr�Jwagelodc�/Pr���W�PX 8J12 � , 3l20/2015 aba�t:blank � � �42m ' Kitsap �Power Equipment Operators- 'Conveyors $54.331 7A 3C 8P , Under�round Sewer �t Water � � Kitsap �Power Equipment Oaerators- Cranes: 20 Tons Through 44 $54.751 7A 3C 8P � Under�round Sewer �t Water Tons With Attachments � , Kitsap Power Eauipment Operators- Cranes: 100 Tons Through 199 $55.79� 7A 3C 8P � Under�round Sewer ft Water Tons, Or 150' Of Boom � � (Including Jib With � � � Attachments) � _ �..� � Kitsap �Power Equipment Operators- Cranes: 200 Tons To 300 Tons, $56.36i 7A 3C 8P � ;Underground Sewer tt Water Or 250' Of Boom (including Jib � ' With Attachments) ' —�- -- ---�--- -� Kitsap �Power Equi�ment Operators- Cranes: 45 Tons Through 99 $55.24� 7A 3C 8P � �Underground Sewer �t Water Tons, Under 150' Of Boom I � (including Jib With , i Attachmen � I Kitsap Power Eauipment O�erators- Cranes: A-frame 10 Tons And $51.97 7A 3C 8P � Under�round Sewer �t Water Under � � Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Cranes: Friction 100 Tons $56.36I 7A 3C 8P Under�round Sewer �t Water Throu�h 199 Tons Kitsap � Power Equioment Operators- Cranes: Friction Over 200 Tons $56.92 7A 3C 8P � Underground Sewer �t Water I I � Kitsap � Power Equipment O�erators- Cranes: Over 300 Tons Or 300' $56.92� 7A 3C � 8P Underground Sewer �t Water Of Boom (including Jib With , Attachments) � ' Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Cranes: Through 19 Tons With $54.33 7A 3C 8P Undereround Sewer �t Water Attachments A-frame Over 10 ' Tons i Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Crusher $54.75 i 7A 3C 8P � Underground Sewer ft Water i ' Kitsap Power EQUiament Operators- Deck Engineer/deck Winches $54.75i 7A 3C 8P Under�round Sewer �t Water (power) Kitsap Power Equi�ment Operators- Derricks, On Building Work $55.24 7A 3C 8P � � Underground Sewer tt Water � Kitsap Power Eaui�ment O�erators- Dozers D-9 �t Under $54.33� 7A 3C 8P Underaround Sewer �t Water ' Kitsap Power E�ioment Operators- Drill Oilers: Auger Type, Truck $54.33 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer � W ater Or Crane Mount � � Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Drilling Machine $54.75 7A 3C 8P � � Under�round Sewer �t Water Kitsap Power Equioment Operators- Elevator And Man-lift: $51.97; 7A 3C 8P Underqround Sewer �t Water Permanent And Shaft Type ' ' Kitsap �Power E�ipment Operators- Finishing Machine, Bidwell And $54.75 7A 3C 8P ° �Under�round Sewer �t Water Gamaco f� Similar Equipment ' Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Forklift: 3000 Lbs And Over $54.33 7A 3C 8P � Under�round Sewer �t Water With Attachments �Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Forklifts: Under 3000 Lbs. With $51.97 7A 3C 8P Undereround Sewer Et Water Attachments � Kitsap Power Equi�ment Operators- Grade Engineer: Usin� Blue $54.75; 7A 3C 8P Under�round Sewer tt Water ,Prints, Cut Sheets, Etc i , httpsJffortress.wa.gwAm/wagelook�dprvWagelaoku�.aspx 9112 :,.,' 3l20f2015 about:bfank Kitsap Power Eauipment Operators- Gradechecker/stakeman $51.97 7A ; 3C I 8P ,Under�round Sewer & Water ' ; ; Kitsap Power Equi�ment Operators- Guardrail Punch �$54.75� 7A ; 3C � 8P ' Undereround Sewer �t Water , � , � ; _.�__.___...._.� �._.__ Kitsap IPower Equioment'Operators- Hard Ta�l End Dump �$55.24 7A � 3C I 8P �Undereround Sewer �t Water Articulating Off- Road � � Equip 45 Yards. & Ov i � � Kitsap Power Equiament Operators- Hard Tail End Dump �$54.75 7A ; 3C � 8P Underground Sewer Et Water Articulating Off-road i ; � Equipment Under 45 Yards i i ; Kitsap Power Equipment O�erators- Horizontal/directional Drill� $54.33 7A i 3C 8P � Underground Sewer E� Water Locat i � i Kitsap Power Equioment Operators- Horizontal/directional Drill �$54.75 7A j 3C ' 8P i Undereround Sewer Et Water Operator � I ; A Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Hydralifts/boom Trucks Over i$54.33i 7A i 3C i 8P UnderQround Sewer ft Water 10 Tons i .� � Kitsap Power Equioment Operators- Hydralifts/boom Trucks, 10� $51.97�7A ! 3C � 8P Un dergroun d S ewer £ t Water Tons An d Un der i � ; ..+— ----,� Kitsap Power Eauioment Operators- Loader, Overhead 8 Yards. f� {$55.79 7A � 3C � 8P Undereround Sewer � Water Over � i �. � . Kitsap Power Equioment Operators- Loader, Overhead, 6 Yards. �$55.24 7A � 3C P Undereround Sewer �t Water �But Not Including 8 Yards � 1, �Kitsap Power Equipment O�erators- Loaders, Overhead Under 6 �$54.75 7A ; 3C � 8P Undereround Sewer Et Water �Yards � __ �_ ; Kitsap Power Eauinment Operators- ILoaders, Plant Feed �$54.75 7A I 3C � 8P Under�round Sewer ft Water � _...-�- Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Loaders: Elevating Type Belt j$54.33� 7A i 3C 8P _ UnderQround Sewer �t Water ; ' � ., Kitsap � Power Equi�ment Operators- �Locomotives, All j$54.75 7A � 3C 8 Under¢round Sewer & Water � i Kitsap �Power EQUipment O�erators- Material Transfer Device i$54.75 7A 3C j 8P Underground Sewer £r Water ; i � Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- �Mechanics, All (leadmen - i$55.79 7A � 3C � 8P IUnderground Sewer �t Water i$0.50 Per Hour Over Mecharn�� ; i Kitsap Power Equipment OQerators- Motor Patrol Grader - Non- I$54.33 7A ; 3C � 8P � Undereround Sewer �t Water ifinishin ; i ! ; �Kitsap Power Equi�ment Operators- �Motor Patrol Graders, Finishing ;$55.24 7A 3C ! 8P � Underground Sewer Et Water � � i �---� r — Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- �Muckin� Machine, Mole, Tunnel $55.24 7A � 3C � 8P Undereround Sewer �t Water 'Drill, Boring, Road Header ; I , A nd/or Shield j � ` Kitsap Power Eaui�ment Operators- Oil Distributors, Blower ;$51.97( 7A � 3C 8P Under�round Sewer £t Water Distribution £t Mulch Seeding I � Operator � ' ; Kitsap Power Eaui�ment Operators- IOutside Hoists (elevators And ;$54.33 7A � 3C � 8P Underground Sewer ft Water Manlifts), Ai Tugg ers,strato ' i Kitsap Power Equipment Oaerators- Overhead, Bridge Type Crane: ; $54.75 7A 3C 8P Undereround Sewer �t Water 20 Tons Throu�h 44 Tons ; Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- I Overhead, Brid�e Type: 100 �$55.79 7A I 3C � 8P Underground Sewer ft Water Tons And Over ; ; � httpsl/Fortress.wa.gwArti/wagelook�Jp�vWag�ookup.aspx 1d12 � ' , � ' ' ' ' � ' � ' � ' ' ' ' ' 1 3I20f2015 aba�t:blaPoc Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Overhead, Bridge Type: 45 $55.24�7A 3C � Underground Sewer ft Water Tons Throu 99 Tons �, I � Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Pavement Breaker $51.97` 7A � 3C 8P - Underground Sewer £t Water � Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Pile Driver (other Than Crane $54.75; 7A j 3C 8P � Under�round Sewer Et Water Mo unt) ' ; Kitsap i Power Equipment Ooerators- Plant Oiler - Asphalt, Crusher $54.33, 7A I 3C i 8P `Underground Sewer ft Water � Kitsap ; Power Equipment Operators- Posthole Digger, Mechanical $51.97� 7A ; 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water � I Kitsap 'Power Equipment Operators- Power Plant $51.97 7A 3C 8P _ Underground Sewer £t Water _ f � Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Pumps - Water $51.97! 7A 3C , 8P Undereround Sewer tt Water i � ��� Kitsap ' Power Equioment Operators- Quad 9, Hd 41, D10 And Over '$55.24+ 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water I � � i � Kitsap Power Equioment Operators- Quick Tower - No Cab, Under $51.97; 7A 3C I 8P Underground Sewer �t Water 100 Feet In Height Based To i Boom Kitsap Power Equioment Operators- Remote Control Operator On $55.24 7A I 3C , 8P i Undereround Sewer tt Water Rubber Tired Earth Moving � Equipment Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Rigger And Bellman $51.97 7A 3C 8P Under�round Sewer �t Water I Kitsap Power Equiament Operators- Rollagon $55.24 7A 3C 8P Under�round Sewer £� Water � Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Roller, Other Than Plant Mix $51.97i 7A 3C 8P �UnderQround Sewer t� Water _ Kitsap �Power Equi�ment Operators- Roller, Plant Mix Or Multi-lift $54.33 7A 3C � 8P l Underground Sewer ft Water Materials Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Roto-mill, Roto-grinder $54.75� 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer �t Water Kitsap lPower Equi�ment Operators- Saws - Concrete $54.33 7A 3C , 8P � U nderground Sewer ft Water � Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Scraper, Self Propetled Under $54.75 7A 3C E 8P I Under�round Sewer �t Water 45 Yards � Kitsap Power Eauioment OQerators- IScrapers - Concrete �t Carry All $54.33I 7A 3C i 8P Undereround Sewer F� Water � Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Scrapers, Self-propelled: 45 $55.24 7A 3C I 8P Underground Sewer �t Water Yards And Over Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Service Engineers - Equipment $54.33 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer £t Water Kitsap 1 Power Equipment Operators- Shotcrete/gunite Equipment $51.97 7A 3C 8P Under�round Sewer �t Water � Kitsap Power Equioment Operators- Shovel , Excavator, Backhoe, $54.33 7A 3C i 8P Under�round Sewer & Water Tractors Under 15 Metric Tons. � Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Shovel, Excavator, Backhoe: $55.24 7A 3C 8P Under�round Sewer �t Water �Over 30 Metric Tons To 50 Metric Tons � MtpsY/fortress.wagovnru/wagelookup✓PrvWag�ookup.aspx 11/1z 3/20/2015 abotd:WaNc �Kitsap �Power Equipment Operators- �Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes, !$54.75� 7A 3C � 8P UnderQround Sewer £t Water � 1 To 30 Me tric Tons � Kitsap �Power Equipment OQerators- IShovel, Excavator, Backhoes: �$55.79 7A 3C � 8P � Undereround Sewer £t Water jOver 50 Metric Tons To 90 I I I � � __�Metric Tons _�__ IKitsap Power Equioment O�erators- �Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes: $56.36 7A 3C � 8P � Under�round Sewer �t Water �Ove 90 Metric Tons � � �Kitsap Power E��ment Operators- �Slipform Pavers �;: $55.24 7A �— 3C � 8P � Undereround Sewer ft Water ; I i sKitsap Power Equipment Operators- ISpreader, Topsider tt :$55.24 7A 3C� � Underground Sewer £� Water �Screedman � ?Kitsap � Power Equiament Operators- i5ubgrader Trimmer ;$54.75 7A 3C � 8P � �Underground Sewer f� Water � � � �Kitsap Power Equi�ment Operators- !Tower Bucket Elevators �$54.33 7A 3C � 8P � � Undereround Sewer �t Water � � ��� �Kitsap � Power Equipment Ooerators- Crane Over 175'in i$56.36� 7A �3C I 8P Undereround Sewer E� Water � Hei ght, Base To Boom ��__ �Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- �Tower Crane Up To 175' In . $55.79 7A 3C � 8P 3 Underground Sewer Et Water ;Height Base To Boom � ! �Kitsap ; Power Equipment Operators- �Transporters, All Track Or I$55.24 7A 3C 8P � �Under�round Sewer ft Water jTruck Type ; �Kitsap � Power Equioment Operators- jTrenching Machines �$54.33 7A 3C 8P � Under¢round Sewer & Water i � � ; _.�—.. —�. _. �Kitsap �Power Equipment Operators- �Truck Crane Oiter/driver - 100 �$5�7A 3C � 8P � U n d e rg r ou n d S e w e r E � W a ter ; Tons An d Over � i i � Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Truck Crane Oiler/driver �$54.33 7A 3C 8P ¢ i Underground Sewer ft Water �Under 100 Tons ! i �Kitsap � Power Equioment Operators- iTruck Mount Portable Conveyor� $54.75 7A 3C j 8P 5 IUnderground Sewer �t Water j _ ! � i Kitsa �Power E ui ment 0 erators- � —� � p q p p 'Welder �$55.24� 7A 3C ! 8P � �Underground Sewer £t Water ; i � i ; Kitsap • Power Equi�ment OQerators- ; Wheel Tractors, Farmall Type �$51.97 7A I 3C j 8P � I Underground Sewer Et Water � ; � � � K ts� ap Power Equipment Operators- 'Yo Yo Pay Dozer �$ .75 7A 3C 8P , Underground Sewer F� Water i L_ � K tsi ap Truck Drivers iAsphalt Mix Over 16 Yards (W. I$49.85 5D 3A ' 8L �- ' � W A- J o i n t C o u n c i l 2 8) � I � � Kitsap Truck Drivers �Asphalt Mix To 16 Yards (W. �$49.01 5D 3A�� � I C ouncil 28) � I _'i' '_� Kitsap � Truck Drivers iDump Truck �$ 19.60 1 Kitsap �Truck Drivers ;Du Tr uck And Trailer ;$19.60 1 � a�Kitsap �� Truck Drivers __ Other Truc _ �$18.37 1 __ �Kitsap iTruck Drivers ;Transit Mixer ' $20.79 1 C� ' � ' � , LJ � , � , � ' , , , � 1 MfpsJ/fortress.wa.gwflrti/wagelook�/PrvWa�ookWasPX 12/12 � APPENDIX B CONSTRUCTION FORMS • �5 THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK ' ' , , ' ' ' � r ' ' ' , ' ' ' � � � ACCEPTANCE OF COMPENSATION & RELEASE OF ALL CLAIMS <Project Title> <City Project Number> -<City Construction Contract Number> <CONTRACTOR>, hereby indicates agreement with, and acceptance of, the final Contract Payment of <$000,000>, the total Contract Price of <$000,000,000>, including Washington State sales and/or use taxes, and the final Contract Time of <NNN Days>, as full and final compensation for all Work performed in connection with Contract Number <City Construction Contract Number>, and does hereby release the City of Bremerton from all claims, liability, demands, damages and actions of any kind whatsoever, arising from performance of that Contract. <CONTRACTOR> B Title: Certificate of Notary Subscribed and sworn to before me this Date: day of � �w � � � � � � a � � a■� � � � � � � � Rev 01 Printed•: 2/21/2012 Page 1 of 1 City of Bremerton Engineering Division Daily Force Account Report Contractor: CITY OF BREMERTON REQUEST FOR INFORMATION Log No. Project Title: Contractor: Project No.: Contract Date: (Unique, Chronological) (For Contractor's Use) Date: Subject: Information Description: Contractor's Authorized Signature: Date: Information Description: (For Owner's Use) Subject: Owner's Authorized Signature: � � � � � � � � � � � i � � � � i � � CITY OF BREMERTON Project: Contractor: Project No. SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTAL Submittal No.: Date: Resubmittal (Y/N): Previous Submittal No. To Be Completed b the Contractor To Be Com leted b the Cit Specification No Make Amend Item P/C Para / Dwg Copies Exceptions Corrections and Rejected No Reference Description of Item Sub'm Taken Noted Resubmit Resubmit �-� r- rartiai �uomiaai, c- �ompiete �uomi[[ai Contractor, initial by either (a) or (b), to certify the following: (a) We have verified that the material or equipment contained in this submittal meets all requirements specified or shown (no exceptions) (b) We have verified that the material or equipment contained in this submittal meets all requirements specified or shown except for the following deviations (list deviations)� - - Contractors Authorized Representative Review Remarks: Corrections or comments made relalroe to submittals during this review do not relieve the contractor from Very truly yours, compliance with the reqwrements of the drawings and specifications. This check is only for review of City of Bremerton general conformance with the design concept of the project and general compliance with the information Dept of PubIIC WO�ks and Utilities given in the contract documents. The contractor is responsible for confirming and correlating all quantities and dimensions, selecting fabrication processes and techniques of construction; coordinating his work with that of other trades, and performing his work in a safe and satisfactory manner ProjeCt Engineer ' CITY OF BREMERTON ' WORK CHANGE DIRECTIVE (WCD) ' WCD #: ' �J � � Date: Project Name Project #: Contractor: Notice to Proceed Date: YOU ARE DIRECTED TO PROCEED PROMPTLY WITH THE FOLLOWING CHANGE(S): � ATTACHMENT(S): ' If a claim is made that the above change(s) have affected Contract Price or Contract Times any claim for a Change Order is based thereon will involve one or more of the following methods of determining the effect of the change(s). The Change Order will be executed in accordance with Section 1-04.4 of the WSDOT Standard Specifications, or Article 10 of ' the General Conditions. Method of determining change in Contract Price: Method of determining change in Contract Times: , ❑ Unit Price ❑ Contractor's Records ❑ Lump Sum ❑ Engineer's Records ' ❑ Time 8� Materials ❑ Other: ❑ Other: ' Estimated increase (decrease) in Contract Price: 1 $ If the change involves an increase, the estimated amount is not to be exceeded without further ' authorization. RECOMMENDED: 1 ' B ' ' PAGE 1 OF 1 CONTRACTOR Estimated increase (decrease) in Contract Times: Substantial Completion: 0 days; Ready for final payment: 0 days; If the change involves an increase, the estimated times are not to be exceeded without further authorization. AUTHORIZED: CITY OF BREMERTON By: , ' ' , � THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK � ' r -, � ' ' ' , 1 ' , ' LJ , � f 1 1 i � APPENDIX C � CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS 1 1 � � , ' � � � 1 � �' � � ' � � ' THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK � � � ' � � ' , ' , ' ' , � :: CITY OF BREIv1ERTON . 'ITY OF � �F PUBL � �� ERTON �RKS AND 81L►TATIDI �F BREMERTC iF PUBLIC WORKS 8� i iWFFQ�wr. n�wc�nw �\:11��I� 2015 SEWER REHABIL{TATION - PIPE SUMMARYTABLE No. of Estimated # Liner Design Depth structures Bid Plan Pipe Diam Estimated Pipe Type of of Side General Location Description Thickness for Liner (including Item . Sheet# (in) Length�ft) Material Utility (mm) Thickness(ft) startingand Sewersto endingMH) be restored A.4 llth St : Wilbert Ave to Ford Ave C3 15 649 Cont Sanitary 12 N/A 2 1 A.S Slth St: Ford Ave to N. Lafayette Ave Cl 15 , 199 Conc Sanitary 12 N/A 2 0 A.6 Campbell Way: Clare Ave to Wheaton Way C2 8 863 Clay Sanitary CTD 20 4 8 A.7 HomerJones Drive C3 8 9Q1 Conc Sanitary CTD 20 6 1 A.8 Almira Drive to 4220 Wheaton Way C4 8 950 Conc Sanitary CTD 12 5 0 A.9 Hanford Ave Easement C5 10 500 Conc Sanitary CTD 25 5 4 A.10 Lewis Ave Easement to Yew St C6 8 605 Conc Sanitary CTD 12 4 9 A.11 Callahan Drive Easement C7 8 475 Conc/Clay Sanitary CTD 10 3 7 A.12 Ryan Ave Easement - E 31st to E30th C7 8 475 Conc Sanitary Ci'D 10 2 12 A.13 StewartAveEasement-E3lsttoE30th ''~ C7 S 475 Conc Sanitary CTD 10 2 12 A.14 Crane Ave Easement - E 31st to E 30th C7 8 475 Conc Sanitary CTD SO 2 12 B.3 Kitsap Way Culvert #1(by mobile home park) C8 18 109 Conc Storm CTD 15 1 0 8.4 Kitsap Way Culvert #2 (by Crawford Drive) C8 18 124 Conc Storm CTD 10 2 0 B.5 Kitsap Way Culvert #3 (by Baymont Hotel) C8 18 113 Conc Storm 12 N/A 2 0 8.6 Slth and Washington Avenue CS 15 115 CMP Storm CTD 12 2 0 Material: Conc = Concrete; Clay = Clay; CMP = Corrugated Metal Pipe; CTD = Contrador to Design m a _ w � � � w � a a U v � � � � w � � F- U W � O � a � �"' W J � 0 Q U �I�� ��� � y .,��� ,� j y � ,* r O � I�V�4� r� jllu� �' � b { / � t/ ` �;' 3 �,,� �� �'� _ -� �� ^��� � Feo � ~ —�w_ �'4 Y EST. FLOW �150 QPM THIS FLOW GW BE ONERTED WIT}I A PLUG ` UP3TREAM. CONFIRM �1 WfTH INSPECTOR PRlOP Q' 70 YYORJG \� �� . �� �s3, RIM EL=83.28 IE (Nh� =71.88 fE (SE) = 71.$8 m Q _ w � � W � W � � a U v � M � � w J LL H U W � O � a F- ll.l J LL � U ESTIMATED NUMBER OF SIDE SIDE SEWERS TO RESTORE = 8 r..�. � L �I�S FLOW �100 GPM LEBO WAY �EST. F10W�10 MHYR12�037 STA 4+53 R/M EL= 84.09 IE (N) =7B.5B IE (NY1� =78.58 fE (SE) =78.48 1: sra e+z � wM �._ re � IE (SE) _ � � �� � ` / ��'o ti� � ��� � e GH�K��\ Q _ W � � � W � a a U v m M � � W J � � � U W � O � a � Lll J U. Q U � \ �. � O �'+ � 3 P y �� ,�O �� O� ��� NOTES: 1. THE CITY IS CURRENTLY 1N THE PROCESS OF OBTAINING AN EASEMENT CENTERED ON THE PIPE. THE CONTRACTOR MUST STAY WITHIN THE EASEMENT AT ALL TIMES. 2. DUE TO NO VEHICLE ACCESS AT SOME OF THE MANHOLES, IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT THE CONTRACTOR INSERT THE ClPP LINING AT MH R012033, R012035, AND R01-2038. CUT-OUT LINlNG AS NEEDED AT MH R01 2034 AND R01 2036. 3. THERE ARE 17 S/DE SEWERS ALONG THE SEWER MAfN. DO NOT RESTORE THESE SlDE SEWERS. EST. FLO W � 50 [�PM RIM EL= 287.54 fE (E) =283.b4 lE (S) = 283.44 8' CONC 3pg' � RIM EL= 287.18 IE (VV) c?g1.8B !E (E) =281.88 � � ��P �� LO P � �� � H v RIM EL= 90822 IE (W) a 301.H0 IE (E) = 30200 ' FLOW 1 / 8' CONC 291' NO VEHICLE ACCESS Ti0 MH A�R01-2034. !N WOOOED AREA R!M EL= 302.80 IE (4V) = 330.80 IE M) = 33f.� IE (3) a 931.00 RIM EL= 288.30 IE (N) = 282.90 IE (N� � 28270 ESTIMATED NUMBER OF SIDE SEWERS TO BE RESTORED = D I� ,������ � � Z�H� �� � � ti �.. - - � d • v �. o� * � 9�, ♦ •�;`� o�'�"• ;' ^ � .+�'y t� � �� � 3� • 1, `''.. ;�11I2� I � ♦� f� ap��� �7 ���..+ ALMIRA CT. W � Q = � CLEMENS Q a � _- � VUE CT. W J LL � U � /,, --,..\ C f , �; NOTES: ^ � 1. MH R02-1034 !S LOCATED IN A ROUGH GRADED GRASSED I FIELO. COORDINATE ACCESS WITH INSPECTOR. 2. ALL MH'S ON TH/S SITE, EXCEPT MH R02-1032, ARE LOCATED I ON PRIVATE PROPERTY. THERE IS A 30' WIDE EASEMENT (23' WEST SIDE AND 7' EAST SfDE OF THE PIPE) FOR THE SEWER. THE CONTRACTOR MUST STAY WITHIN THE EASEMENT ATAtL TIMES. I ESTlMATED NUMBER OF SIDE SEWERS TO BE RESTORED = 4 WALL (APPROX 1Y STA 1+d4 R!M ELa 2B1.B8 IE (N) � 2BB.OB IE (S) = Z87.88 ' HANFORD AVE �_� �. RIM EL= 275.87 !E (NE) e 283.50 IE VYJ =283.40 IE (SVV) �183.30 IE (9E) a2�1.40 10�y,y �� •e d 9 � ��o' r ��N o. w :: '�� EST. NO VEHfCLEACCESS TO MH pR02-10108. _ � �/ / � f a G � J / ,o G O D GN G �� E R�� FIE� i Esr. Fl.ow • �oa c� � �; oz_, STq 1+00 a RfM EL= 293.43 LL IE (N) = 288.43 1 IE (E) =288.43 (8' OUTSIDE DROP) IE (w) y1B9.43 (B' OUT3IDE DROP) IE (S) =ZB8.33 70' CONC 44' --�- �` � � 30' EA3EMEM T ON EA9T 31 PIPE AND 23'ONYVEST fDEOFPlPE MN -1 STA 3+03 R1M EL= 285.23 IE (N) s Yg7.93 IE (E) = ZB7.69 IE (VV) Q 2B7.B3 lE (S) = 287.53 R/M EL� ZB0.82 IE (N) = ZBB.42 /E (S) = 2BB.32 -80' EASEMEM T ON EAST SIDE PIPE AND 23' ON WEST SIDE OF PIPE. � � � � z � �. IVY ROAD �° � J �NN ° v p y��• �9 � �9`D � tiyi � �YC � �. 6 a�;w� p',ND a i� — �_:,; %1 � 01/V' o � . sa ' ° S v ` . `�0 3IZ�I� o •� 0 0 � fa�is�; �t+ a� 4o.�.�eP� , � , ' , "•.�..vuniv I�VfiU � � �� 'T � , MH 12-1079 MN A�R7 -1013 /8TA 1+00 10' EASEMENT '37A 3+3f RIM �L 347.73 RI�Q.= 33210 /fE(F) = 338.73 � fE (V1� = 325.2 ' f fE (E) =325.1 /� ]- � F �-� _ . � -�` e � CONC 2�`` ' N VEHICLEACCESS. ' -� LL OBTAIN PERM �oni ro esr. �ow �e �•�o CE H5 FROM P PERTY O ERS. � � , � _ - L � U � EET ' W_�y Q f � _ ' w � � w W , � � a a RIM EL = 31B.A7 IE (YY) = 307.57 JE (3) = 307.�7 {... � ; � Q Q � g J UI �=z�e.� s� � zos.es � Q esr. �.ow �e � -�o �._ 0 LL I 10' EASEINEJVT DIBB STREET -�-- �- — ESTIMATED NUMBER OF SIDE SEWERS TO BE RESTORED = 12 PER PIPE, 36 TOTAL RIMEL=2f ez wMa IE (N� = 20 12 � � IE (S) = 20 02 ►E (S) � E 31 ST STREET O I LL f0' EASEMENT 1 I �� Z 0 U � � Q Z � U EST. OW (8� �10 ain a�w '/A 5+d5 RI EL=213.87 RIME =2f0.39 � M)=2o�s� reM =zoe•ss � 1 (E) 207.47 IE =204.88 ' N ESTIMATED NUMBER OF SIDE — rs�=��� ,E� ��e.sa � SEWERS TO BE RESTORED = 7 � H Y U � w � O � � �.� "•� 1 ._ti _ H � lp� ���Nd` ♦ y - ot ' _ , _ J y�tiv o„ �� No. REVISIONS o ur r PROJECT DESCRIPTION DATE BY NIIMBER C ITY OF B RE M E RTO N � '� �� ��� exe DEPARTM�NT OF PUBLIC WORKS 8 UTILITIES U � ,` � �I�s � ENGINEERING DIVISION ,- ��3(y � SCALE DRAWING ORAWNBY. LG DESIGNEDBY: WD CHECKEDBY: NL - - 9� : � NAME DAiE: 032015 WASH. PE p: 34787 WASM. PE k: 30748 ���.� HORIZ 1'=100' DATUM NAVD88 eIPP 7015 Cti�I OwG DATE� 032015 OATE� 032015 I� e V 0 U m � � Q � Q a E3T. FL W (8') �f0 E 30TH STREET t �aoea TA S+B6 RIM =21329 re �nr =zos.a� IE = 203.73 IE 203.83 b I � f 0' EASEMEIVT � v z O U m n 2015 SEWER REHABILITATION CALLAHAN DR, RYAN AVE, CRANE AVE, STEWART AVE AND EASEMENTS � Q = 0 a �. SHEET C7 90F10 m Q S W � � W � W � d � U v � M � � w J LL H U w � O � � H W J LL ❑ U �- o p *a8' �"9 e i '� ~ ,'�'��' ��+' � a 6lr�.� ��V� B • � � rn/V 8 P �' � l �{�d � A , `a�.e4er� 3� O i ►� r 7 a7 I/tCC l I''LH(;t f T— _ ACCPREPCERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE Page 1 of 1 01/20/201) THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER.THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND,EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S),AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER,AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED,the policy(ies)must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED,subject to the terms and conditions of the policy,certain policies may require an endorsement.A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER CONTACT NAMF• Willis of Minnesota, Inc. PHONE FAX c/o 26 Century Blvd. (NC NO FXT) 877-945-7378 (A/c No) 888-467-2378 P. 0. Box 305191 E-MAIL ADDRESS• CErtlflCa,tES@W1111S.COm Nashville, TN 37230-5191 INSURER(S)AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC# INSURERA: Greenwich Insurance Company 22322-001 INSURED INSURER B: National Fire and Marine Insurance Compan 20079-001 Michels Corporation 1715 16th St SE INSURERC:XL Specialty Insurance Company 37885-901 Salem, OR 97302 INSURER D:XL Specialty Insurance Company 37885-001 INSURER E:AIG Specialty Insurance Company 26883-001 INSURER F: COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER:25167246 REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN. THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES.LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR ADDL SUBR POLICY EFF POLICY EXP LIMITS ITR TYPE OF INSURANCE INSD WVn POLICY NUMBER (MM/DD/YYYY) IMMIDDIYYYY) A X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY Y Y CGD7409553 2/1/2017 2/1/2018 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 A CLAIMS-MADE X OCCUR PREMISES(a oNc rine) $ 300,000 MED EXP(Any one person) $ PERSONAL&ADVINJURY $ 1,000,000 GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2,000,000 POLICY X PRO-JECT LOC PRODUCTS-COMP/OP AGG $ 2,000,000 OTHER: $ A AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY Y CAD7409554 2/1/2017 2/1/2018 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT 2,000,000 (Ea accident) $ X ANY AUTO BODILYINJURY(Perperson) $ OWNED SCHEDULED BODILY INJURY(Per accident) $ AUTOS ONLY AUTOS HIRED NON-OWNED PROPERTY DAMAGE AUTOS ONLY AUTOS ONLY (Per accident) $ B UMBRELLA LIAB X OCCUR y 42XSF10013904 2/1/2017 2/1/2018 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 10,000,000 X EXCESS LIAB CLAIMS-MADE AGGREGATE $ 10,000,000 DED RETENTION$ 1 $ C WORKERS COMPENSATION CWD7409551 2/1/2017 2/1/2018 X PER OTH- AND EMPLOYERS'LIABILITY STATUTE FR D ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE NN N/A CWD7409552 2/1/2017 2/1/2018 E.L.EACH ACCIDENT $ 1,000,000 OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? (Mandatory,in NH) E.L.DISEASE-EA EMPLOYEE $ 1,000,000 fIfESCRIsTIONunder 000,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below E.L.DISEASE-POLICY LIMIT $ 1, E Contractors PLC15414698 2/1/2016 2/1/2019 $10,000,000 Each Loss Pollution DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS I VEHICLES(ACORD 101,Additional Remarks Schedule,may be attached if more space is required) Job #50436, 2015 Sewer Rehabilitation. Primary & Non-Contributory Additional Insured on General Liability, Auto, Pollution & Excess and Waiver of Subrogation on General Liability: City of Bremerton, WA, its officers, elected officials, employees, agents & volunteers. CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE City of Bremerton, WA 345 6th Street Bremerton, WA 98337 5crt•'t` Coll:5020560 Tp1:2123198 Cert:25167246 ©1988-2015 ACORD CORPORATION.All rights reserved. ACORD 25(2016/03) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD POLICY NUMBER: CGD7409553 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 20 10 04 13 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ADDITIONAL INSURED - OWNERS, LESSEES OR CONTRACTORS - SCHEDULED PERSON OR ORGANIZATION This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Name Of Additional Insured Person(s) Or Organization(s) Location(s)Of Covered Operations Any person or organization that you are required in a Various as required per written contract. written contract or written agreement to include as an additional insured provided the"bodily injury"or "property damage"occurs subsequent to the execution of the written contract or written agreement. Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above, will be shown in the Declarations. A. Section II — Who Is An Insured is amended to B. With respect to the insurance afforded to these include as an additional insured the person(s) or additional insureds, the following additional organization(s) shown in the Schedule, but only exclusions apply: with respect to liability for "bodily injury", "property This insurance does not apply to "bodily injury" or damage" or "personal and advertising injury" "property damage"occurring after: caused, in whole or in part, by: 1. All work, including materials, parts or 1. Your acts or omissions; or equipment furnished in connection with such 2. The acts or omissions of those acting on your work, on the project (other than service, behalf; maintenance or repairs) to be performed by or in the performance of your ongoing operations for on behalf of the additional insured(s) at the the additional insured(s) at the location(s) location of the covered operations has been designated above. completed; or However: 2. That portion of "your work" out of which the injury or damage arises has been put to its 1. The insurance afforded to such additional intended use by any person or organization insured only applies to the extent permitted by other than another contractor or subcontractor law; and engaged in performing operations for a 2. If coverage provided to the additional insured is principal as a part of the same project. required by a contract or agreement, the insurance afforded to such additional insured will not be broader than that which you are required by the contract or agreement to provide for such additional insured. CG 20 10 0413 ©Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2012 Page 1 of 2 C. With respect to the insurance afforded to these 2. Available under the applicable Limits of additional insureds, the following is added to Insurance shown in the Declarations; Section III—Limits Of Insurance: whichever is less. If coverage provided to the additional insured is This endorsement shall not increase the required by a contract or agreement, the most we applicable Limits of Insurance shown in the will pay on behalf of the additional insured is the Declarations. amount of insurance: 1. Required by the contract or agreement;or Page 2 of 2 ©Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2012 CG 20 10 0413 POLICY NUMBER: CGD7409553 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 20 37 04 13 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ADDITIONAL INSURED - OWNERS, LESSEES OR CONTRACTORS - COMPLETED OPERATIONS This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART PRODUCTS/COMPLETED OPERATIONS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Name Of Additional Insured Person(s) Or Organization(s) Location And Description Of Completed Operations Any person or organization that you are required in a Various as required per written contract. written contract or written agreement to include as an additional insured provided the "bodily injury" or "property damage"occurs subsequent to the execution of the written contract or written agreement. Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above, will be shown in the Declarations. A. Section II — Who Is An Insured is amended to B. With respect to the insurance afforded to these include as an additional insured the person(s) or additional insureds, the following is added to organization(s) shown in the Schedule, but only Section III—Limits Of Insurance: with respect to liability for "bodily injury" or If coverage provided to the additional insured is "property damage" caused, in whole or in part, by required by a contract or agreement, the most we "your work" at the location designated and will pay on behalf of the additional insured is the described in the Schedule of this endorsement amount of insurance: performed for that additional insured and included in theroducts-com leted operations erations 1. Required by the contract or agreement; or p P hazard". 2. Available under the applicable Limits of However: Insurance shown in the Declarations; 1. The insurance afforded to such additional whichever is less. insured only applies to the extent permitted This endorsement shall not increase the applicable by law; and Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations. 2. If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement, the insurance afforded to such additional insured will not be broader than that which you are required by the contract or agreement to provide for such additional insured. CG 20 37 04 13 ©Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2012 Page 1 of 1 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 20 01 04 13 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. PRIMARY AND NONCONTRIBUTORY - OTHER INSURANCE CONDITION This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART PRODUCTS/COMPLETED OPERATIONS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART The following is added to the Other Insurance (2) You have agreed in writing in a contract or Condition and supersedes any provision to the agreement that this insurance would be contrary: primary and would not seek contribution Primary And Noncontributory Insurance from any other insurance available to the additional insured. This insurance is primary to and will not seek contribution from any other insurance available to an additional insured under your policy provided that: (1) The additional insured is a Named Insured under such other insurance; and CG 20 01 04 13 © Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2012 Page 1 of 1 =-�"""t1) "' Lig) MICHE-8 OP ID: LU AcJc REY CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE(MM/DD/YYYY) +'•--� '� 01/12/2016 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER,AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy,certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). . PRODUCER CONTACT NAME: Hannah Schwartz Weible&Cahill 2300 Cabot Drive,Suite 100 NC NNo. at):630-245-4600 FAX No): 630-245-4601 Lisle,IL 60532 RECEIVE® ADDR h.schwartz@weiblecahill.com William P.Weible ADDRESS: INSURER(S)AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC# ' JAN N 2016 INSURER A:Arch Insurance Company 11150 INSURED Michels Corporation INSURER B:National Fire&Marine Ins Co 20079 1715 16th Street SE Salem,OR 97302 INSURER C:Arch Insurance Company 11150 City of Bremerton INSURER D:Zurich American Insurance Co 16535 Risk Management INSURER E: INSURER F: COVERAGES •CERTIFICATE NUMBER: REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED'HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES.LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR ADDL SUBR POLICY EFF POLICY EXP LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE NW SD VD POLICY NUMBER IMMIDD/YYYY). (MM/DD/YYYY) LIMITS A X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 CLAIMS-MADE X OCCUR X X 41PKG8915307 02/01/2016 02/01/2017 DAMAGE TOES(Ea RENTEDoccurrence) $ 300�000 PREMIS X XCU Included MED EXP(Any one person) $ 10,000 X Stop Gap Included PERSONAL&ADV INJURY $ 1,000,000 GEM_AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER. GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2,000,000 POLICY X] 128: X LOC PRODUCTS-COMP/OP AGG $ 2,000,000 OTHER: $ AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY • COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT $ • 2,000,000 (Ea accident) A X ANY AUTO X 41PKG8915307 02/01/2016 02/01/2017 BODILY INJURY(Per person) $ ALL OWNED SCHEDULED BODILY INJURY(Per accident) $ AUTOS AUTOS XX NON-OWNED PROPERTY DAMAGE $ _ HIRED AUTOS _ AUTOS (Pr accident) X MCS-90 $ UMBRELLA LIAB X OCCUR EACH OCCURRENCE $ 10,000,000 B X EXCESS LIAB CLAIMS-MADE X 42XSF10013903 02/01/2016 02/01/2017 AGGREGATE $ 10,000,000 DED X RETENTION$ 0 $ WORKERS COMPENSATION X PER OTH- AND EMPLOYERS'LIABILITY STATUTE ER Y A ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE N N/A 41 WCI8915107 02/01/2016 02/01/2017 E.L.EACH ACCIDENT $ 1,000,000 OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? 44WCI8915207 02/01/2016 02/01/2017 C (Mandatory in NH) E.L.DISEASE-EA EMPLOYEE $ 1,000,000 If yes,describe under _DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below E.L.DISEASE-POLICY LIMIT $ 1,000,000 D Builders Risk MBR537239210 02/01/2016 02/01/2017 5,000,000 Any Project All Risk 50,000 Deductible DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/VEHICLES (ACORD 101,Additional Remarks Schedule,may be attached if more space is required) Re: #50436, 2015 Sewer Rehabilitatio, Contract Amount $479,353.43 Primary & Non-Contributory Additional Insured on General Liability, Auto & Excess and Waiver of Subrogation on General Liability: *See Page 2 *Per CG2010 4/13, CG2037 4/13, CG2001 4/13 CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION BREME-6 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE Cityof Bremerton,WA THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. 345 6th Street Bremerton,WA 98337 AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE i ©1988-2014 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. ACORD 25(2014/01) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD NOTEPAD. HOLDER CODE BREME-6 MICHE-8 PACE 2 INSURED'S NAME Michels Corporation OP ID: LU Date 01/12/2016 Re: #50436, 2015 Sewer Rehabilitation, Contract Amount $479,353.43 Primary & Non-Contributory Additional Insured on General Liability, Auto & Excess and Waiver of Subrogation on General Liability: - City of Bremerton, WA, its officers, elected officials, employees, agents & volunteers - East Bremerton Plaza, LLC r i POLICY NUMBER: 41PKG8915307 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 20 10 04 13 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ADDITIONAL INSURED OWNERS, LESSEES OR CONTRACTORS - SCHEDULED PERSON OR ORGANIZATION This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Name Of Additional Insured Person(s) Or Organization(s) Location(s)Of Covered Operations All parties where agreed to by a written contract. Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above, will be shown in the Declarations. A. Section II — Who Is An Insured is amended to B. With respect to the insurance afforded to these include as an additional insured the person(s) or additional insureds, the following additional organization(s) shown in the Schedule, but only exclusions apply: with respect to liability for "bodily injury", "property This insurance does not apply to "bodily injury" or damage" or "personal and advertising injury" "property damage" occurring after: caused, in whole or in part, by: 1. Your acts or omissions; or 1. All work, including materials, parts or equipment furnished in connection with such 2. The acts or omissions of those acting on your work, on the project (other than service, behalf; maintenance or repairs) to be performed by or in the performance of your ongoing operations for on behalf of the additional insured(s) at the the additional insured(s) at the location(s) location of the covered operations has been designated above. completed; or However: 2. That portion of "your work" out of which the injury or damage arises has been put to its 1. The insurance afforded to such additional intended use by any person or organization insured only applies to the extent permitted by other than another contractor or subcontractor law; and engaged in performing operations for a 2. If coverage provided to the additional insured is principal as a part of the same project. required by a contract or agreement, the insurance afforded to such additional insured will not be broader than that which you are required by the contract or agreement to provide for such additional insured. CG 20 10 04 13 © Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2012 Page 1 of 2. C. With respect to the insurance afforded to these 2. Available under the applicable Limits of additional insureds, the following is added to Insurance shown in the Declarations; Section HI—Limits Of Insurance: whichever is less. If coverage provided to the additional insured is This endorsement shall not increase the required by a contract or agreement, the most we applicable Limits of Insurance shown in the will pay on behalf of the additional insured is the Declarations. amount of insurance: 1. Required by the contract or agreement; or Page 2 of 2 © Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2012 CG 20 10 04 13 • • POLICY NUMBER: 41PKG8915307 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 20 37 04 13 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE,POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ADDITIONAL INSURED OWNERS, LESSEES OR CONTRACTORS - COMPLETED OPERATIONS This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE 1PART PRODUCTS/COMPLETED OPERATIONS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Name Of Additional Insured Person(s) Or Organization(s) Location And Description Of Completed Operations All parties where agreed to by written contract. All construction operations of the named insured where required by written contract. Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above, will be shown in the Declarations. A. Section Il — Who Is An Insured is amended to B. With respect to the insurance afforded to these include as an additional insured the person(s) or additional insureds, the following is added to organization(s) shown in the Schedule, but only Section III— Limits Of Insurance: with respect to liability for "bodily injury" or If coverage provided to the additional insured is "property damage" caused, in whole or in part, by required by a contract or agreement, the most we "your work" at the location designated and will pay on behalf of the additional insured is the described in the Schedule of this endorsement amount of insurance: performed for that additional insured and included in the "products-completed operations 1. Required by the contract or agreement; or hazard". 2. Available under the applicable Limits of However: Insurance shown in the Declarations; 1. The insurance afforded to such additional whichever is less. insured only applies to the extent permitted This endorsement shall not increase the applicable by law; and Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations. 2. If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement, the insurance afforded to such additional insured will .not be broader than that which you are required by the contract or agreement to provide for such additional insured. CG 20 37 04 13 © Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2012 Page 1 of 1 POLICY NUMBER: 41PKG8915307 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 20 01 04 13 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. PRIMARY AND NONCONTRIBUTORY - OTHER INSURANCE CONDITION This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART PRODUCTS/COMPLETED OPERATIONS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART The following is added to the Other Insurance (2) You have agreed in writing in a contract or Condition and supersedes any provision to the 1 agreement that this insurance would be contrary: primary and would not seek contribution Primary And Noncontributory Insurance from any other insurance available to the additional insured. This insurance is primary to and will not seek contribution from any other insurance available to an additional insured under your policy provided that: (1) The additional insured is a Named Insured' under such other insurance; and CG 20 01 04 13 © Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2012 Page 1 of 1 • -.. ""1 MICHE-8 OP ID: LU AC---- CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE 01/12/DD/YYYY) �-�'� 01/12/2016 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER,AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER CONTNAMEACT Hannah Schwartz Weible&Cahill PHONE 630-245-4600 FAX 630-245-4601 2300 Cabot Drive,Suite 100 (A/C,No,Ext): (NC,No): Lisle,IL 60532 E-MAIL h.schwartz@weiblecahill.com William P.Weible �������//�® ADDRESS: INSURER(S)AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC# INSURER A:Arch Insurance Company 11150 INSURED Michels Corporation JAN 2 0 20}6 INSURER B:National Fire&Marine Ins Co 20079 1715 16th Street SE Salem,OR 97302 INSURER C:Arch Indemnity Insurance Co 11150 City of Bremerton INSURER D:NG Specialty Insurance Co 26883 Risk Management INSURER E: INSURER F: COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES.LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR TYPE OF INSURANCE ADDL SUBR POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFF POLICY EXP LIMITS LTR INSD WVD IMM/DD/YYYY) IMM/DD/YYYY) A X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 CLAIMS-MADE X OCCUR X X 41PKG8915307 02/01/2016 02/01/2017 DAMAGE TO RENTED 300 000 PREMISES(Ea occurrence) $ � X XCU Included . MED EXP(Any one person) $ 10,000 X Stop Gap Included PERSONAL&ADV INJURY $ 1,000,000 GENL AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2,000,000 POLICY X JE X LOC PRODUCTS-COMP/OP AGG $ 2,000,000 OTHER: $ AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT $ 2 000 000 (Ea accident) , r A X ANY AUTO X 41PKG8915307 02/01/2016 02/01/2017 BODILY INJURY(Per person) $ ALL OWNED SCHEDULED BODILY INJURY(Per accident) $ AUTOS AUTOS XX NON-OWNED ORY DG HIRED AUTOS _ AUTOS (PerPRaccident)PETAMAE $ X MCS-90 $ UMBRELLA LIAB X OCCUR EACH OCCURRENCE $ 10,000,000 B X EXCESS LIAB CLAIMS-MADE X 42XSF10013903 02/01/2016 02/01/2017 _AGGREGATE $ 10,000,000 DED X RETENTION$ 0 $ WORKERS COMPENSATION X PER 0TH- AND EMPLOYERS'LIABILITY STATUTE ER Y A ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE N N/A 41WCI8915107 02/01/2016 02/01/2017 E.L.EACH ACCIDENT $ 1,000,000 OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? C (Mandatory in NH) 44WCI8915207 02/01/2016 02/01/2017 E.L.DISEASE-EA EMPLOYEE $ 1,000,000 If yes,describe under • DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below • E.L.DISEASE-POLICY LIMIT $ 1,000,000 D Pollution X CPO8197229 02/01/2016 02/01/2019 Per Loss 10,000,000 Liability Aggregate 10,000,000 . DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/VEHICLES (ACORD 101,Additional Remarks Schedule,may be attached if more space is required) Re: Job #50436, 2015 Sewer Rehabilitation. Primary & Non-Contributory Additional Insured on General Liability, Auto, Pollution & Excess and Waiver of Subrogation on General Liability: City of Bremerton, WA, its officers, elected officials, employees, agents & volunteers *Per CG2010 4/13, CG2037 4/13, CG2001 4/13 CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION BREME-6 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, .NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN City of Bremerton, WA ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. 345 6th Street Bremerton,WA 98337 AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE I ©1988-2014 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. ACORD 25(2014/01) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD POLICY NUMBER: 41PKG8915307 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 20 10 04 13 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ADDITIONAL INSURED - OWNERS, LESSEES OR CONTRACTORS - SCHEDULED PERSON OR ORGANIZATION This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Name Of Additional Insured Person(s) Or Organization(s) Location(s) Of Covered Operations All parties where agreed to by a written contract. Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above, will be shown in the Declarations. A. Section II — Who Is An Insured is amended to B. With respect to the insurance afforded to these include as an additional insured the person(s) or additional insureds, the following additional organization(s) shown in the Schedule, but only exclusions apply: with respect to liability for "bodily injury", "property This insurance does not apply to "bodily injury" or damage" or "personal and advertising injury" "property damage" occurring after: caused, in whole or in part, by: 1. All work, including materials, parts or 1. Your acts or omissions; or equipment furnished in connection with such 2. The acts or omissions of those acting on your work, on the project (other than service, behalf; maintenance or repairs) to be performed by or in the performance of your ongoing operations for on behalf of the additional insured(s) at the the additional insured(s) at the location(s) location of the covered operations has been designated above. completed; or However: 2. That portion of "your work" out of which the injury or damage arises has been put to its 1. The insurance afforded to such additional intended use by any person or organization insured only applies to the extent permitted by other than another contractor or subcontractor law; and engaged in performing operations for a 2. If coverage provided to the additional insured is principal as a part of the same project. required by a contract or agreement, the insurance afforded to such additional insured will not be broader than that which you are required by the contract or agreement to provide for such additional insured. CG 20 10 04 13 © Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2012 Page 1 of 2 • • C. With respect to the insurance afforded to these 2. Available under the applicable Limits of additional insureds, the following is added to Insurance shown in the Declarations; Section III— Limits Of Insurance: whichever is less. If coverage provided to the additional insured is This endorsement shall not increase the required by a contract or agreement, the most we applicable Limits of Insurance shown in the will pay on behalf of the additional insured is the Declarations. amount of insurance: 1. Required by the contract or agreement; or • • Page 2 of 2 © Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2012 CG 20 10 04 13 POLICY NUMBER: 41PKG8915307 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 20 37 04 13 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ADDITIONAL INSURED - OWNERS, LESSEES OR CONTRACTORS - COMPLETED OPERATIONS This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART PRODUCTS/COMPLETED OPERATIONS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Name Of Additional Insured Person(s) Or Organization(s) Location And Description Of Completed Operations All parties where agreed to by written contract. All construction operations of the named insured where required by written contract. • Information required to comallete this Schedule, if not shown above, will be shown in the Declarations. A. Section II — Who Is An Insured is amended to B. With respect to the insurance afforded to these include as an additional insured the person(s) or additional insureds, the following is added to organization(s) shown in the Schedule, but only Section III— Limits Of Insurance: with respect to liability for "bodily injury" or If coverage provided to the additional insured is "property damage" caused, in whole or in part, by required by a contract or agreement, the most we "your work" at the location designated and will pay on behalf of the additional insured is the described in the Schedule of this endorsement amount of insurance: performed for that additional insured and included in the "products-completed operations 1. Required by the contract or agreement; or hazard". 2. Available under the applicable Limits of However: Insurance shown in the Declarations; 1. The insurance afforded to such additional whichever is less. insured only applies to the extent permitted This endorsement shall not increase the applicable by law; and Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations. 2. If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement, the insurance afforded to such additional insured will not be broader than that which you are required by the contract or agreement to provide for such additional insured. CG 20 37 04 13 © Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2012 Page 1 of 1 ry POLICY NUMBER: 41PKG8915307 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 20 01 0413 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. PRIMARY AND NONCONTRIBUTORY - OTHER INSURANCE CONDITION This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART PRODUCTS/COMPLETED OPERATIONS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART The following is added to the Other Insurance (2) You have agreed in writing in a contract or Condition and supersedes any provision to the agreement that this insurance would be contrary: primary and would not seek contribution Primary And Noncontributory Insurance from any other insurance available to the additional insured. This insurance is primary to and will not seek contribution from any other insurance available to an additional insured under your policy provided that: (1) The additional insured is a Named Insured III under such other insurance; and I'I M1I {I' Ih CG 20 01 04 13 ©Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2012 Page 1 of 1